PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS INC
S-1/A, 1996-12-17
MISC HEALTH & ALLIED SERVICES, NEC
Previous: POCKET COMMUNICATIONS INC, S-1/A, 1996-12-17
Next: BANCO INC, SC 13D/A, 1996-12-17



<PAGE>
   
   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON DECEMBER 17, 1996
    
 
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-07643
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON D.C. 20549
                                 --------------
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 4
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-1
    
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                 --------------
                           PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>                            <C>
           DELAWARE                          8090                  16-1476509
 (State of other jurisdiction    (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
     of incorporation or         Classification Code Number)     Identification
        organization)                                               Number)
</TABLE>
 
                                46 PRINCE STREET
                           ROCHESTER, NEW YORK 14607
                                 (716) 242-7200
  (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
                   registrant's principal executive offices)
 
                             MR. DONALD A. CARLBERG
                     PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                                46 PRINCE STREET
                           ROCHESTER, NEW YORK 14607
 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                             of agent for service)
                                ----------------
 
                          COPIES OF COMMUNICATIONS TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>
       Jeffrey A. Baumel, Esq.                  Frederick W. Kanner, Esq.
       Crummy, Del Deo, Dolan,                       Dewey Ballantine
        Griffinger & Vecchione                 1301 Avenue of the Americas
         One Riverfront Plaza                 New York, New York 10019-6092
       Newark, New Jersey 07102                       (212) 259-8000
            (201) 596-4500
</TABLE>
 
                                ----------------
 
   APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE OF THE SECURITIES TO THE
                                    PUBLIC:
  AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE.
                                ----------------
 
    If  any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act  of
1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), check the following box. / /
 
    If  this Form  is filed  to register  additional securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act  registration statement number of earlier  effective
registration statement for the same offering. / /
- -------------
 
    If  this Form  is a post-effective  amendment filed pursuant  to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act,  check the following box  and list the Securities  Act
registration  statement number  of the earlier  effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /
- -------------
 
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected  to be made pursuant to Rule  434,
please check the following box. / /
 
    THE  REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN  ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933 OR  UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL  BECOME
EFFECTIVE  ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
   
PROSPECTUS (Subject To Completion)
Dated December 17, 1996
    
 
                                2,000,000 SHARES
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
                                ---------------
 
    All of the shares  of Common Stock,  $.01 par value  per share (the  "Common
Stock"), offered are being sold by Patient Infosystems, Inc. (the "Company").
 
    Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock
of the Company. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price
will  be between $9.00 and $11.00 per share. See "Underwriting" for a discussion
of the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price.  The
Common  Stock has been approved for listing  on the Nasdaq National Market under
the symbol "PATI."
 
                                 --------------
 
        THIS OFFERING INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. SEE "RISK FACTORS"
                    BEGINNING ON PAGE 5 OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
                                 -------------
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT  BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES  AND
 EXCHANGE   COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE
   SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION
     PASSED   UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS.  ANY
                REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     UNDERWRITING
                               PRICE TO             DISCOUNTS AND            PROCEEDS TO
                                PUBLIC             COMMISSIONS (1)           COMPANY (2)
<S>                     <C>                     <C>                     <C>
Per Share.............            $                       $                       $
Total(3)..............            $                       $                       $
</TABLE>
 
(1) The  Company  has  agreed  to indemnify  the  Underwriters  against  certain
    liabilities,  including  liabilities under  the Securities  Act of  1933, as
    amended. See "Underwriting."
 
(2) Before deducting expenses payable by the Company, estimated to be $600,000.
 
(3) The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable within 30
    days of  the  date  hereof,  to  purchase an  aggregate  of  up  to  300,000
    additional  shares at  the Price to  Public less  Underwriting Discounts and
    Commissions to cover over-allotments, if any. If all such additional  shares
    are  purchased,  the  total  Price  to  Public,  Underwriting  Discounts and
    Commissions and Proceeds to  Company will be  $            , $           and
    $         , respectively. See "Underwriting."
                                 --------------
 
    The  Common Stock is offered by  the several Underwriters named herein when,
as and if accepted  by them and  subject to certain  conditions. It is  expected
that  delivery of  certificates for the  shares will  be made at  the offices of
Cowen & Company, New York, New York, on or about            , 1996.
 
                                 --------------
 
COWEN & COMPANY                            VECTOR SECURITIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
           , 1996
<PAGE>
                                   [GRAPHICS]
 
    IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR  EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS  WHICH STABILIZE OR  MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE  OF THE COMMON STOCK
OFFERED HEREBY AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT  WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE  OPEN
MARKET.  SUCH  TRANSACTIONS MAY  BE EFFECTED  ON THE  NASDAQ NATIONAL  MARKET OR
OTHERWISE. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE  FOLLOWING SUMMARY  IS QUALIFIED  IN ITS  ENTIRETY BY  THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION AND  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS,  INCLUDING THE  NOTES THERETO,  APPEARING
ELSEWHERE  IN THIS  PROSPECTUS. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS  SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER
THE INFORMATION SET FORTH UNDER THE HEADING "RISK FACTORS."
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
   
    Patient Infosystems,  Inc.  designs  and develops  health  care  information
systems  and services to manage, collect and analyze patient-related information
to improve patient compliance with prescribed treatment protocols. The Company's
technology platform integrates treatment  algorithms, live telephone  operators,
an  advanced voice recognition telephone system,  high speed data processing and
analysis  capability  and   demand  publishing   and  information   distribution
capabilities.  The  system  permits  the Company  to  communicate  via telephone
directly with the  patient at  home in  order to  gather relevant  data about  a
patient  and his  condition. This  data is  subsequently evaluated  and computer
generated reports which are tailored to the specific needs of each recipient are
automatically transmitted to health care payors, providers and patients.
    
 
   
    The Company markets its  services to pharmaceutical manufacturers,  pharmacy
benefit  managers ("PBMs") and health care  payors and providers to collect data
outside of the physician office  and institutional setting. The information  can
be  used to enhance compliance by  patients with prescribed treatment protocols.
The Company's  disease state  management programs  are designed  to provide  the
following  benefits: (i) for  patients, improved communication  with health care
providers, enhanced self-care skills, increased treatment compliance,  resulting
in  improved quality  of care  and reduced  expense associated  with unscheduled
visits to  the doctor;  (ii)  for health  care  providers, more  information  on
patient  progress, quicker  identification of  hard-to-manage patients, enhanced
ability to make timely treatment  modifications, triage capability and  expanded
information  for  development of  improved  treatment protocols;  and  (iii) for
payors and  program sponsors,  cost-effective management  of diseases,  improved
outcomes and enhanced patient and provider satisfaction.
    
 
    According  to  the  Federal government,  national  health  expenditures have
increased from $540 billion in 1988 (11.1% of gross national product ("GNP")) to
a projected $1 trillion  in 1995 (15.7%  of projected GNP).  One way to  achieve
significant  savings in health care costs is  to change the way that health care
is delivered to  patients by  focusing on  quality and  cost efficient  clinical
outcomes.   Since  a   substantial  portion   of  most   treatment  regimens  is
self-administered, patient compliance is critical to achieving quality outcomes.
Estimates vary from disease to disease, but generally indicate that between  30%
and 60% of all patients fail to take medications as prescribed. The consequences
of   patient  non-compliance   with  prescribed  treatment   plans  represent  a
significant portion of health care expenditures. One third-party study indicated
that patient non-compliance  results in  $100 billion  in health  care and  lost
productivity  costs  annually.  Costs  associated  with  treating  patients with
chronic  diseases  who  fail  to   adhere  to  prescribed  regimens  have   been
particularly difficult to control. When long-term treatments for chronic disease
have been prescribed, as many as 80% of all patients fail to carry out correctly
at  least  one  element  of  the disease  treatment  regimen.  Most  health care
information systems in use  today gather information in  the hospital or at  the
clinician's office and do not monitor adequately patient condition away from the
point  of  care.  The  Company believes  that  by  coupling  effective treatment
protocols with the ability  to monitor patient  condition and treatment  regimen
compliance between physician interventions, health care providers and payors can
significantly enhance clinical outcomes while reducing costs.
 
    The  Company's  strategy  is  to capitalize  on  its  information technology
platform  to  become  the  leading  provider  of  patient-centered  health  care
information  programs. The key  elements of this strategy  are to: (i) introduce
information system  programs for  specific diseases  on a  customized basis  for
client-specified  disease  targets  and  on a  standardized  basis  for diseases
selected by  the  Company  and  marketed to  multiple  clients;  (ii)  implement
marketing  and  awareness programs  to  establish and  demonstrate  the expected
clinical benefits  and  cost-effectiveness  of  the  Company's  systems  through
clinical  studies, protocol development and research publications; (iii) analyze
collected outcomes  data  with advanced  computational  intelligence,  including
neural  networks,  fuzzy  logic  and  genetic  algorithms,  to  develop improved
clinical protocols; (iv) develop or acquire additional technologies that enhance
its ability to gather information and  interact with patients while the  patient
is away from the health care provider; and (v) leverage the Company's technology
platform  to  develop  additional  applications,  such  as  clinical  trial data
compilation and analysis, patient surveys, clinical outcomes evaluation,  demand
management and case management.
 
    The Company was founded in February 1995, signed its first customer contract
in  September 1995 and enrolled its first patients in a disease state management
program in  October 1996.  Bristol-Myers  Squibb Company,  U.S.  Pharmaceuticals
Division  and Oncology/Immunology  Division (collectively,  "Bristol-Myers") has
retained the Company to provide customized disease state management systems  for
congestive  heart  failure,  cardiovascular  disease,  chronic  pain  and weight
management. The  Bristol-Myers  agreements call  for  development fees  and  per
patient  operational fees. The Company has also entered into services agreements
for  standardized   programs   with  American   HomePatient,   Inc.   ("American
HomePatient"),  Harris  Methodist  Health  Plan  ("Harris  Methodist"),  Equifax
Healthcare Administrative Services, a division of Equifax, Inc. ("Equifax"), and
Health Resources, Inc. ("Health Resources")  for patients suffering from  asthma
and with Equifax and Health Resources for patients suffering from diabetes. Each
of  the  Company's agreements  for its  standardized  programs provides  for the
Company to receive a per patient fee for services provided to enrolled  patients
over the duration of the program.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                              <C>
Common Stock offered...........................................  2,000,000 shares (1)
Common Stock outstanding after this offering...................  7,503,202 shares (1)(2)
Use of proceeds................................................  For expansion of systems capabilities, for sales and
                                                                 marketing activities and for working capital and
                                                                 other general corporate purposes
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol.........................  PATI
</TABLE>
 
                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             FROM                FROM                             FROM FEBRUARY 22,
                                                       FEBRUARY 22, 1995  FEBRUARY 22, 1995   NINE MONTH PERIOD          1995
                                                        (INCEPTION) TO      (INCEPTION) TO          ENDED           (INCEPTION) TO
                                                       DECEMBER 31, 1995  SEPTEMBER 30, 1995  SEPTEMBER 30, 1996  SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
                                                       -----------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------
<S>                                                    <C>                <C>                 <C>                 <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues.............................................    $     113,000               7,500      $      644,146     $        757,146
Total operating expenses.............................        1,255,661             614,995           2,677,089            3,932,750
                                                       -----------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------
Operating loss.......................................       (1,142,661)           (607,495)         (2,032,943)          (3,175,604)
Interest income......................................           26,009                 483              53,333               79,342
                                                       -----------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------
Net loss.............................................    $  (1,116,652)     $     (607,012)     $   (1,979,610)    $     (3,096,262)
                                                       -----------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------
                                                       -----------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------
Net loss per common and
 common share equivalents(3).........................    $        (.18)     $         (.10)     $         (.32)    $           (.50)
                                                       -----------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------
                                                       -----------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------
Weighted average common and common share
 equivalents(3)......................................        5,963,306           5,956,248           6,160,715            6,160,715
                                                       -----------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------
                                                       -----------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
                                                                                                       -----------------------------
                                                                                                          ACTUAL      AS ADJUSTED(4)
                                                                                                       -------------  --------------
<S>                                                                                                    <C>            <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents............................................................................  $   2,022,628   $ 20,022,628
Working capital......................................................................................      1,470,088     19,470,088
Total assets.........................................................................................      2,986,652     20,986,652
Total liabilities....................................................................................        788,137        788,137
Deficit accumulated during the development stage.....................................................     (3,096,262)    (3,096,262)
Total stockholders' equity...........................................................................      2,198,515     20,198,515
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1)  Does not  include 300,000 shares  of Common Stock  that may be  sold by the
    Company  pursuant   to   the  Underwriters'   over-allotment   option.   See
    "Underwriting."
(2) Based on the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of November 15,
    1996 and assumes a public offering price of $10.00 per share. The conversion
    ratio  for the Company's Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Series B
    Preferred Stock") is subject  to adjustment based  upon the public  offering
    price  of  the  Common  Stock. Includes  1,896,000  shares  of  Common Stock
    issuable upon conversion in connection with this offering of all outstanding
    shares of the Company's Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Series  A
    Preferred Stock") and Series B Preferred Stock (collectively with the Series
    A  Preferred Stock, the "Convertible Preferred Stock"). Excludes (i) 892,320
    shares of Common  Stock issuable  upon the exercise  of outstanding  options
    under  the Company's  stock option plan  (the "Plan") at  a weighted average
    exercise price of $2.34 per share (and up to 187,680 shares of Common  Stock
    issuable  pursuant to additional options that may be granted under the Plan)
    and (ii)  100,440 shares  of  Common Stock  issuable  upon the  exercise  of
    outstanding  stock purchase warrants at a weighted average exercise price of
    $.83 per share. See "Management--Stock Option Plan," "Description of Capital
    Stock" and Note 5 of Notes to Financial Statements.
(3) See  Note 1  of  Notes to  Financial Statements  for  a description  of  the
    calculation of net loss per share.
(4)  Gives effect  to the  conversion of  all outstanding  shares of Convertible
    Preferred Stock into  1,896,000 shares  of Common Stock  in connection  with
    this  offering and the sale of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby (at
    an assumed public  offering price of  $10.00 per share  and after  deducting
    underwriting  discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses) and
    receipt of the estimated net proceeds therefrom.
                               ------------------
 
    UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED,  INFORMATION IN THIS  PROSPECTUS (I) ASSUMES  NO
EXERCISE  OF THE UNDERWRITERS' OPTION TO PURCHASE FROM THE COMPANY UP TO 300,000
ADDITIONAL SHARES OF COMMON STOCK TO  COVER OVER-ALLOTMENTS, IF ANY, (II)  GIVES
EFFECT  TO A .72-FOR-ONE REVERSE STOCK SPLIT WITH RESPECT TO THE COMMON STOCK TO
BE EFFECTED PRIOR  TO THE  CLOSING OF THIS  OFFERING, (III)  REFLECTS, UPON  THE
CLOSING  OF THIS OFFERING, THE AUTOMATIC CONVERSION OF ALL OUTSTANDING SHARES OF
CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED  STOCK INTO  AN AGGREGATE  OF 1,896,000  SHARES OF  COMMON
STOCK  AND (IV) DOES NOT GIVE EFFECT TO THE ISSUANCE OF 992,760 SHARES OF COMMON
STOCK ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF OUTSTANDING OPTIONS AND WARRANTS (AND UP  TO
187,680  SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE PURSUANT TO ADDITIONAL OPTIONS THAT MAY
BE GRANTED UNDER  THE PLAN).  THE CONVERSION RATIO  FOR THE  SERIES B  PREFERRED
STOCK  IS SUBJECT  TO ADJUSTMENT  BASED UPON  THE PUBLIC  OFFERING PRICE  OF THE
COMMON STOCK.  ALL SHARE  AMOUNTS  CONTAINED HEREIN  WITH  RESPECT TO,  OR  THAT
INCLUDE,  SHARES  OF  COMMON STOCK  ISSUABLE  UPON  CONVERSION OF  THE  SERIES B
PREFERRED STOCK  ASSUME A  PUBLIC OFFERING  PRICE OF  $10.00 PER  SHARE. IF  THE
PUBLIC  OFFERING PRICE IS LOWER, A LARGER NUMBER OF SHARES OF COMMON STOCK WOULD
BE  ISSUABLE  UPON  THE  CONVERSION  OF  THE  SERIES  B  PREFERRED  STOCK.   SEE
"CAPITALIZATION,"  "DILUTION," "MANAGEMENT--STOCK OPTION  PLAN," "DESCRIPTION OF
CAPITAL STOCK,"  "UNDERWRITING"  AND  NOTES  4  AND  5  OF  NOTES  TO  FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    IN  ADDITION  TO  THE  OTHER  INFORMATION  IN  THIS  PROSPECTUS, PROSPECTIVE
INVESTORS SHOULD CONSIDER THE FOLLOWING  RISK FACTORS IN EVALUATING THE  COMPANY
AND  ITS BUSINESS BEFORE PURCHASING ANY OF THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY. THIS
PROSPECTUS CONTAINS,  IN  ADDITION TO  HISTORICAL  INFORMATION,  FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS  THAT INVOLVE RISKS  AND UNCERTAINTIES. THE  COMPANY'S ACTUAL RESULTS
COULD DIFFER  MATERIALLY  FROM  THE RESULTS  DISCUSSED  IN  THE  FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS.  FACTORS THAT COULD CAUSE OR CONTRIBUTE TO SUCH DIFFERENCES INCLUDE,
BUT ARE  NOT  LIMITED TO,  THOSE  DISCUSSED BELOW  AS  WELL AS  THOSE  DISCUSSED
ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY WITH LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY; OPERATING LOSSES IN
EACH PERIOD OF OPERATION
 
   
    The Company was formed on February 22, 1995, is in the development stage and
has a limited operating history from which to evaluate its performance. To date,
the  Company has generated  limited revenues and through  September 30, 1996 had
incurred cumulative  losses of  $3,096,262, which  losses are  continuing at  an
increasing  rate.  Although the  Company has  completed  the development  of its
integrated  information  capture  and  delivery  system,  and  the  Company   is
developing  several  disease state  management  programs for  specific diseases,
further development activities may be necessary to implement these programs.  No
patients  had  been enrolled  in  any disease  state  management program  of the
Company until October 1996, when a  limited number of patients were enrolled  in
the  Company's secondary cardiovascular disease program. The Company anticipates
that its losses will continue at least until it has completed the development of
programs for several customers and has begun providing services to a substantial
number of patients for  such customers. The Company  may encounter problems  and
delays  in its research and development or  sales and marketing efforts, and the
failure to address these problems and delays successfully could have a  material
adverse effect on the Company's business prospects. The Company's prospects must
be  considered in light of the numerous risks, expenses, delays and difficulties
frequently encountered in  the establishment of  a new business  in an  industry
characterized  by  intense competition,  as well  as the  risks inherent  in the
development of new programs and the commercialization of new services. There can
be no assurance that the Company's development efforts will result in an ability
to provide  any services  that can  be marketed  or operated  in a  commercially
successful  manner, or that any such services will be able to compete with other
services that might be in the market at the time that the Company's services are
made available.  There  can  be  no assurance  that  the  Company  will  achieve
recurring  revenue  or  profitability  on  a consistent  basis  or  at  all. See
"Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations" and the Financial Statements.
    
 
RELIANCE ON COMMERCIALLY UNTESTED TECHNOLOGY; UNCERTAINTY OF SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT
AND COMMERCIALIZATION
 
    The  Company has only  engaged in limited use  of its integrated information
capture and delivery  system, and  no assurance  can be  given that  substantial
additional  programming and development  efforts will not  be necessary to allow
the Company to contact patients and to publish and process information with  the
required  speed and accuracy for commercial use.  The Company may be required to
devote considerable additional efforts and  resources to enhance and refine  its
software  and hardware, and such efforts will remain subject to all of the risks
inherent in the development and commercialization of new products and  services,
including  unanticipated  delays,  expenses,  additional  technical  problems or
difficulties, changes in customer preferences or needs, as well as the  possible
insufficiency  of funds which could result  in abandonment or substantial change
in the development or commercialization of the Company's services. There can  be
no  assurance that the Company  will be able to  complete the development of its
disease management programs or  that it will be  able to develop the  additional
program  enhancements needed to  keep pace with  anticipated changes in customer
preferences and needs. See "Business--Information Capture, Delivery and Analysis
Technologies."
 
TERMINABILITY OF AGREEMENTS; EXCLUSIVITY PROVISIONS
 
    The Company's current services agreements  with its customers generally  may
be terminated by those customers without cause upon notice of between 30 and 180
days. In addition, the Company has agreed not
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
to  engage or participate in any project  other than those under development for
Bristol-Myers that  involve  the  development or  implementation  of  a  program
similar  to those  developed for Bristol-Myers  for specified  time periods (the
"Exclusivity Periods").  In  general,  at  the  completion  of  the  Exclusivity
Periods,  Bristol-Myers has the right to  negotiate an exclusive arrangement for
these disease state management programs provided that a specified minimum number
of patients  have  enrolled  in  the  programs or  that  it  agrees  to  pay  an
exclusivity  fee. Bristol-Myers  has the further  right, in  the event exclusive
arrangements cannot be  negotiated, to match  any bona fide  offers made to  the
Company  for disease state management programs  for these categories of patients
for a  period of  time from  the conclusion  of the  Exclusivity Periods.  These
exclusivity  provisions  could  restrict  the Company's  ability  to  market its
services to other customers. The Company will charge its customers a per patient
program fee; however, while Bristol-Myers is required to enroll a minimum number
of patients in  the congestive  heart failure and  weight enhancement  programs,
there  are no  such requirements  for any  of the  Company's other  programs. In
general, customer  contracts may  include significant  performance criteria  and
implementation  schedules for the  Company. Failure to  satisfy such criteria or
meet  such  schedules  could  result  in  termination  of  the  agreements.  See
"Business-- Customer Agreements."
 
SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMER CONCENTRATION
 
    The  Company's  current  contracts are  concentrated  in a  small  number of
customers, with five of the Company's 11 contracts being with Bristol-Myers. The
Company expects that its sales of services will be
concentrated in  a  small  number  of  customers  for  the  foreseeable  future.
Consequently, the loss of any one of its customers could have a material adverse
effect  on  the Company  and  its operations.  There  can be  no  assurance that
customers will enroll a sufficient number of patients in the programs  developed
by  the Company for  the Company to  achieve or maintain  profitability, or that
customers will renew their  contracts upon expiration or  on terms favorable  to
the Company. See "Business--Customer Agreements."
 
NEW CONCEPT; UNCERTAINTY OF MARKET ACCEPTANCE; LIMITATIONS OF COMMERCIALIZATION
STRATEGY
 
    In connection with the commercialization of the Company's health information
system, the Company is marketing a new service designed to link patients, health
care  providers  and  payors  in  order  to  provide  specialized  disease state
management for targeted chronic diseases. This  is a new business concept in  an
industry  characterized  by an  increasing number  of  market entrants  who have
introduced or are developing an array of new services. As is typical in the case
of a new  business concept, demand  and market acceptance  for newly  introduced
services  are  subject to  a  high level  of uncertainty,  and  there can  be no
assurance as  to the  ultimate  level of  market  acceptance for  the  Company's
system,  especially in  the health  care industry,  in which  the containment of
costs is emphasized. The Company has entered into contracts with a very  limited
number  of customers and has just recently enrolled a limited number of patients
in only one disease  state management program. No  conclusions can be made  with
respect  to market acceptance  of the Company's services  based on this customer
base. Because of the subjective nature of patient compliance, the Company may be
unable, for an extensive period of time, to develop a significant amount of data
to demonstrate to potential  customers the effectiveness  of its services.  Even
after  such time, no assurance can be  given that the Company's data and results
will be convincing or determinative as to  the success of its system. There  can
be  no assurance that increased marketing  efforts and the implementation of the
Company's strategies will result in market acceptance for its services or that a
market  for  the  Company's  services  will  develop  or  not  be  limited.  See
"Business--Sales and Marketing."
 
DEPENDENCE ON CUSTOMERS FOR MARKETING AND PATIENT ENROLLMENT
 
    The   Company  has  limited  marketing  experience  and  limited  financial,
personnel and other resources to  undertake extensive marketing activities.  One
element  of  the  Company's marketing  strategy  involves  marketing specialized
disease state management  programs to pharmaceutical  companies and health  care
providers,  with  the intent  that those  customers will  market the  program to
parties responsible  for the  payment  of health  care  costs, who  will  enroll
patients in the programs. Accordingly, the Company will to a degree be dependent
upon  its  customers,  over  whom  it has  no  control,  for  the  marketing and
implementation of  its  initial  programs.  The timing  and  extent  of  patient
enrollment is completely within the control of the
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
Company's  customers. To the extent that an  adequate number of patients are not
enrolled in the  program, or  enrollment of initial  patients by  a customer  is
delayed for any reason, the Company's revenue may be insufficient to support its
activities. See "Business--Customer Agreements."
 
UNPREDICTABILITY OF PATIENT BEHAVIOR MAY AFFECT SUCCESS OF PROGRAMS
 
    The  ability of the  Company to monitor  and modify patient  behavior and to
provide information to health  care providers and  payors, and consequently  the
success of the Company's disease state management system, will be dependent upon
the  accuracy of information received from patients. The Company does not expect
that it will  take specific measures  to determine the  accuracy of  information
provided  to  the  Company by  patients  regarding their  medical  histories. No
assurance can be given that the information provided to the Company by  patients
will  be accurate. To  the extent that  patients have chosen  not to comply with
prescribed treatments,  such patients  might provide  inaccurate information  to
avoid  detection. Because of the subjective nature of medical treatment, it will
be difficult for the Company to validate or confirm any such information. In the
event that  patients  enrolled  in the  Company's  programs  provide  inaccurate
information  to  a  significant  degree, the  Company  would  be  materially and
adversely  affected.  Furthermore,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  patient
interventions  by the Company will be  successful in modifying patient behavior,
improving patient health or  reducing costs. Many  potential customers may  seek
data  from the  Company with  respect to  the results  of its  programs prior to
retaining it to develop new disease state management or other health information
programs. The Company's  ability to market  its system to  new customers may  be
limited  if it is unable to demonstrate successful results for its programs. See
"Business--Sales and Marketing."
 
UNCERTAINTIES REGARDING ABILITY TO MANAGE RAPID GROWTH AND EXPANSION
 
    The  Company  is  retaining  a  program  development  and  operating   staff
sufficient  to  handle its  current  and anticipated  business  commitments, and
consequently is experiencing a period of rapid growth and expansion. Such growth
and expansion has placed and will continue to place a significant strain on  the
Company's   development,  administrative  personnel  and  other  resources.  The
Company's ability to manage such growth effectively will require the Company  to
continue  improving  its  operational,  management  and  financial  systems  and
controls and  to train,  motivate and  manage its  employees. As  a result,  the
Company  is subject to  certain risks of  expansion, including the  risk that it
will be unable  to retain the  necessary personnel and  acquire other  resources
necessary  to manage such growth adequately. In addition, to the extent that the
Company commences its  expansion activities  in anticipation of  growth, it  may
undertake   significant   financial   commitments  for   which   it   will  have
responsibility whether or not it enters into any additional services  agreements
and  regardless of the timing of  payment for services. Accordingly, the Company
will likely have  significant financial commitments  without necessarily  having
the revenues to offset such expenses. See "Use of Proceeds."
 
SIGNIFICANT AND EXTENSIVE CHANGES IN THE HEALTH CARE INDUSTRY
 
    The  health care  industry is  subject to  changing political,  economic and
regulatory influences that may affect  the procurement practices and  operations
of health care industry participants. Several lawmakers have announced that they
intend to propose programs to reform the U.S. health care system. These programs
may contain proposals to increase governmental involvement in health care, lower
reimbursement  rates  and otherwise  change  the operating  environment  for the
Company and its targeted customers. Health care industry participants may  react
to  these proposals and the uncertainty surrounding such proposals by curtailing
or deferring certain expenditures, including  those for the Company's  programs.
The  Company cannot predict what impact, if any, such changes in the health care
industry might  have  on  its  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations.  In addition, many health care providers are consolidating to create
larger health care delivery enterprises with greater regional market power. As a
result, the remaining enterprises could have greater bargaining power, which may
lead to price erosion of the Company's  programs. The failure of the Company  to
maintain  adequate  price levels  could have  a material  adverse effect  on the
Company. See "Business--Industry Overview."
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE AND OBSOLESCENCE
 
    The development  and  maintenance  of the  telecommunications  and  computer
publishing systems through which the Company operates its integrated information
capture  and  delivery  system  is  a  major  component  of  its  business.  The
communications and information  technology industries are  subject to rapid  and
significant  technological change, and the ability of the Company to operate and
compete is dependent in  significant part on its  ability to update and  enhance
its  system continuously. In order to do so, the Company must be able to utilize
effectively  its  research  and  development  capabilities  and  implement   new
technology  in order to enhance its systems.  At the same time, the Company must
not jeopardize  its ability  to  contact patients  and  to process  and  publish
patient  information or adapt to customer preferences  or needs. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be  able to develop and implement  technological
changes  to its  system. In addition,  following this offering  the Company will
maintain a significant investment in its technology, and therefore is subject to
the risk  of  technological  obsolescence.  If  the  Company's  technology  were
rendered  obsolete,  the  Company's  business  and  operating  results  would be
materially adversely affected. See "Business--Information Capture, Delivery  and
Analysis Technologies."
 
EXTENSIVE GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
    The health care industry, including the current and proposed business of the
Company,  is  subject to  extensive  regulation by  both  the Federal  and state
governments. A number of  states have extensive  licensing and other  regulatory
requirements   applicable  to  companies  that  provide  health  care  services.
Additionally, services provided  to health  benefit plans in  certain cases  are
subject to the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974
("ERISA") and may be affected by other state and Federal statutes.
 
    Generally,  state laws prohibit the practice of medicine and nursing without
a license.  Many states  interpret the  practice of  nursing to  include  health
teaching,  health counseling, the provision of care supportive to or restorative
of life and well  being and the  execution of medical  regimens prescribed by  a
physician.  Accordingly, to  the extent  that the  Company assists  providers in
improving patient compliance  by publishing educational  materials or  providing
behavior modification training to patients, such activities could be deemed by a
state  to be the practice  of medicine or nursing.  Although the Company has not
conducted a survey of the applicable law  in all 50 states, it believes that  it
is  not  engaged  in  the practice  of  medicine  or nursing.  There  can  be no
assurance, however,  that the  Company's operations  will not  be challenged  as
constituting the unlicensed practice of medicine or nursing. If such a challenge
were  made successfully in any state, the  Company could be subject to civil and
criminal penalties under such state's law  and could be required to  restructure
its  contractual arrangements  in that state.  Such results or  the inability to
successfully restructure  its contractual  arrangements  could have  a  material
adverse effect on the Company.
 
    The   Company  is   subject  to  Federal   and  state   laws  governing  the
confidentiality of patient information. In addition, recent Federal  legislation
will  result in new national standards for the protection of patient information
in electronic health information transactions.  Although the Company intends  to
comply  with all applicable  laws and regulations  regarding medical information
privacy, failure  to  do  so could  have  an  adverse effect  on  the  Company's
business.
 
    The  Company and its customers may be  subject to Federal and state laws and
regulations which govern  financial and other  arrangements between health  care
providers. These laws prohibit certain fee splitting arrangements between health
care  providers, as  well as  direct and  indirect payments,  referrals or other
financial arrangements that are designed to induce or encourage the referral  of
patients  to,  or  the  recommendation of  a  particular  provider  for, medical
products and services.  Possible sanctions for  violation of these  restrictions
include civil and criminal penalties. Further, criminal violations may result in
mandatory  exclusions of up  to five years  and additional permissive exclusions
from participation in Medicare and Medicaid programs. See  "Business--Government
Regulation."
 
    Regulation  in the health care field  is constantly evolving. The Company is
unable to predict what  government regulations, if  any, affecting its  business
may be promulgated in the future. The Company's
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
business  could be adversely affected by the failure to obtain required licenses
and governmental approvals,  comply with applicable  regulations or comply  with
existing or future laws, rules or regulations or their interpretations.
 
POTENTIAL LIABILITY AND INSURANCE
 
    The  Company will  provide information to  health care  providers and payors
upon which determinations  affecting medical  care will  be made,  and it  could
share  in potential  liabilities for  resulting adverse  medical consequences to
patients. In addition, the Company could  have potential legal liability in  the
event  it  fails to  record or  disseminate  correctly patient  information. The
Company maintains an errors and omissions  insurance policy with coverage of  $3
million  in  the aggregate  and per  occurrence. Although  the Company  does not
believe that  it will  directly engage  in the  practice of  medicine or  direct
delivery of medical services and has not been a party to any such litigation, it
maintains  a  medical  liability  policy  with coverage  of  $3  million  in the
aggregate and  per occurrence.  There can  be no  assurance that  the  Company's
procedures  for  limiting liability  have been  or will  be effective,  that the
Company will  not  be  subject  to litigation  that  may  adversely  affect  the
Company's results of operations, that appropriate insurance will be available to
it  in the future at acceptable cost or  at all or that any insurance maintained
by the Company will cover,  as to scope or amount,  any claims that may be  made
against the Company.
 
DEPENDENCE ON DATA PROCESSING AND TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT
 
    The  business  of  the  Company  is dependent  upon  its  ability  to store,
retrieve, process  and  manage  data  and  to  maintain  and  upgrade  its  data
processing  capabilities.  In addition,  as the  Company expands  its commercial
activities and patient  contacts increase,  an increased burden  will be  placed
upon  the Company's telecommunications equipment to  process the large number of
incoming  and  outgoing  telephone  calls   that  will  be  placed  every   day.
Interruption  of data processing  capabilities for any  extended length of time,
loss  of  stored   data,  programming   errors,  other   computer  problems   or
interruptions  of telephone service could have  a material adverse effect on the
business of  the  Company.  See  "Business--Information  Capture,  Delivery  and
Analysis Technologies."
 
SUBSTANTIAL FLUCTUATION IN QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS
 
    The Company's results of operations may fluctuate significantly from quarter
to  quarter as a result of a number  of factors, including the volume and timing
of sales and the rate at which customers implement disease state management  and
other health information programs within their patient populations. Accordingly,
the  Company's future operating results are  likely to be subject to variability
from quarter  to quarter  and  could be  adversely  affected in  any  particular
quarter.  Due  to  the foregoing  factors,  it  is possible  that  the Company's
operating results will be below the  expectations of public market analysts  and
investors.  In such  event, the  price of the  Common Stock  could be materially
adversely affected.  See  "Management's  Discussion and  Analysis  of  Financial
Condition and Results of Operations."
 
POSSIBLE NEED FOR ADDITIONAL FINANCING
 
    The  Company has been substantially dependent upon private placements of its
equity securities, through which the Company has raised $5.3 million to date, to
fund its research and development  activities and working capital  requirements.
In  order  to  implement  programs using  the  Company's  integrated information
capture and delivery system, the Company will be required to devote  substantial
additional assets to the development of technology, the construction of physical
facilities  and the acquisition of telephone and computer equipment. The Company
will also  be  required  to retain  the  services  of employees  in  advance  of
obtaining  contracts  to provide  services.  The Company  anticipates,  based on
currently proposed plans and assumptions  relating to its operations  (including
with  respect to the  timing of research  and product development  and the costs
associated with marketing  and promotion of  its system), that  the proceeds  of
this  offering, together with available resources, will be sufficient to satisfy
the Company's contemplated cash  requirements for at  least 24 months  following
the consummation of this offering. In the event that the Company's plans change,
or  its  assumptions change  or prove  to  be inaccurate,  the Company  could be
required to seek additional financing or curtail its activities. The Company has
no current arrangements with  respect to, or  sources of, additional  financing.
Any  additional  equity  financing  may  involve  substantial  dilution  to  the
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
interest of the Company's stockholders, and  any debt financing could result  in
operational  or financial restrictions on the Company. There can be no assurance
that any additional  financing will be  available to the  Company on  acceptable
terms or at all. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
INTENSE COMPETITION
 
    The  market for health  care information products  and services is intensely
competitive. Competitors vary in size and  in scope and breadth of products  and
services  offered. Many of the  Company's competitors have significantly greater
financial, technical,  product  development  and marketing  resources  than  the
Company.  Furthermore, other  major information, pharmaceutical  and health care
companies not  presently  offering  disease state  management  or  other  health
information  services may enter into the market  in which the Company intends to
compete.  With  sufficient  financial  and   other  resources,  many  of   these
competitors  may  provide  services  similar to  those  of  the  Company without
substantial barriers.  The  Company's potential  competitors  include  specialty
health  care information companies, health  care information system and software
vendors, health  care  management organizations,  pharmaceutical  companies  and
other  service  companies within  the health  care  industry that  have publicly
stated that they intend to be involved in providing comprehensive disease  state
management  or other health information services.  The Company will also compete
against other companies that provide  statistical and data management  services,
including  clinical trial  services to pharmaceutical  companies. Many potential
competitors have  substantial  installed  customer  bases  in  the  health  care
industry and the ability to fund significant product development and acquisition
efforts.  There can be no  assurance that competitive pressures  will not have a
material adverse effect on the Company. See "Business--Competition."
 
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
 
    The Company's  continued success  will  depend upon  its ability  to  retain
Donald  A. Carlberg, its President and Chief Executive Officer, and a core group
of key  officers and  employees.  The Company  has  entered into  an  employment
contract  with  Mr. Carlberg,  expiring  on March  1,  1997, but  does  not have
employment agreements or  non-competition agreements with  any other  employees.
The  Company maintains key man life insurance in the amount of $2 million on the
life of Mr. Carlberg and in the amount  of $1 million on the life of Gregory  D.
Brown,  its  Senior Vice  President  and Chief  Financial  Officer. The  loss of
certain key employees  or the Company's  inability to attract  and retain  other
qualified  employees could  have an  adverse impact  on the  Company's business.
Also, the Company's ability to  transition from development stage to  commercial
operations  will depend upon,  among other things,  the successful recruiting of
highly skilled managerial  and marketing personnel  with experience in  business
activities  such as those contemplated by  the Company. Competition for the type
of highly skilled individuals sought by the Company is intense. There can be  no
assurance  that the Company will be able to retain existing employees or that it
will be able to find, attract and retain skilled personnel on acceptable  terms.
See "Management."
 
CONTROL OF THE COMPANY
 
    Following  this offering,  the Company will  be controlled  by the executive
officers,  directors  and   certain  stockholders  of   the  Company  who   will
beneficially  own in the  aggregate approximately 55%  of the outstanding Common
Stock. As a result of such ownership, these stockholders, in the event they  act
in  concert, will have control  over the management policies  of the Company and
all matters requiring approval by the stockholders of the Company, including the
election of directors. See "Principal Stockholders."
 
MANAGEMENT'S DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The Company intends to use approximately $12 million of the net proceeds  of
this  offering for  capital improvements  and to  expand telephone  and computer
capabilities and approximately  $5 million  of the  net proceeds  for sales  and
marketing.  The balance  of the  net proceeds have  not been  designated for any
specific use. Rather, the Company intends to use the net proceeds primarily  for
general corporate purposes, including working capital and potential acquisitions
of  companies or technologies that complement  or expand the Company's business.
Accordingly, management will  have significant flexibility  in applying the  net
proceeds of this offering. See "Use of Proceeds."
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE
 
    Prior  to this  offering, there  has been  no public  market for  the Common
Stock, and there can be no assurance that an active trading market will  develop
or be sustained after this offering or that the market price of the Common Stock
will  not decline below  the public offering price.  The initial public offering
price of  the Common  Stock  has been  determined  by negotiations  between  the
Company  and the Representatives  of the Underwriters. For  a description of the
factors considered  in  determining  the  initial  public  offering  price,  see
"Underwriting." The market price of the Common Stock following this offering may
be  highly volatile, as has been the  case with the securities of other start-up
companies. In recent  years, the stock  market has experienced  a high level  of
price  and volume volatility, and market prices  for the stock of many companies
(particularly of  small and  emerging growth  companies) have  experienced  wide
price  fluctuations which  have not  necessarily been  related to  the operating
performance of  such companies.  These broad  market fluctuations  could have  a
material adverse effect on the market price of the Common Stock.
 
IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION; ABSENCE OF DIVIDENDS
 
    The  initial public offering price per share of the Common Stock will exceed
the net tangible  book value  per share of  the Common  Stock. Accordingly,  the
purchasers  of shares of Common Stock in this offering will experience immediate
dilution in  net tangible  book value  per  share of  $7.31 (assuming  a  public
offering  price of $10.00  per share and  after deducting underwriting discounts
and commissions and estimated offering expenses).  The Company has not paid  any
dividends  on its Common Stock  and does not anticipate  paying any dividends on
such stock in the foreseeable future. See "Dividend Policy" and "Dilution."
 
EFFECT ON SHARE PRICE OF SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    Upon  completion  of  this  offering,  the  Company  will  have  outstanding
7,503,202  shares of Common Stock (based on the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding as of  November 15,  1996). Of  these shares,  the 2,000,000  shares
offered  hereby (2,300,000 shares if  the Underwriters' over-allotment option is
exercised in full)  will be  eligible for immediate  sale in  the public  market
without  restriction  unless they  are held  by affiliates  of the  Company. The
5,503,202 outstanding  shares not  sold  in this  offering will  be  "restricted
securities"  within the meaning  of Rule 144 ("Rule  144") promulgated under the
Securities Act and  may not be  sold in  the absence of  registration under  the
Securities Act unless an exemption from registration is available. Under current
law,  none of  these shares will  be eligible for  sale under Rule  144 until at
least February 22,  1997, when 3,600,000  of these shares  will be eligible  for
sale  pursuant to  Rule 144,  subject to  the volume,  manner of  sale and other
limitations  thereof  and  to  the  lock-up  agreements  with  the  Underwriters
described  below. The holders  of the 1,896,000 shares  of Common Stock issuable
upon conversion of the  Convertible Preferred Stock  have demand and  piggy-back
registration  rights with respect to their  shares commencing one year after the
completion of this offering. The holders  of substantially all of the  5,503,202
shares  of Common Stock  outstanding prior to  this offering have  agreed not to
sell or otherwise dispose  of any such  shares for at least  180 days after  the
date of this Prospectus without the prior written consent of Cowen & Company. No
predictions  can be made as to the effect, if any, that public sale of shares of
Common Stock, or  the availability for  sale of  such shares, will  have on  the
market  price prevailing from  time to time.  Nevertheless, sales of substantial
amounts of the Common Stock in the public market, particularly by directors  and
officers  of the Company, or  the perception that such  sales could occur, could
have an adverse impact on the market price of the Common Stock and the Company's
ability to raise  additional capital  in the  future. See  "Shares Eligible  for
Future Sale."
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS
 
    Certain  provisions of the Company's certificate of incorporation and bylaws
may inhibit changes  in control  of the Company  not approved  by the  Company's
board  of directors. The Company will also be afforded the protection of Section
203 of the Delaware General Corporation  Law ("Delaware Law"), which could  have
similar  effects. These provisions could limit the price that investors might be
willing to pay in the future for shares of Common Stock, and consequently  could
adversely  affect the market  for the Common Stock.  See "Description of Capital
Stock."
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    The Company was incorporated in the  State of Delaware on February 22,  1995
under the name DSMI Corp., changed its name to Disease State Management, Inc. on
October  13, 1995 and then changed its name to Patient Infosystems, Inc. on June
28, 1996. The  Company's principal executive  offices are located  at 46  Prince
Street, Rochester, New York 14607, and its telephone number is 716-242-7200.
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The  net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the shares of Common Stock
offered hereby,  after  deducting  underwriting discounts  and  commissions  and
estimated  expenses payable by the Company in connection with this offering, are
estimated to  be approximately  $18,000,000  ($20,790,000 if  the  Underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full), assuming a public offering price of
$10.00 per share.
 
    The  Company intends to use approximately $12 million of the net proceeds of
this offering for capital improvements necessary for expansion of telephone  and
computer  capabilities, approximately $5 million for sales and marketing and the
balance of the net proceeds for working capital and general corporate  purposes,
which  may include acquisition of companies  or technologies that complement the
Company's business. The  Company is  not a party  to any  purchase agreement  or
letter of intent with respect to any acquisitions.
 
    The  Company anticipates  that the net  proceeds of  this offering, together
with the  Company's  cash  and  expected  interest  income  thereon,  should  be
sufficient  to finance the Company's contemplated cash requirements for at least
24 months. The actual amount of the  net proceeds of this offering expended  for
each  purpose may vary significantly depending  upon many factors, including the
progress  of  the  Company's  commercialization  efforts,  the  success  of  the
Company's  marketing  efforts  and the  timing  of the  development  of specific
programs for potential  customers. Pending  application of the  net proceeds  as
described  above, the Company intends to invest the net proceeds of the offering
in short-term, interest bearing securities of investment grade or in  short-term
bank  deposits. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    The Company has never paid cash dividends on its capital stock and does  not
anticipate  paying any  cash dividends  in the  foreseeable future.  The Company
currently intends to retain all future earnings, if any, to fund the development
and growth of its business. Any future determination to pay cash dividends  will
be at the discretion of the Board of Directors. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
    The  following  table sets  forth the  capitalization of  the Company  as of
September 30, 1996  on (i)  an actual  basis and (ii)  an as  adjusted basis  to
reflect  the conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock into 1,896,000 shares
of Common Stock upon the closing of  this offering and receipt of the  estimated
net  proceeds  from  the Company's  sale  of  2,000,000 shares  of  Common Stock
pursuant to this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of  $10.00
per  share  and  after  deducting  underwriting  discounts  and  commissions and
estimated offering expenses payable by the Company.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
                                                                                ----------------------------
                                                                                   ACTUAL       AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                             <C>            <C>
Stockholders' equity:
  Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value; 1,800,000 shares
   designated, issued and outstanding, actual; and none issued or outstanding,
   as adjusted................................................................  $      18,000  $    --
  Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value, 600,000 shares
   designated, issued and outstanding, actual; and none issued or outstanding,
   as adjusted................................................................          6,000       --
  Common Stock, $0.01 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 3,607,202
   shares issued and outstanding, actual; and 7,503,202 shares issued and
   outstanding, as adjusted(1)................................................         36,072         75,032
Additional paid-in capital....................................................      5,234,705     23,219,745
Deficit accumulated during the development stage..............................     (3,096,262)    (3,096,262)
                                                                                -------------  -------------
Total stockholders' equity....................................................  $   2,198,515  $  20,198,515
                                                                                -------------  -------------
                                                                                -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1) Excludes (i) 892,320 shares  of Common Stock issuable  upon the exercise  of
    options  outstanding under  the Company's  stock option  plan at  a weighted
    average exercise  price of  $2.34 per  share (and  up to  187,680 shares  of
    Common  Stock issuable  pursuant to additional  options that  may be granted
    under such Plan) and (ii) 100,440  shares of Common Stock issuable upon  the
    exercise  of  outstanding  stock  purchase warrants  at  a  weighted average
    exercise price  of  $.83 per  share.  See "Management--Stock  Option  Plan,"
    "Description of Capital Stock" and Note 5 of Notes to Financial Statements."
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
                                    DILUTION
 
    The  pro forma net  tangible book value  of the Company  as of September 30,
1996 was $2,198,515, or $.40  per share. Pro forma  net tangible book value  per
share  is determined  by dividing  the net  tangible book  value of  the Company
(total assets less  intangible assets and  total liabilities) by  the number  of
shares  outstanding, after  giving effect to  the conversion  of all outstanding
shares of Convertible  Preferred Stock  into 1,896,000 shares  of Common  Stock.
Without  taking into account  any changes in  pro forma net  tangible book value
after September 30, 1996, other than to give effect to the sale of the shares of
Common Stock offered by the Company hereby (at an assumed public offering  price
of  $10.00 per share and after  deducting underwriting discounts and commissions
and estimated offering expenses), the net tangible book value of the Company  as
of  September 30, 1996  would have been approximately  $20,198,515, or $2.69 per
share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $2.29
per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $7.31 per  share
to new stockholders. The following table illustrates this per share dilution.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                   <C>        <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share.....................             $   10.00
  Pro forma net tangible book value per share
   as of September 30, 1996.........................................  $     .40
  Increase per share attributable to new investors..................       2.29
                                                                      ---------
Pro forma net tangible book value per share
 after this offering................................................                  2.69
                                                                                 ---------
Dilution per share to new investors.................................             $    7.31
                                                                                 ---------
                                                                                 ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The  following table summarizes,  on a pro  forma basis as  of September 30,
1996 (giving effect to the conversion  of all outstanding shares of  Convertible
Preferred  Stock into  1,896,000 shares of  Common Stock), the  number of shares
purchased from the Company, the total  consideration paid and the average  price
per  share paid by existing  stockholders and new investors  (based upon, in the
case of new investors, an assumed public offering price of $10.00 per share  and
before  deduction  of  estimated  underwriting  discounts  and  commissions  and
offering expenses).
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    SHARES PURCHASED            TOTAL CONSIDERATION
                                               ---------------------------  ----------------------------  AVERAGE PRICE
                                                  NUMBER      PERCENTAGE       AMOUNT       PERCENTAGE      PER SHARE
                                               ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                            <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Existing stockholders........................     5,503,202        73.3%    $   5,303,402        21.0%      $    0.96
New investors................................     2,000,000        26.7%       20,000,000        79.0%          10.00
                                               ------------       -----     -------------       -----
    Total....................................     7,503,202       100.0%    $  25,303,402       100.0%
                                               ------------       -----     -------------       -----
                                               ------------       -----     -------------       -----
</TABLE>
 
    The foregoing tables assume no  exercise of options or warrants  outstanding
as  of September 30, 1996.  At such date, there  were outstanding (i) options to
purchase 892,320 shares of Common Stock at a weighted average exercise price  of
$2.34  per share and (ii) warrants to purchase 100,440 shares of Common Stock at
a weighted average exercise price of $.83 per share. Had the exercise of options
and  warrants  outstanding  at  September   30,  1996  been  reflected  in   the
computation, the pro forma net tangible book value per share before the offering
would  have been $.67, the net tangible  book value per share after the offering
would have been $2.63, and  the dilution per share  to new investors would  have
been  $7.37. In addition, if the public  offering price is lower than $10.00 per
share, the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding after the offering would
be higher than 7,503,202. See  "Management--Stock Option Plan," "Description  of
Capital Stock" and Note 5 of Notes to Financial Statements.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The  selected financial data set forth below as of December 31, 1995 and for
the period from  February 22, 1995  (Inception) to December  31, 1995 have  been
derived  from the  Company's financial  statements, which  have been  audited by
Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, and are included elsewhere in  this
Prospectus.  The selected  financial data  set forth  below as  of September 30,
1996, for the nine months then ended, for the period from Inception to September
30, 1995 and  for the  period from  Inception to  September 30,  1996 have  been
derived from the Company's unaudited financial statements, have been prepared by
the  Company  on  a  basis  consistent  with  the  Company's  audited  financial
statements and  in  the  opinion  of  management  of  the  Company  reflect  all
adjustments,  consisting only of  normal recurring adjustments,  necessary for a
fair presentation of such  information. The results of  operations for the  nine
month  period ended  September 30,  1996 and  for the  period from  Inception to
September 30,  1995  are not  necessarily  indicative  of results  that  may  be
expected  for the full fiscal year or  any future period. The financial data for
the Company should  be read  in conjunction  with the  Financial Statements  and
Notes  thereto and "Management's Discussion  and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           FROM                FROM                             FROM FEBRUARY 22,
                                     FEBRUARY 22, 1995  FEBRUARY 22, 1995       NINE MONTH       1995 (INCEPTION)
                                      (INCEPTION) TO      (INCEPTION) TO       PERIOD ENDED             TO
                                     DECEMBER 31, 1995  SEPTEMBER 30, 1995  SEPTEMBER 30, 1996  SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
                                     -----------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------
<S>                                  <C>                <C>                 <C>                 <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues...........................    $     113,000      $        7,500      $      644,146      $      757,146
Operating expenses:
  Cost of sales....................          111,870               7,621             601,124             712,994
  Sales and marketing..............          375,384             228,466             616,545             991,929
  General and administrative.......          678,498             298,998           1,298,801           1,977,299
  Research and development.........           89,909              79,910             160,619             250,528
                                     -----------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------
    Total operating expenses.......        1,255,661             614,995           2,677,089           3,932,750
                                     -----------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------
Operating loss.....................       (1,142,661)           (607,495)         (2,032,943)         (3,175,604)
Interest income....................           26,009                 483              53,333              79,342
                                     -----------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------
Net loss...........................    $  (1,116,652)     $     (607,012)     $   (1,979,610)     $   (3,096,262)
                                     -----------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------
                                     -----------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------
Net loss per common and common
 share equivalents(1)..............    $        (.18)     $         (.10)     $         (.32)     $         (.50)
                                     -----------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------
                                     -----------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------
Weighted average common and common
 share equivalents(1)..............        5,963,306           5,956,248           6,160,715           6,160,715
                                     -----------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------
                                     -----------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            DECEMBER 31, 1995   SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
                                                                           -------------------  ------------------
<S>                                                                        <C>                  <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents................................................     $   1,182,080       $    2,022,628
Working capital..........................................................           611,655            1,470,088
Total assets.............................................................         1,763,629            2,986,652
Total liabilities........................................................           598,464              788,137
Deficit accumulated during the development stage.........................        (1,116,652)          (3,096,262)
Total stockholders' equity...............................................         1,165,165            2,198,515
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1) See  Note 1  of  Notes to  Financial Statements  for  a description  of  the
    calculation of net loss per share.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the
Financial  Statements of  the Company and  Notes thereto  appearing elsewhere in
this Prospectus.
 
OVERVIEW
 
    The Company was formed on February 22, 1995, is in the development stage and
has a limited operating history from which to evaluate its performance. Although
the Company has completed the development of its integrated information  capture
and  delivery system and is developing several disease state management programs
for specific  diseases,  further  development activities  may  be  necessary  to
implement  these programs. In October 1996, the Company began enrolling patients
in its first disease  state management program. This  program was developed  for
the treatment of patients suffering from secondary cardiovascular disease.
 
   
    The  Company has generated limited revenues  to date and has recorded losses
since inception, totalling $3,096,262 through  September 30, 1996, which  losses
are  continuing to date at an increasing  rate. The Company anticipates that its
losses will continue at least until it has completed the development of programs
for several customers and has begun  providing services to a substantial  number
of patients for such customers.
    
 
    The  Company  has entered  into  services agreements  with  Bristol-Myers to
develop, implement  and operate  programs for:  (i) patients  who have  recently
experienced certain cardiovascular events; (ii) patients who have been diagnosed
with primary congestive heart failure; (iii) patients suffering from anorexia or
cachexia  secondary to diagnosis of cancer  or AIDS; and (iv) patients suffering
from chronic pain. In addition, the Company has entered into services agreements
with American HomePatient,  Equifax, Health  Resources and  Harris Methodist  to
operate a program for patients suffering from asthma and with Equifax and Health
Resources  to  operate a  program for  patients  suffering from  diabetes. These
contracts provide for, and the Company anticipates future contracts will provide
for, fees paid by its customers based upon the number of patients  participating
in  each  of its  programs, as  well  as initial  program development  fees from
customers for  the  development of  a  disease-specific program.  The  Company's
program development contracts typically require payment from the customer at the
time  that the  contract is executed,  with additional payments  made as certain
development milestones are met. Development contract revenue is recognized on  a
percentage   of  completion  basis,  in  accordance  with  the  ratio  of  total
development cost  incurred to  the  estimated total  development costs  for  the
entire  project.  Losses,  if  any,  related  to  program  development  will  be
recognized in full as identified. The Company's program operation contracts call
for a fixed  fee to  be paid by  the customer  for each patient  enrolled for  a
series  of program services as  defined in the contract.  The timing of customer
payments varies by contract, but will typically occur in advance of the  Company
providing   associated  services.  Revenues  from  program  operations  will  be
recognized ratably as the program services are delivered. The amount of the  per
patient  fee is  expected to  vary from  program to  program depending  upon the
number of patient contacts required, the complexity of the interventions and the
detail of  the reports  generated. The  Company has  not capitalized  any  costs
related  to the development of software for  use in its disease state management
programs since all of such software has been developed for internal use.
 
    The sales cycle for the Company's programs is expected to extend for periods
of six to nine months from  initial contact to contract execution. During  these
periods,  the Company may expend substantial time, effort and funds to prepare a
contract proposal  and negotiate  the contract.  The Company  may be  unable  to
consummate  a commercial relationship after the expenditure of such time, effort
and financial resources.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The Company generated revenue of  $113,000 during the period from  inception
on  February 22, 1995 to December 31,  1995, and $644,146 during the nine months
ended September 30, 1996. During the period from inception to December 31, 1995,
$84,000  of  revenue  was  derived   from  development  fees  with  respect   to
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
disease  state management programs and $29,000  of revenue was derived from fees
with respect to the development and conduct of a patient satisfaction survey and
a patient focus group. During the nine months ended September 30, 1996, $616,697
of revenue  was derived  from development  fees with  respect to  disease  state
management programs, $23,056 of revenue was derived from the licensing fees with
respect  to disease state management programs, and $4,393 of revenue was derived
from fees with respect to the development and conduct of a patient  satisfaction
survey  and  a patient  focus group.  The increase  in program  development fees
reflects the increase in the level  of development activities for the  Company's
customized  programs.  The  increase  in  program  licensing  fees  reflects the
initiation of licensing of the Company's standardized programs. The decrease  in
revenues from the development and conduct of a patient satisfaction survey and a
patient focus group is a result of the completion of that project.
 
    Cost  of sales include  salaries and related  benefits, services provided by
third parties, and  other expenses  associated with the  development of  disease
state  management programs and  a patient satisfaction survey  and assembly of a
patient focus group. Cost of sales  was $111,870 from inception to December  31,
1995, and $601,124 for the nine months ended September 30, 1996. The increase in
these costs reflects an increased level of program development activities.
 
    Sales  and  marketing  expenses from  inception  to December  31,  1995 were
$375,384, and were $616,545 for the nine months ended September 30, 1996.  These
costs  consisted primarily of salaries, related benefits and travel costs. These
expenditures allowed  the  Company to  undertake  initial marketing  efforts  to
pharmaceutical  companies, payors and other  health care services organizations.
The increase in these costs from 1995  to 1996 reflects an increase in the  size
of the Company's sales and marketing staff.
 
    General   and  administrative  expenses  include   the  costs  of  corporate
operations, finance and accounting, human resources and other general  operating
expenses  of the Company. General and  administrative expenses from inception to
December 31, 1995 were $678,498, and  were $1,298,801 for the nine months  ended
September  30, 1996. These  expenditures were incurred  to develop the corporate
infrastructure  necessary  to  support   anticipated  program  development   and
operations.  The increase  in these  costs from  1995 to  1996 was  caused by an
increase in  the Company's  level  of business  activity,  and the  addition  of
required administrative personnel.
 
    Research  and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and related
benefits and  administrative  costs  allocated to  the  Company's  research  and
development  personnel for development  of certain components  of the integrated
information capture and delivery system, as well as development of the Company's
standardized  disease  state  management  programs.  Research  and   development
expenses from inception to December 31, 1995 were $89,909, and were $160,619 for
the  nine months ended September 30, 1996. The increase in these costs from 1995
to 1996 reflects initiation of development of the Company's standardized disease
state management programs for patients suffering from asthma and diabetes.
 
    The Company had  a net  loss of $1,116,652  from inception  to December  31,
1995,  representing a loss of  $.18 per share, and a  net loss of $1,979,610 for
the nine months ended September 30, 1996, representing a loss of $.32 per share.
See Note 1 of Notes to Financial Statements.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    At September 30, 1996, the Company had working capital of $1,470,088.  Since
its  inception the Company has funded  its operations, working capital needs and
capital expenditures from private placements of equity securities. The Company's
initial capitalization of $500,000 was  completed in February 1995. The  Company
received  $1,800,000 from the sale of  additional equity securities in a private
placement during the third quarter of 1995, $1,600,000 of which was received  in
August  1995,  and  $200,000  of  which  was  received  in  September  1995, and
$3,000,000 from the sale of additional equity securities in a private  placement
during  the second quarter of 1996, $2,825,000 of which was received in May 1996
and $175,000 of which was received in June 1996.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
    The Company's development contracts generally require that payments be  made
by  the customer  at the  time of  contract execution  and at  the achievment of
certain milestones  in  the development  process.  These payments  are  normally
received  in advance of the Company's recognition of the associated revenue. The
timing of customer payments for  program operation services varies by  contract,
but  typically  occurs  prior to  the  associated services  being  provided. The
Company recognizes deferred  revenue for  amounts billed for  these services  in
advance  of the  rendering of  the services.  The advance  payments have  been a
source of liquidity for  the Company. The Company  anticipates that its  billing
practices are likely to continue in this manner in the forseeable future.
 
    The  Company  has been  substantially dependent  upon private  placements of
equity securities to fund  its research and  development activities and  working
capital  requirements.  In  order  to  implement  programs  using  the Company's
integrated information capture and delivery system, the Company will be required
to devote substantial additional  assets to the  development of technology,  the
construction  of  physical  facilities  and  the  acquisition  of  telephone and
computer equipment. The Company will also be required to retain the services  of
employees  in advance  of obtaining contracts  to provide  services. The Company
anticipates, based on currently proposed  plans and assumptions relating to  its
operations,  including the  timing of research  and product  development and the
costs associated with marketing and promotion  of its system, that the  proceeds
of  this  offering, together  with available  resources,  will be  sufficient to
satisfy the Company's  contemplated cash requirements  for at least  twenty-four
months  following  the consummation  of  this offering.  In  the event  that the
Company's plans change or its assumptions change or prove to be inaccurate,  the
Company   could  be  required  to  seek  additional  financing  or  curtail  its
activities. The Company has no current arrangements with respect to, or  sources
of,  additional financing.  The Company  may also  deem it  desirable to acquire
assets, technologies or other  entities in complementary  or related fields,  or
for  other  projects  which management  believes  to  be in  the  Company's best
interest, and  therefore  may reapportion  proceeds  of this  offering  to  such
acquisition or project.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
    Patient  Infosystems, Inc. provides patient-centered health care information
systems and services to proactively  manage, collect and analyze information  to
improve  patient compliance  with prescribed treatment  protocols. The Company's
technology platform integrates treatment compliance algorithms with an  advanced
voice  recognition  telephone system,  high speed  data processing  and analysis
capability and demand publishing and information distribution capabilities.  The
system  utilizes trained telephone operators  and computerized interactive voice
response technology to communicate  via telephone directly  with the patient  at
home  in  order  to gather  relevant  patient  data. This  data  is subsequently
evaluated and automatically transmitted via computer generated reports to health
care payors,  providers and  patients tailored  to the  specific needs  of  each
recipient.
 
    The  Company markets its services  to pharmaceutical manufacturers, PBMs and
health care payors and providers to collect data outside of the physician office
and institutional  setting to  enhance compliance  by patients  with  prescribed
treatment  protocols.  The  Company's  disease  state  management  programs  are
designed  to  provide  the  following  benefits:  (i)  for  patients,   improved
communication  with health care resources,  enhanced self-care skills, increased
treatment  adherence  resulting  in  improved   quality  of  care  and   reduced
inconvenience,   risk   and  expense   associated  with   unscheduled  physician
interventions; (ii)  for  health care  providers,  more information  on  patient
progress, quicker identification of hard-to-manage patients, enhanced ability to
make  timely treatment modifications, triage capability and expanded information
for development  of  improved treatment  protocols;  and (iii)  for  payors  and
program  sponsors,  cost-effective  management  of  the  disease  risk, improved
patient compliance and outcomes and enhanced patient and provider satisfaction.
 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
    Health care  costs have  increased  significantly in  the United  States  in
recent years despite substantial attempts to control costs by the government and
private   payors.  According   to  the   Federal  government,   national  health
expenditures have  increased from  $540 billion  in  1988 (11.1%  of GNP)  to  a
projected  $1  trillion in  1995 (15.7%  of projected  GNP). Faced  with rapidly
rising health benefit costs, employers are aggressively seeking methods  through
managed  care  techniques to  reduce the  volume  and unit  cost of  health care
services. The Company believes that payors have achieved substantial health care
cost savings to date  through reducing the unit  pricing for and utilization  of
products and services.
 
    One  way to achieve significant additional savings is to change the way that
health care is delivered to patients  by focusing on quality and cost  efficient
clinical  outcomes.  In an  effort  to lower  costs,  payors and  providers have
encouraged the  shifting of  patient care  away from  the physician  office  and
institutional  setting. As a result, more and more patients administer their own
medications without  direct provider  oversight. However,  the Company  believes
that  to date only limited progress has been made in implementing cost-effective
methods to monitor patient compliance  with prescribed treatment protocols.  The
failure  to comply  with treatment  regimens results  in significant unnecessary
costs to the health care system.  The Company believes that as cost  containment
strategies  move the point of care out of the institutional setting, payors will
require  information   systems  that   gather  data   and  facilitate   behavior
modification outside of the physician office and institutional setting.
 
    Once  clinical treatment decisions  are made, patients  must comply with the
prescribed treatment regimen to achieve the desired outcome. Estimates vary from
disease to  disease, but  generally indicate  that between  30% and  60% of  all
patients  fail to  take medications as  prescribed. The  consequences of patient
non-compliance with prescribed treatment  plans represent a significant  portion
of   health  care  expenditures.  One  industry  study  indicated  that  patient
non-compliance results  in $100  billion in  health care  and lost  productivity
costs  annually.  Costs associated  with chronic  disease  patients who  fail to
adhere to  prescribed treatment  regimens have  been particularly  difficult  to
control.  When long-term treatments for chronic disease have been prescribed, as
many as 80% of all patients fail to carry out correctly at least one element  of
the  disease treatment regimen. In addition, a 1990 study indicated that over 5%
of hospital admissions were
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
caused by  outpatient  noncompliance.  The Company  believes  that  by  coupling
effective  treatment protocols with the ability to monitor patient condition and
treatment  regimen  compliance  between  physician  interventions,  health  care
providers  and payors can significantly enhance clinical outcomes while reducing
costs.
 
    Monitoring patients  by  telephone can  be  a cost  effective  strategy  for
improving  the treatment of chronic diseases. One industry study, which involved
patient  contact  by  nurses  to  determine  treatment  compliance  and  disease
progress,  indicated that the use of  telephone follow-up saved an estimated 28%
in health  care delivery  costs for  elderly, ambulatory  patients with  chronic
diseases.  In addition, patients  who received follow-up  telephone care had 19%
fewer clinic visits, 14% overall less medication utilization, 20% fewer hospital
days and  41%  fewer intensive  care  unit days.  Telephone  patient  monitoring
systems may be used with a broad range of chronic patient treatment programs for
disease   state  management  and  outcome   evaluation  and  other  health  care
applications.
 
    The Company believes  that there is  a large and  growing need among  health
care  providers, payors and patients  for improved, cost-effective treatment and
management of chronic diseases through the use of patient compliance information
systems.
 
STRATEGY
 
    The  Company's  strategy  is  to  capitalize  on  its  advanced  information
technology  platform to become  the leading provider  of patient-centered health
care information programs. The key elements of this strategy are to:
 
        INTRODUCE DISEASE SPECIFIC  INFORMATION SYSTEMS.   The Company  develops
    software  systems  and  identifies  treatment  protocols  to  assist  in the
    management of  specific chronic  diseases such  as secondary  cardiovascular
    disease,  congestive heart failure, diabetes and asthma. The Company designs
    and markets these systems for certain clients on a customized basis pursuant
    to which the client funds development and implementation of the system for a
    specific   disease.   Alternatively,   the   Company   internally   develops
    standardized  systems  for targeted  diseases  and subsequently  markets the
    system to multiple end-users. The Company markets its customized systems  to
    pharmaceutical  companies and  PBMs interested  in sponsoring  disease state
    management  programs  to  provide  their  managed  care  customers  with   a
    value-added  service. These programs are designed to modify patient behavior
    in order to improve treatment and outcomes and reduce costs associated  with
    non-compliance.
 
        DEMONSTRATE  CLINICAL  BENEFITS  AND  COST-EFFECTIVENESS.    The Company
    markets its services based on the expected reduction of overall health  care
    costs  that it believes will result  from improved treatment compliance. The
    Company intends  to  complement  its  marketing  efforts  by  conducting  or
    sponsoring  clinical  studies and  implementing  other measures  designed to
    establish and  document the  clinical  and cost  benefits it  believes  will
    result  from  the  application  of its  integrated  information  capture and
    delivery system. The Company intends to  promote the benefits of its  system
    through  publication in  clinical journals  and presentations  at scientific
    conferences of the results of these studies.
 
        ANALYZE OUTCOMES DATA USING  ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE SYSTEMS TO  IMPROVE
    CLINICAL  PROTOCOLS.  As the Company's  network of patients expands, so will
    its database of relevant  information with respect  to patient behavior  and
    disease  progression. The Company has designed its system to enable analysis
    of data using a  variety of technologies,  including neural networks,  fuzzy
    logic and genetic algorithms. The Company intends to use this information to
    improve treatment algorithms and compliance behavior in an effort to improve
    treatment, and thereby maximize positive patient outcomes and reduce costs.
 
        DEVELOP   OR  ACQUIRE   ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION   CAPTURE  AND  DELIVERY
    TECHNOLOGIES.    The  Company  plans   to  develop  or  acquire   additional
    technologies  that enhance  its ability  to gather  information and interact
    with patients. The  Company is developing  a wireless two-way  communication
    system to permit the flow of constant, uninterrupted information between the
    patient   and  the  Company.  Additionally,  the  Company  is  developing  a
    CD-ROM-based educational information system for patient use and an  approach
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
    to  using on-line  information systems such  as e-mail  to interact directly
    with patients. The Company believes that these additional technologies  will
    allow  the  Company to  provide and  obtain more  detailed information  as a
    supplement to  or as  a substitute  for telephone  interactions and  printed
    materials.
 
        LEVERAGE  TECHNOLOGY PLATFORM  TO DEVELOP ADDITIONAL  APPLICATIONS.  The
    Company intends to use its expertise in information management and  database
    technologies  to develop additional programs  and services, such as clinical
    trial data  compilation and  analysis,  patient surveys,  clinical  outcomes
    evaluation,  demand  management and  case management.  By gaining  access to
    certain customers through the provision of one type of information  service,
    the  Company will  be well  positioned to  provide additional  services. For
    example, the Company believes that as it provides clinical trial information
    for pharmaceutical companies in connection  with specific products, it  will
    also  be  in a  position  to provide  disease  state management  services in
    connection with the use of such drugs.
 
    There can be no  assurance that the  Company will be  able to implement  its
business strategy effectively or economically, if at all.
 
INFORMATION CAPTURE, DELIVERY AND ANALYSIS TECHNOLOGIES
 
    The  Company's technology  platform integrates treatment  algorithms with an
advanced voice  recognition telephone  system, high  speed data  processing  and
analysis   capability  and   demand  publishing   and  information  distribution
capabilities. The system utilizes  trained telephone operators and  computerized
interactive voice response technology to communicate via telephone directly with
the  patient  at home  in order  to gather  relevant patient  data. In  order to
minimize costly live operator interaction, a computer initiates each call to the
patient, which  call is  automatically transferred  to an  operator and  finally
routed  to an  automated speech  application. Patients  respond to  the recorded
speech application by speaking normally. This  approach is designed to ensure  a
more  accurate and reliable  response than is achievable  via telephone key pad.
Depending on the patient's  response, situation-specific algorithms are  applied
to modify future questions and thus help customize the collection of data.
 
    The  Company's system analyzes and prepares  the captured data for automatic
delivery to  the payor,  provider and  patient using  demand publishing.  Demand
publishing  technology enables the creation  of highly individualized reports by
inserting stored  graphic images  customized  for race,  gender and  age.  These
reports  are also customized to the patient's specific situation, and the system
utilizes the information received  during contacts with  the patient to  further
customize  the content of the  report. The data relevant  to the separate report
for  health  care  providers  is  formatted   in  a  customized  report  to   be
automatically transmitted via mail, fax or on-line.
 
    Each   contact  with  a  patient  contributes  to  the  establishment  of  a
longitudinal data  base  which can  be  analyzed to  provide  information  about
treatment modalities for patients, providers and payors. The Company's system is
designed  to  analyze patient  compliance to  prescribed treatment  regimens and
gather additional clinical information so that improvements in such regimens can
be developed.
 
INTEGRATED DISEASE STATE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
 
    The Company's first  application of its  integrated information capture  and
delivery  technology  is its  integrated disease  state management  system. This
system is designed  to provide care  givers with  the ability to  monitor, on  a
cost-effective  basis,  patient  condition  and behavior  while  the  patient is
between physician consultations. The Company believes that this will permit care
givers to  improve patient  compliance and,  as a  consequence, improve  patient
outcomes.
 
    Each  of  the  Company's  integrated disease  state  management  programs is
designed to provide one or more  of the following benefits. For patients,  these
intended  benefits include: (i) improved access to and communication with health
care resources beyond  existing hospital  care and office  and in-home  provider
visits;  (ii) enhanced self-care skills and  knowledge of the disease covered by
the program; (iii) increased treatment compliance, motivation and confidence  in
disease  self-management resulting in improved quality of life; and (iv) reduced
inconvenience, risk  and  expense  associated with  unscheduled  office  visits,
emergency room interventions and hospitalizations.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
    For  health  care  providers,  these  intended  benefits  include:  (i) more
comprehensive information on  patient progress; (ii)  earlier identification  of
hard-to-manage  patients;  (iii)  enhanced  ability  to  make  timely  treatment
modifications; (iv) better utilization of  health care resources appropriate  to
patient  needs;  and  (v)  expanded  information  for  development  of  improved
treatment methods.
 
    For payors  and  program  sponsors, these  intended  benefits  include:  (i)
cost-effective  management of  disease risk;  (ii) improved  patient compliance;
(iii) improved  treatment  outcomes;  and (iv)  enhanced  patient  and  provider
satisfaction.
 
    The  Company only  recently enrolled its  first patients in  a disease state
management program, and there  can be no assurance  that the benefits  described
above will be achieved.
 
    The  Company's disease state management system has three primary components.
First, using a  panel of recognized  medical and clinical  experts, the  Company
develops  a disease-specific  patient intervention  and compliance  program that
includes a  template for  the  integration of  each patient's  history,  current
medical  status and treatment protocol.  If the program is  being developed on a
custom basis for a particular customer, the program is developed in consultation
with  the  customer's  clinical  staff  and  consultants.  Second,  the  Company
establishes  periodic  telephone  contacts  with  each  patient  to  monitor the
patient's  compliance  with  prescribed  therapies  as  well  as  the  patient's
treatment  progress. Third, using the information obtained from patient contacts
and other available information regarding the patient and his or her  treatment,
such  as physician  records and  pharmacy information,  personalized reports are
prepared, typically  following  each  patient contact,  for  evaluation  by  the
patient, the patient's health care provider and, on a periodic basis, payors.
 
    DEVELOPMENT OF DISEASE SPECIFIC PROTOCOLS
 
    The   Company's  disease-specific  compliance  programs  are  developed  for
targeted diseases  either on  a customized  or standardized  basis. The  Company
retains  an  internal  clinical  staff and  panels  of  independent  medical and
clinical  experts  to  identify  guidelines  of  generally  accepted   treatment
protocols and diagnostic interventions for particular diseases. These guidelines
serve  as a template  for information to  be gathered from  each patient. If the
program is being  developed on  a custom basis  for a  particular customer,  the
program  is developed  in consultation  with the  customer's clinical  staff and
consultants.  In  addition,  the  Company's  internal  clinical  staff  conducts
research  of  available databases  and gathers  information provided  by medical
experts, insurance providers, governmental  agencies, Medicare and Medicaid  and
other  sources to develop with the  medical experts the disease-specific program
structure. The resulting compliance protocols are designed to enable the Company
to gather  the  necessary patient  information  to  determine the  extent  of  a
patient's  compliance with his or her prescribed treatment, the effectiveness of
treatment and the progress of the  patient's disease. As the Company's  database
of  disease-specific treatments expands, the Company intends to use that data to
modify, update and enhance its own disease state management compliance  programs
and assist health care providers in improving treatment protocols.
 
    PATIENT ENROLLMENT
 
    When  a patient is enrolled in one of the Company's disease state management
programs a patient history is obtained,  including the histories of the  chronic
illness,  medications,  and surgical  procedures  as well  as  other information
deemed relevant by the disease-specific compliance program. This information  is
included  in  the Company's  database for  each  patient and  is used  to create
customized reports  for  distribution  to  each of  the  patient's  health  care
provider  and  payor as  well as  the  patient. The  patient report  can include
information on the prescribed treatment of the patient's disease as well as  the
use  of the program and  social support services to  improve compliance with the
patient's treatment  regimen. In  addition, the  Company's on-demand  publishing
technology provides personalized behavior modification and educational materials
for  the patient. The health care provider report contains the relevant clinical
and behavioral information gathered from the patient.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
    PATIENT CONTACTS
 
    In accordance with  a designated  patient contact schedule,  a patient  will
periodically  receive telephone calls from a live operator who, after confirming
the identity of the  patient, will transfer the  patient to an automated  system
that   will   ask  specific   questions  determined   in  accordance   with  the
disease-specific compliance  program and  provide information  and  motivational
feedback.  Patient  contact schedules  are  established for  each  disease state
management program,  with the  frequency  of patient  contact varying  with  the
disease  under management and the goal of the applicable treatment and occurring
as often as daily or as infrequently as on a quarterly basis. The data  gathered
from  the patient during each  contact is processed and  stored in the Company's
database.
 
    The compliance program  takes into  account patient  responses to  treatment
follow-up  questions and initiates specific courses  of action which can include
positive reinforcement messages, confirmation  of prescription instructions  and
scheduled  callbacks  to  remind the  patient  of  the need  to  take prescribed
medication. In addition,  questions to  be asked  in future  calls are  modified
based upon the patient's responses during previous calls.
 
    The  Company's disease  state management  system captures  and processes the
information obtained from  the patient  during the contact  and integrates  this
information  with  the other  data maintained  by  the Company,  including prior
patient responses, patient medical history, treatments administered to date  and
the  mandated  treatment protocols  for the  disease. This  system automatically
prepares distinct reports using the Company's demand publishing technologies for
the patient and for the physician  or other care-giver. Each report is  tailored
for  the particular  requirements of each  recipient. The  patient's report, for
example, may include pictures, diagrams and informative discussions relating  to
the  treatment course  intended to  modify or  reinforce certain  behaviors. The
physician's report would  likely be more  factual and direct  and summarize  the
clinical and behavioral information that has been gathered.
 
    On  a periodic basis, the Company will  provide data to the patient's health
care payor with respect to that patient's progress. The Company will be able  to
include  information from various data sources  in these reports for the purpose
of providing additional information with respect to a patient. For example,  the
Company  may be able to interact with  the pharmacy services division of a payor
to  determine  the  renewal  frequency  of  prescriptions,  which  provides   an
indication  of whether a patient  is taking his or  her medication. In addition,
the system provides the flexibility to allow other information from  physicians'
reports and hospital tests to be included in the periodic reports.
 
    COMPLIANCE ASSISTANCE
 
    The  Company assists payors and health  care providers in monitoring patient
compliance and  works  with health  care  providers to  develop  compliance  and
education  programs that  can be implemented  through the  Company's system. The
Company's  publishing   technology   enables  production   of   patient-specific
compliance  and  education  literature  that  is  customized  for  an individual
patient. Once this literature is prepared it may
be delivered  to a  patient by  mail,  facsimile or  on-line. In  addition,  the
Company can implement a variety of procedures including medication reminders via
wireless  two-way communication  and more frequent  telephone communications for
non-compliant patients or patients with  more difficult treatment regimens.  The
Company can provide additional support services, such as an 800 number that will
provide  recorded information  with respect  to a  variety of  patient education
topics or other support messages.
 
PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS PROGRAMS
 
    SECONDARY CARDIOVASCULAR DISEASE
 
    It is estimated by the American Heart Association that in 1996, $129 billion
will be spent in the United States for the treatment of cardiovascular  disease.
Cardiovascular disease may be treated with a combination of medications, as well
as  dietary, lifestyle and behavior modifications. The treatment is on-going and
requires a high  level of  patient discipline. The  Company has  entered into  a
services  agreement  with  Bristol-Myers  to develop,  implement  and  operate a
disease   state   management   program    relating   to   the   prevention    of
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
cardiovascular  sequelae  in  patients  who  have  recently  experienced certain
cardiovascular illnesses or treatments such as angina, cardiac bypass surgery or
myocardial infarction.  A  limited  number  of patients  were  enrolled  in  the
Company's secondary cardiovascular disease program in October 1996.
 
    CONGESTIVE HEART FAILURE
 
    The  American  Heart Association  estimated in  1996 that  approximately 4.7
million Americans  currently  suffer  from  Congestive  Heart  Failure.  Elderly
patients  with heart failure  are at increased  risk for rehospitalization after
discharge. Behavioral factors  such as noncompliance  with medications and  poor
diet  may  contribute to  hospital admissions.  The Company  has entered  into a
services agreement  with  Bristol-Myers  to develop,  implement  and  operate  a
disease  state management program to aid  in the treatment of patients suffering
from congestive heart failure. A limited  number of patients were enrolled in  a
Company-funded  disease state management program for congestive heart failure in
October 1996.
 
    DIABETES
 
    Diabetes is an  incurable disease  characterized by  elevated blood  glucose
levels.  The  American Diabetes  Association estimates  that  there are  over 16
million diabetics in the United States, at least 700,000 of whom are  undergoing
insulin  therapy. Insulin therapy involves daily  sampling of blood and, in many
cases, regular  injections  of insulin.  Currently,  it is  estimated  that  $45
billion is spent annually on the treatment of all diabetics and diabetes-related
conditions  within the United States. With proper treatment, diabetes should not
be life threatening; however, untreated or improperly treated diabetes can  lead
to  such complications as  blindness, kidney disease,  nervous system disorders,
vascular disease and death. The Company is developing a disease state management
program for  diabetic  patients  that  it  is  marketing  to  payors  and  other
participants  in the  health care  industry. Equifax  and Health  Resources have
retained the  Company  to provide  this  disease state  management  program  for
patients  who  are  suffering from  diabetes  and  are enrolled  in  health care
programs for which these companies provide services.
 
    ASTHMA
 
    Asthma affects 12  million people in  the United States,  with direct  costs
related  to the  disease estimated  at $3  billion annually.  Noncompliance with
pharmacological  therapy  is   the  leading  cause   of  hospitalization   among
asthmatics.  However, with proper treatment,  including high patient compliance,
most asthmatics can control their disease effectively. The Company is developing
a disease state management program for asthmatic patients that is being marketed
to payors. American HomePatient, Equifax, Health Resources and Harris  Methodist
have  retained  the Company  to provide  disease  state management  programs for
patients who are suffering from asthma and are enrolled in health care  programs
for  which these companies  provide services. A limited  number of patients were
enrolled in  a Company-funded  disease state  management program  for  asthmatic
patients in November 1996.
 
    CHRONIC PAIN MANAGEMENT
 
    Persons suffering from cancer are often treated with medication to alleviate
constant,  severe  pain.  Bristol-Myers  has retained  the  Company  to develop,
implement and update a program to  manage patients who are experiencing  intense
levels  of chronic  pain. The Company  is developing a  disease state management
program for chronic pain management and expects the program to be available  for
patient enrollment during the fourth quarter of 1996.
 
    WEIGHT MANAGEMENT
 
    The  inability  to  maintain  adequate  weight  is  a  serious  problem  for
individuals afflicted  with  cancer  or AIDS.  Bristol-Myers  has  retained  the
Company  to develop  and implement a  program to manage  patients suffering from
anorexia or cachexia secondary to a diagnosis of cancer or AIDS. The Company  is
developing  a disease state management program for weight management and expects
the program to be available for patient enrollment during the fourth quarter  of
1996.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
    ADDITIONAL DISEASE TARGETS
 
    The Company has identified additional opportunities in large chronic disease
markets,  including  in  the  treatment  of  hypertension,  chronic  obstructive
pulmonary disease, depression,  cancer, osteoporosis,  arthritis, HIV  infection
and  high risk  pregnancy. Each  of these targets  has been  identifed as having
characteristics  which  make  them  attractive  candidates  for  the   Company's
programs.  The Company is  currently involved in  discussions with customers for
the development of programs in connection with the development of programs in  a
variety of these areas.
 
    Patient  enrollment in each  of the Company's programs  will depend upon the
identification and  referral  by the  Company's  customers of  patients  to  the
Company's system which will vary from program to program.
 
OTHER APPLICATIONS OF THE INTEGRATED INFORMATION CAPTURE AND DELIVERY TECHNOLOGY
 
    OUTCOMES ANALYSIS
 
    The  Company intends to utilize  information gathered from patients enrolled
in its programs to  serve two purposes.  First, information regarding  treatment
results,  success of  the compliance program  and patient  reaction to differing
treatments or compliance protocols may be used by the Company to further improve
each disease-specific compliance program. Second,  this information may be  used
by  payors, pharmaceutical companies and health  care providers to assist in the
development  of  improved  treatment  modalities.  The  Company  has   developed
analytical methodologies using database management and information technologies,
including  neural  network  systems,  fuzzy logic  and  genetic  algorithms. The
Company intends to  use these  data analysis  technologies to  predict the  best
treatment methodologies for patients.
 
    CLINICAL STUDIES
 
    Many  pharmaceutical  companies  and  contract  research  organizations  are
seeking more  economical,  efficient  and reliable  methods  for  compiling  and
analyzing  clinical data in  conducting clinical trials.  Furthermore, many drug
development protocols  have  begun to  emphasize  upon subjective  criteria  and
outcomes  information. The  Company believes  that its  system will  allow it to
develop programs tailored to  the measurement of outcomes  data relating to  the
conduct of later stage clinical trials. The Company believes that its system can
also assist pharmaceutical companies in studying and documenting the efficacy of
approved  products  in  order  to  provide ongoing  information  to  FDA  or for
marketing purposes.
 
    PATIENT SURVEYS
 
    Organizations in many  different areas  of the health  care industry  survey
users  regarding their products and services  for a variety of reasons including
regulatory, marketing and research purposes. The Company's information  systems,
with its ability to proactively contact patients in a cost-efficient manner, may
be used for this type of application.
 
    DEMAND MANAGEMENT
 
    Demand   management  involves  assisting  providers  in  evaluating  patient
treatment needs to  identify those  patients who  may not  require immediate  or
intensive  services. The goal of demand management is to reduce the need for and
use of  costly, often  clinically unnecessary,  medical services  and  arbitrary
managed-care  interventions  while  improving  the overall  quality  of  life of
patients. The Company believes that its system can be used to provide  automated
or semi-automated demand management services.
 
    CASE MANAGEMENT
 
    Patients  who are  prescribed complex  or high  cost treatment  regimens may
require  a  higher   level  of  monitoring,   interaction,  care  planning   and
reassessment than patients with less complicated treatment regimens. The Company
believes that its system is capable of providing these enhanced services to such
patients  to eliminate or  minimize the unnecessary  costs and medical attention
that result from  a patient's  lack of  compliance with  a prescribed  treatment
regimen.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
CUSTOMER AGREEMENTS
 
    The  Company is  developing disease state  management and  other programs in
conjunction with the following customers:
 
    BRISTOL-MYERS
 
    The  Company  has  entered  into  four  service  agreements  (the   "Service
Agreements")  with Bristol-Myers relating to the development, implementation and
operation by  the  Company of  disease  state management  programs  for  certain
specified  diseases. The Service  Agreements provide for  development fees to be
paid by Bristol-Myers to the Company upon the achievement of certain milestones.
Bristol-Myers has also agreed to pay  the Company operational fees per  enrolled
patient,  which fees for  certain programs vary with  the length, complexity and
frequency of patient contact dictated by the respective program protocols.
 
    Each of  the Service  Agreements  provides for  an exclusivity  period  (the
"Exclusivity Period"), during which time the Company is prohibited from engaging
or  participating in  any other projects  involving the  specific disease target
that is the subject  of the Service Agreements.  The Exclusivity Periods  extend
from  the effective dates of the Service Agreements until, in general, a certain
date or  a  certain period  (ranging  from eight  to  12 months)  following  the
achievement of a specified milestone in the development or implementation of the
program (such as the completion of the pilot program). Three of the four Service
Agreements provide that upon conclusion of the Exclusivity Period, Bristol-Myers
has the right to negotiate with the Company for an exclusive arrangement for the
administration   of  the   disease  state  management   program,  provided  that
Bristol-Myers has enrolled a certain number of patients in the program to  date.
In  the event that such negotiations prove unsuccessful, Bristol-Myers retains a
right of first refusal with respect to any other offers made to the Company  for
such  arrangements for a period  of nine or 12  months following the Exclusivity
Period.
 
    The  Service  Agreements  generally   provide  that  Bristol-Myers   retains
ownership  rights to  certain materials  and other  work product  created by the
Company pursuant to the Service Agreements  and that the Company is entitled  to
use  other materials and data.  The extent of these  rights varies by agreement.
The Company and Bristol-Myers have agreed  to indemnify each other with  respect
to losses arising from willful or negligent acts or omissions or breaches of the
Service  Agreements by the indemnifying party pursuant to the Service Agreement.
The Service Agreements are terminable without cause by either party with  either
30  or 90  days' notice.  The Company has  entered into  Service Agreements with
Bristol-Myers in the following disease areas:
 
    CONGESTIVE HEART FAILURE.   The Company  is a party  to a service  agreement
with  Bristol-Myers dated February  1, 1996, to develop,  implement and update a
program for patients suffering from congestive heart failure.
 
    SECONDARY CARDIOVASCULAR  DISEASE.    The  Company is  party  to  a  service
agreement  dated September 18, 1995 with Bristol-Myers to develop, implement and
update a  program for  patients with  cardiovascular disease  who have  recently
experienced  moderate to severe angina or myocardial infarction, or who recently
had cardiac bypass surgery or percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty.
 
    CHRONIC PAIN.  The Company is a party to a service agreement dated March 30,
1996 with Bristol-Myers to develop, implement and update a program for  patients
who  are experiencing intense levels of chronic  pain. The initial phase of this
program is  expected to  be a  thirty day  trial monitoring  cancer patients.  A
second  phase of  this program  is expected  to consist  of a  twelve week trial
monitoring cancer patients at  numerous sites. The final  phase of this  program
will  be the implementation  of a program  for use in  conjunction with products
that Bristol-Myers may market in this area. Upon the earlier of the commencement
of the development  of the  final phase  of the  program or  December 31,  1996,
Bristol-Myers  may extend  the Exclusivity Period  relating to  the chronic pain
management program  for  successive one-year  periods  by agreeing  to  pay  the
Company a fee in the event that the program operational fees paid to the Company
by Bristol-Myers during the year fall below certain levels.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
    WEIGHT  MANAGEMENT.  The ability  to prevent loss of  body weight in certain
diseases is a significant quality of life  concern. The Company is a party to  a
service  agreement,  dated  April  24,  1996,  with  Bristol-Myers  to  develop,
implement and update a program for patients suffering from anorexia or  cachexia
secondary to a diagnosis of cancer or AIDS.
 
    PATIENT  SATISFACTION  SURVEY.   The Company  is  also developing  a patient
satisfaction survey and a  general medication compliance  program pursuant to  a
services  agreement  with  Bristol-Myers  dated October  16,  1995.  The patient
satisfaction survey is  designed to  measure a patient's  satisfaction with  the
services  rendered by  their provider.  The goal of  this program  is to improve
compliance with  guidelines for  using prescribed  pharmaceutical products.  The
services  agreement calls for the payment  to the Company of program development
fees as well  as fees  related to its  providing services  to enrolled  patients
throughout the terms of the program protocols as set forth in the agreement. The
Company and Bristol-Myers have agreed to indemnify each other for losses arising
from  willful or negligent acts, omissions or breaches of the services agreement
by the indemnifying party. The services agreement is terminable without cause by
either party with 30 days' notice.
 
    EQUIFAX
    The Company is  a party  to a  service agreement  dated June  21, 1996  with
Equifax  to implement and  update a program for  patients suffering from asthma.
The agreement provides for the Company to receive a per patient fee for services
provided to enrolled patients  over the duration of  the program. The  agreement
may be terminated by either party without cause upon 30 days' notice.
 
    The  Company is also a party to a service agreement dated July 28, 1996 with
Equifax to implement and update a program for patients suffering from  diabetes.
The agreement provides for the Company to receive a per patient fee for services
provided  to enrolled patients  over the duration of  the program. The agreement
may be terminated by either party without cause upon 30 days' notice.
 
    AMERICAN HOMEPATIENT
    The Company is  a party to  a services  agreement dated June  24, 1996  with
American  HomePatient to implement  and update a  program for patients suffering
from asthma. The agreement provides for the Company to receive a per patient fee
for services provided to enrolled patients over the duration of the program.  In
addition, the Company is entitled to receive a joint marketing fee from American
HomePatient  payable in stages over a 24 month period if American HomePatient is
successful in marketing the program with three health care payors. The agreement
may be terminated  by either  party without cause  upon 30  days' prior  written
notice.
 
    HEALTH RESOURCES, INC.
    The Company is a party to a services agreement dated September 13, 1996 with
Health  Resources to implement and update  a program for patients suffering from
asthma. The agreement provides for the Company to receive a per patient fee  for
services  provided to enrolled  patients over the duration  of the program. This
agreement may be terminated by either party without cause upon 180 days' notice.
 
    The Company is also a party to a services agreement dated September 13, 1996
with Health Resources to implement and  update a program for patients  suffering
from  diabetes. The agreement provides for the  Company to receive a per patient
fee for  services provided  to  enrolled patients  during  the duration  of  the
program. This agreement may be terminated by either party without cause upon 180
days' notice.
 
    HARRIS METHODIST
    The Company is a party to a services agreement dated September 24, 1996 with
Harris  Methodist Health Plan  to implement and  update a program  for a limited
number of patients suffering from asthma. The agreement provides for the Company
to receive a per patient fee for services provided to enrolled patients over the
duration of the program.  The contract has  a term of one  year. The Company  is
negotiating  with Harris Methodist  to enter into a  broader agreement to enable
the introduction of services to a broader group of patients.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
SALES AND MARKETING
 
    The Company  markets  its  integrated disease  state  management  system  to
organizations within the health care industry that are involved in the treatment
of  disease or payment of  medical services for patients  who require complex or
long-term medical therapies. These industry organizations include five  distinct
groups:  pharmaceutical companies, medical service  companies, PBMs, health care
payors, such as managed care organizations and insurance companies, and employer
groups. The Company employs a sales and marketing staff of six persons to market
the Company's systems and has entered into a consulting agreement for sales  and
marketing  services with one  additional person not employed  by the Company. In
addition, the senior members of the Company's management are actively engaged in
marketing the Company's programs.
 
    The Company  intends  to  complement its  marketing  efforts  by  conducting
clinical  studies  and  implementing  other measures  designed  to  document the
clinical and cost benefits it believes  will result from the application of  its
integrated  information capture and  delivery system. In  collaboration with the
members of its expert panels who  are retained to develop program protocols  and
other  research and  clinical technicians,  the Company  intends to  promote the
benefits  of  its   system  through   publication  in   clinical  journals   and
presentations  at scientific  conferences of the  results of  these studies. The
Company is pursuing opportunities to  develop programs specifically designed  to
produce  significant  short-term  data,  such  as  its  chronic  pain management
program.
 
COMPETITION
    The market for health  care information products  and services is  intensely
competitive.  Competitors vary in size and in  scope and breadth of products and
services offered, and the Company will compete with various companies in each of
its disease target markets. Many of the Company's competitors have significantly
greater financial, technical, product  development and marketing resources  than
the  Company. Furthermore,  other major  information, pharmaceutical  and health
care companies not presently offering  disease state management or other  health
care  information services may enter the markets in which the Company intends to
compete. In addition,  with sufficient  financial and other  resources, many  of
these  competitors may provide services similar  to those of the Company without
substantial barriers. The Company does not  possess any patents with respect  to
its  integrated information  capture and  delivery system,  and although  it has
filed a provisional patent  application with respect to  certain aspects of  its
integrated  information capture and  delivery system and  its integrated disease
state management system, there  can be no assurance  that this application  will
result  in the issuance of  a patent, or if issued,  that a patent would provide
the Company with any competitive advantage.
 
    The Company's potential competitors include specialty health care companies,
health care  information system  and software  vendors, health  care  management
organizations,  pharmaceutical companies and other  service companies within the
health care  industry.  Many of  these  competitors have  substantial  installed
customer  bases in the health care industry  and the ability to fund significant
product development  and  acquisition efforts.  The  Company will  also  compete
against  other companies that provide  statistical and data management services,
including clinical trial services to pharmaceutical companies.
 
    The Company is  aware of  several large pharmaceutical  and medical  service
companies that have publicly stated that they intend to be involved in providing
comprehensive  disease state management services.  The Company believes that the
principal competitive factors in  its market are the  ability to link  patients,
health  care  providers  and  payors,  and  provide  the  relevant  health  care
information at an acceptable  cost. In addition, the  Company believes that  the
ability  to anticipate changes in the  health care industry and identify current
needs are important competitive factors.
 
QUALITY CONTROL
    The Company has developed quality  control measures designed to insure  that
information  obtained  from  patients is  accurately  transcribed,  that reports
covering each patient contact are delivered to health
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
care providers and patients  and that the  Company's personnel and  technologies
are  interacting appropriately with patients  and health care providers. Quality
control systems  will  include random  monitoring  of telephone  calls,  patient
surveys  to confirm  patient participation  and effectiveness  of the particular
program, and supervisory reviews of telephone agents.
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
    The health care industry, including the current and proposed business of the
Company, is  subject to  extensive  regulation by  both  the Federal  and  state
governments.  A number of  states have extensive  licensing and other regulatory
requirements  applicable  to  companies  that  provide  health  care   services.
Additionally,  services provided  to health benefit  plans in  certain cases are
subject to  the  provisions  of  the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act
("ERISA")  and may be  affected by other state  and Federal statutes. Generally,
state laws prohibit the practice of medicine and nursing without a license. Many
states interpret  the practice  of nursing  to include  health teaching,  health
counseling,  the provision of care supportive to or restorative of life and well
being  and  the  execution  of  medical  regimens  prescribed  by  a  physician.
Accordingly,  to  the extent  that the  Company  assists providers  in improving
patient compliance  by publishing  educational materials  or providing  behavior
modification training to patients, such activities could be deemed by a state to
be the practice of medicine or nursing. Although the Company has not conducted a
survey  of the  applicable law  in all  50 states,  it believes  that it  is not
engaged in  the practice  of medicine  or nursing.  There can  be no  assurance,
however,  that the Company's  operations will not  be challenged as constituting
the unlicensed practice of  medicine or nursing. If  such a challenge were  made
successfully  in any state, the  Company could be subject  to civil and criminal
penalties under  such state's  law  and could  be  required to  restructure  its
contractual  arrangements  in  that  state. Such  results  or  the  inability to
successfully restructure  its contractual  arrangements  could have  a  material
adverse effect on the Company.
 
    The confidentiality of patient information is subject to regulation by state
law.  A  variety  of statutes  and  regulations exist  safeguarding  privacy and
regulating the disclosure  and use of  medical information. State  constitutions
may  provide privacy rights and states may  provide private causes of action for
violations of  an  individual's "expectation  of  privacy." Tort  liability  may
result  from unauthorized access and breaches of patient confidence. The Company
intends to comply with state  law and regulations governing medical  information
privacy.
 
    In  addition,  on  August 21,  1996,  Congress passed  the  Health Insurance
Portability and  Accountability  Act of  1996,  P.L. 104-191.  This  legislation
requires  the Secretary of Health and Human Services to adopt national standards
for  electronic  health  transactions  and  the  data  elements  used  in   such
transactions.  The  Secretary  is required  to  adopt safeguards  to  ensure the
integrity and  confidentiality  of such  health  information. Violation  of  the
standards  is punishable  by fines  and, in the  case of  wrongful disclosure of
individually identifiable  health information,  imprisonment. The  Secretary  is
required  to issue the standards  not later than February  21, 1998. The Company
cannot predict what requirements  will ultimately be  adopted by the  Secretary,
however,  such  requirements  could  have an  adverse  effect  on  the Company's
business.
 
    The Company and its customers may be  subject to Federal and state laws  and
regulations  which govern financial  and other arrangements  between health care
providers. These laws prohibit certain fee splitting arrangements between health
care providers, as  well as  direct and  indirect payments,  referrals or  other
financial  arrangements that are designed to induce or encourage the referral of
patients to,  or  the  recommendation  of, a  particular  provider  for  medical
products  and services. Possible  sanctions for violation  of these restrictions
include civil and criminal penalties. Further, criminal violations may result in
mandatory exclusions of up  to five years  and additional permissive  exclusions
from participation in Medicare and Medicaid programs.
 
    Regulation  in the health care field  is constantly evolving. The Company is
unable to predict what  government regulations, if  any, affecting its  business
may  be promulgated  in the  future. The  Company's business  could be adversely
affected by the failure to obtain required licenses and governmental  approvals,
comply with applicable regulations or comply with existing or future laws, rules
or regulations or their interpretations.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
    The  Company  considers  its  methodologies, processes  and  know-how  to be
proprietary. The Company  seeks to protect  its proprietary information  through
confidentiality  agreements with its employees. The  Company's policy is to have
employees  enter   into   confidentiality   agreements   containing   provisions
prohibiting  the disclosure  of confidential  information to  anyone outside the
Company, requiring  employees  to  acknowledge, and,  if  requested,  assist  in
confirming  the Company's ownership of  any new ideas, developments, discoveries
or inventions  conceived  during employment,  and  requiring assignment  to  the
Company  of proprietary rights to such matters that are related to the Company's
business.
 
    The Company  has filed  a  provisional patent  application with  respect  to
certain   aspects  of  its  integrated  information  capture  and  delivery  and
integrated disease state management  systems. No assurance can  be given that  a
patent  will issue or that if issued such patent will provide the Company with a
competitive advantage.
 
EMPLOYEES
    As of October 31, 1996, the Company had 40 employees.
 
PROPERTIES
    The Company's executive and corporate offices are located in Rochester,  New
York  in approximately 13,100 square feet of  leased office space, under a lease
that expires on November 30, 1999.
 
LEGAL MATTERS
    The Company is not a party to any material legal proceedings.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
    The  following table sets forth certain information concerning the Company's
directors and executive officers.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        NAME                               AGE                            POSITION
- -----------------------------------------------------      ---      -----------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>
Derace Schaffer, M.D.................................          48   Chairman of the Board
Donald A. Carlberg...................................          44   Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
Gregory D. Brown.....................................          35   Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer,
                                                                     Secretary and Treasurer
James D. Turner......................................          36   Senior Vice President, Sales and Marketing
Kent A. Tapper.......................................          40   Vice President, Systems Engineering
Giancarla C. Miele...................................          52   Vice President, Operations
David B. Nash, M.D., M.B.A...........................          41   Executive Vice President, Medical Affairs
Alvin I. Mushlin, M.D................................          54   Senior Medical Advisor
John Pappajohn.......................................          68   Director
Barbara J. McNeil, M.D., Ph.D........................          55   Director
Carl F. Kohrt, Ph.D..................................          53   Director
</TABLE>
    
 
    DERACE SCHAFFER, M.D. has been Chairman of  the Board and a Director of  the
Company  since its inception in February 1995. Since 1980, Dr. Schaffer has been
the  President  of  The  Ide  Group,  P.C.,  a  group  of  physicians  providing
radiological services at multiple locations in New York State, and since 1990 he
has also been President of The Lan Group, a venture capital firm specializing in
health  care investments. He serves as a Clinical Professor at the University of
Rochester School  of Medicine  and a  Director of  NeuralTech, Inc.,  NeuralMed,
Inc.,  Preferred Oncology Networks of America, Inc., American Physican Partners,
Inc., The Care Group, Inc., and Medifax, Inc. as well as several  not-for-profit
corporations.
 
    DONALD  A.  CARLBERG  has  been President,  Chief  Executive  Officer  and a
Director of the  Company since  its inception.  From February  1993 to  December
1994,  Mr.  Carlberg served  as Chief  Executive  Officer of  Patient Management
Technologies, Inc., a  medical services  consulting company,  which he  founded.
From  1992  to 1994,  Mr. Carlberg  served as  Senior Vice  President--Sales and
Marketing for  Neurocare, Inc./Paradigm  Health  Corp. From  1990 to  1992,  Mr.
Carlberg  served as Director of Managed Care for Baxter Healthcare International
where he started managed care initiatives  for its Caremark Division. From  1985
to  1990, Mr. Carlberg  held several senior  level positions in  managed care at
Blue Cross/Blue Shield  of Rochester, New  York and Independence  Blue Cross  in
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
 
    GREGORY  D. BROWN has  been Senior Vice  President, Chief Financial Officer,
Secretary and Treasurer of the  Company since May 1995.  From 1989 to 1995,  Mr.
Brown  was Chief  Financial Officer  of Pappajohn  Capital Resources,  a venture
capital firm specializing in health care investments, and Equity Dynamics, Inc.,
a financial consulting  firm, both  located in Des  Moines, Iowa.  From 1984  to
1989,  Mr. Brown was  a Senior Accountant  with Vroman, McGowen,  Hurst, Clark &
Smith, P.C., a certified public accounting firm.
 
    JAMES D. TURNER has been Senior  Vice President, Sales and Marketing of  the
Company  since  September  1996.  Mr.  Turner  served  as  Director  of Business
Development for Preferred Oncology Networks  of America, Inc. from January  1996
to  September 1996. From 1987 to 1995,  Mr. Turner held various sales, marketing
and business development positions with divisions of Coram Healthcare, Inc.  and
Baxter   Healthcare  International,  most  recently   as  Director  of  Business
Development.
 
    KENT A. TAPPER has been Vice  President, Systems Engineering of the  Company
since  July 1995. Prior  to joining the  Company and since  1992, Mr. Tapper was
Product Manager, Audio Response and Call Center Platforms for Northern  Telecom,
Inc.  From 1983  to 1992, Mr.  Tapper held Product  Manager, Systems Engineering
Manager and various engineering management positions with Northern Telecom.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
    GIANCARLA C. MIELE has been Vice President, Operations, of the Company since
October 1995.  From 1994  to 1995,  Ms.  Miele was  Director of  Operations  for
Integrated Medical Delivery Corporation, a medical management firm. From 1992 to
1994,  Ms.  Miele was  the Administrator  of Cancer  Care, Inc.,  an MSO  in the
metropolitan Washington, D.C.  region. From 1989  to 1992, Ms.  Miele served  as
Senior Consultant to CMA, a medical services consulting firm.
 
    DAVID  B.  NASH, M.D.,  M.B.A. has  been  Executive Vice  President, Medical
Affairs of the Company since April 1996.  Dr. Nash is Director of Health  Policy
and  Clinical  Outcomes at  Thomas Jefferson  University Hospital  and Associate
Professor of Medicine at Jefferson Medical College. Dr. Nash is the recipient of
the 1995 Clifton Latiolias Prize in Managed Care from the American Managed  Care
Pharmacy  Association. He also  serves as a scientific  advisory board member of
iSTAT Corp.  Dr.  Nash provides  his  services to  the  Company on  a  part-time
consulting basis.
 
    ALVIN  I. MUSHLIN, M.D. has been Senior Medical Advisor of the Company since
April 1996. Dr. Mushlin is a Professor of Community and Preventative Medicine at
the University of  Rochester, where he  has served in  various capacities  since
1976.  He  is a  member  of the  National Councils  of  the Society  for General
Internal Medicine and the Society for Medical Decision Making and has served  on
the  Health Care Technology Study  Section of the Agency  for Health Care Policy
and Research. Dr. Mushlin  provides his services to  the Company on a  part-time
consulting basis.
 
   
    JOHN  PAPPAJOHN has been a Director of  the Company since its inception, and
served as its  Secretary and Treasurer  from inception through  May 1995.  Since
1969,  Mr. Pappajohn has been  the sole owner of  Pappajohn Capital Resources, a
venture capital firm specializing in  health care investments, and President  of
Equity  Dynamics, Inc., a financial consulting firm, both located in Des Moines,
Iowa. He serves as  a Director for the  following public companies: CORE,  Inc.,
Drug Screening Systems, Inc., Fuisz Technologies, Ltd., GalaGen, Inc., OncorMed,
Inc.,  The Care  Group, Inc.,  United Systems  Technology, Inc.  and Pace Health
Management Systems, Inc.
    
 
    BARBARA J. MCNEIL, M.D., PH.D. has been a Director of the Company since  May
1995. Dr. McNeil is Head of the Department of Health Care Policy and a Professor
of  Radiology  at  Harvard  Medical  School  where  she  has  served  in various
capacities since  1971. For  four years  she has  served as  Chair of  the  Blue
Cross--  Massachusetts Hospital Association Fund  for Cooperative Innovation and
currently she is a member of  the National Council on Radiation Protection,  the
American  College  of Radiology  and its  Board of  Chancellors, the  Society of
Nuclear Medicine, the Advisory Council for the Agency for Health Care Policy and
Research, and the National Academy of Sciences' Institute of Medicine where  she
is a Council member. She also serves as a Director of CV Therapeutics, Inc.
 
    CARL  F. KOHRT, PH.D. has  been a Director of  the Company since April 1996.
Dr. Kohrt is Executive Vice President  and Assistant Chief Operating Officer  of
the Eastman Kodak Company, where he has served in various capacities since 1971.
Dr.  Kohrt  is a  recipient of  a  Sloan Fellowship  for study  at Massachusetts
Institute of Technology. Dr. Kohrt also serves on the board of governors of  The
Genesee Hospital.
 
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
    The  Board of  Directors of  the Company  has appointed  two committees: the
Audit Committee  and  the  Compensation  Committee. The  members  of  the  Audit
Committee  are John Pappajohn, Dr. Barbara McNeil  and Dr. Carl Kohrt. The Audit
Committee periodically reviews the Company's auditing practices and  procedures,
makes  recommendations to  management or  to the  Board of  Directors as  to any
changes to such practices and procedures  deemed necessary from time to time  to
comply with applicable auditing rules, regulations and practices, and recommends
independent  auditors for  the Company  to be  elected by  the stockholders. The
members of the Compensation  Committee are Dr. Derace  Schaffer, Dr. McNeil  and
Dr. Kohrt. The Compensation Committee meets periodically to make recommendations
to  the Board of  Directors concerning the compensation  and benefits payable to
the Company's  executive  officers  and other  senior  executives.  The  Company
reimburses  directors  for their  out-of-pocket  expenses incurred  in attending
Board and Committee meetings.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
    At present no separate cash compensation or fees are payable to directors of
the Company, other than  reimbursement of expenses  incurred in connection  with
attending   meetings.  The  Company  expects,  however,  that  new  non-employee
directors not otherwise affiliated with the Company or its stockholders will  be
paid in a manner and at a level consistent with industry practice.
 
    On  May 20, 1995,  the Company granted  options to acquire  36,000 shares of
Common Stock at an exercise  price of $0.14 per share  to Dr. Barbara McNeil,  a
director  of the  Company. On  August 25, 1995,  the Company  granted options to
acquire 36,000  shares of  Common Stock  to John  Pappajohn, a  director of  the
Company,  and options  to acquire  36,000 shares of  Common Stock  to Dr. Derace
Schaffer, Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company, with both of  these
issuances  having an exercise  price of $0.69  per share. On  April 8, 1996, the
Company granted options to acquire 36,000 shares of Common Stock at an  exercise
price of $2.08 per share to Dr. Carl Kohrt, a director of the Company.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The  following  table sets  forth the  compensation paid  or accrued  by the
Company for services rendered  in all capacities for  executive officers of  the
Company  who received compensation in excess  of $100,000 during the period from
inception on February 22, 1995 to December 31, 1995.
 
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       ANNUAL COMPENSATION     LONG TERM COMPENSATION
                                                                     ------------------------    AWARDS SECURITIES
              NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                   YEAR     SALARY ($)    BONUS($)    UNDERLYING OPTIONS (#)
- --------------------------------------------------------  ---------  -----------  -----------  ----------------------
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>
Donald A. Carlberg, President and Chief Executive
 Officer................................................     1995(1)  $  96,417    $  15,000            216,000
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1) Reflects compensation  paid  from  February  22,  1995  (inception)  through
    December 31, 1995.
 
    Messrs.  Carlberg,  Brown,  Turner,  Tapper  and  Ms.  Miele  are  currently
compensated at  annual  rates  of $150,000,  $110,000,  $110,000,  $100,000  and
$100,000, respectively.
 
    The following table sets forth certain information regarding options granted
to  the  Chief Executive  Officer and  other executive  officers of  the Company
during the period from inception on February 22, 1995 through December 31, 1995.
                             OPTION GRANTS IN 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                               INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                                      VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                        --------------------------------                              ANNUAL RATES OF
                                          NUMBER OF                                                     STOCK PRICE
                                          SECURITIES       % OF TOTAL                                 APPRECIATION FOR
                                          UNDERLYING    OPTIONS GRANTED    EXERCISE                   OPTION TERM (2)
                                           OPTIONS      TO EMPLOYEES IN      PRICE     EXPIRATION   --------------------
                 NAME                   GRANTED (#)(1)    FISCAL YEAR       $/SHARE       DATE       5% ($)     10% ($)
- --------------------------------------  --------------  ----------------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                     <C>             <C>               <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>
Donald A. Carlberg....................       180,000           27.3%       $     .14       3/1/05   $  15,722  $  39,844
Donald A. Carlberg....................        36,000            5.5              .69      8/25/05      15,722     39,844
Gregory D. Brown......................        72,000           10.9              .14       5/1/05       6,289     15,937
Gregory D. Brown......................        18,000            2.7              .69      8/25/05       7,861     19,922
Kent A. Tapper........................        36,000            5.5              .14      7/24/05       3,144      7,969
Giancarla C. Miele....................        36,000            5.5             1.04      10/9/05      23,583     59,766
</TABLE>
 
- -------------
(1) 36,000 of Mr. Carlberg's options vested as of the date of the option  grant.
    The  remainder of his options and  all other options will become exercisable
    at the rate of 20% per year from the date of grant and have ten- year  terms
    as  long  as  the  optionee's employment  with  the  Company  continues. The
    exercise price of  each option  is equal  to the  fair market  value of  the
    underlying Common Stock on the date of the grant, as determined by the Board
    of Directors.
 
(2) Future value of current year grants assumes appreciation in the market value
    of  the Common Stock of 5% and 10%  per year over the ten-year option period
    as required by the  rules of the Securities  and Exchange Commission and  do
    not  represent the  Company's estimate or  projection of  actual values. The
    actual value  realized  may be  greater  than  or less  than  the  potential
    realizable values set forth in the table.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
    No  stock options  were exercised  by the  Chief Executive  Officer or other
executive officers of the Company during  the period from inception on  February
22,  1995  through December  31, 1995.  The following  table sets  forth certain
information regarding unexercised  options held by  the Chief Executive  Officer
and other executive officers of the Company at December 31, 1995.
 
           AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND
                        DECEMBER 31, 1995 OPTION VALUES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       NUMBER OF SECURITIES        VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                      UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED       IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS
                                                             OPTIONS               AT DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                     AT DECEMBER 31, 1995 (#)             ($)(1)
                                                    --------------------------  --------------------------
                       NAME                         EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE  EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE
- --------------------------------------------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -------------
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Donald A. Carlberg................................      36,000       180,000     $  57,500    $   267,500
Gregory D. Brown..................................           0        90,000             0        133,750
Kent A. Tapper....................................           0        36,000             0         57,500
Giancarla C. Miele................................           0        36,000             0         25,000
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1) Calculated  based upon $1.74  estimated fair market  value of the underlying
    securities as of December 31, 1995.
 
STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
    The Company's Stock Option Plan (the  "Plan") was originally adopted by  the
Board  of Directors  and stockholders  in June 1995.  Up to  1,080,000 shares of
Common Stock have  been authorized  and reserved  for issuance  under the  Plan.
Under  the Plan, options may  be granted in the  form of incentive stock options
("ISOs") or non-qualified stock options ("NQOs")  from time to time to  salaried
employees,  officers, directors and consultants of the Company, as determined by
the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. The Compensation Committee
determines the terms and conditions of options granted under the Plan, including
the exercise  price. The  Plan provides  that the  Committee must  establish  an
exercise price for ISOs that is not less than the fair market value per share at
the  date of the grant. However, if ISOs are granted to persons owning more than
10% of the  voting stock of  the Company,  the Plan provides  that the  exercise
price  must not be less than 110% of the fair market value per share at the date
of the grant. The Plan also provides for a non-employee director to be  entitled
to  receive a one-time grant  of a NQO to purchase  36,000 shares at an exercise
price equal to fair market value per share on the date of their initial election
to the Company's  Board of Directors.  Such NQO is  exercisable only during  the
non-employee  director's  term  and  automatically  expires  on  the  date  such
director's service terminates. Each option, whether  an ISO or NQO, must  expire
within ten years of the date of the grant.
 
    There  are currently outstanding 892,320 options outstanding which have been
granted under the  Plan, 379,260 of  which have  an exercise price  of $.14  per
share,  126,000 of  which have an  exercise price  of $.69 per  share, 46,800 of
which have  an exercise  price  of $1.04  per share,  57,240  of which  have  an
exercise  price of $1.74 per  share, 130,740 of which  have an exercise price of
$2.08 per share,  and 152,280  of which  have an  exercise price  of $10.00  per
share. Of these options, 36,000 were granted as of March 1, 1995 to Mr. Carlberg
and  vested immediately. The  remainder of Mr. Carlberg's  options and all other
options granted under the plan vest as to  20% of the option grant on the  first
anniversary of the grant, and 20% on each subsequent anniversary.
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
 
    The  Company has entered  into an employment agreement  with Mr. Carlberg as
its President and Chief Executive Officer dated March 1, 1995, which has a  term
of  one year and is automatically renewed for successive one-year periods unless
either party  receives written  notice  from the  other  party of  such  party's
intention  not to renew within  60 days of the  agreement's expiration date. The
agreement calls for Mr. Carlberg to receive a base salary of $125,000 per  year,
which  was increased to $150,000  per year in September  1996. Upon execution of
the  agreement,  Mr.  Carlberg   received  a  $15,000   signing  bonus  and   an
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
option  to purchase up  to 180,000 shares of  Common Stock of  the Company at an
exercise price of $.14 per  share, and on March 1,  1996, he received a  $25,000
bonus.  The option has a ten-year term, vests over five years and was 20% vested
upon grant. The remainder of the option vests at a rate of 20% per year, and the
option is therefore fully exercisable after the first five years of  employment.
Mr.  Carlberg is  eligible for any  discretionary bonuses  and additional option
grants in amounts  to be determined  by the Company's  Board of Directors  based
upon  the performance of  the Company and Mr.  Carlberg. The agreement prohibits
Mr. Carlberg from engaging in any business activity involving the measurement of
clinical  outcomes  for  patients  with  acute  or  chronic  diseases,  or   the
measurement  of  patient  compliance  with prescribed  treatments  for  acute or
chronic diseases within one year of  the termination of his employment with  the
Company.
 
INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
    The  Company's Bylaws provide for  mandatory indemnification rights, subject
to limited exceptions, to any officer or director of the Company who, by  reason
of  the fact that he or she is or  was an officer or director of the Company, is
involved in  a  legal  proceeding  of any  nature.  In  addition,  the  Restated
Certificate of Incorporation contains provisions limiting the personal liability
of  directors to  the Company or  its shareholders for  monetary damages arising
from certain acts or omissions in the director's capacity as a director.
 
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
    The Company was initially capitalized on February 22, 1995 through the  sale
of  3,600,000 shares of its Common Stock  for $.14 per share. Included among the
participants in  that transaction  were  Dr. Derace  Schaffer, Chairman  of  the
Board,  who  purchased 1,656,000  shares,  Dr. Schaffer's  spouse  who purchased
144,000 shares, John Pappajohn, a director, who purchased 541,800 shares, a sole
proprietorship owned  by  Mr.  Pappajohn which  purchased  360,000  shares.  Mr.
Pappajohn's  spouse,  who purchased  360,000 shares,  and a  sole proprietorship
owned by Mr. Pappajohn's spouse which purchased 360,000 shares.
 
    In August and  September of 1995  the Company sold  1,800,000 shares of  its
Series  A Preferred Stock in  a private placement for  $1.00 per share. Included
among the  participants in  that transaction  were Gregory  D. Brown,  Sr.  Vice
President,  Chief  Financial  Officer, Secretary  and  Treasurer,  who purchased
10,000 shares,  and Mr.  Pappajohn  who purchased  10,000 shares.  In  addition,
Edgewater  Private Equity Fund II, L.P.,  ("Edgewater"), a five percent owner of
the Common Stock of the Company, acquired 1,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred
Stock in the Series A Preferred Stock offering.
 
    In May and June  of 1996, the  Company sold 600,000 shares  of its Series  B
Preferred  Stock in a private placement for  $5.00 per share. Included among the
participants in that transaction were Dr. Schaffer, who purchased 20,000 shares,
Mr. Pappajohn,  who  purchased  40,000 shares,  and  Edgewater  which  purchased
200,000 shares. See "Description of Securities".
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
    The  following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial
ownership of the shares of the Company's  Common Stock as of November 15,  1996,
and  as adjusted to give effect to the  sale of 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock
in  this  offering  assuming  (a)  conversion  of  all  outstanding  shares   of
convertible  Preferred Stock  into 1,896,000 shares  of Common Stock  and (b) no
exercise of  the Underwriters'  over-allotment  option (i)  by each  person  the
Company knows to be the beneficial owner of 5% or more of the outstanding shares
of  Common  Stock,  (ii) each  named  executive  officer listed  in  the Summary
Compensation Table, (iii) each  director of the Company  and (iv) all  executive
officers and directors of the Company as a group.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           PERCENTAGE BENEFICIALLY OWNED
                                                                                SHARES     -----------------------------
                                                                              BENEFICIALLY  BEFORE THE        AFTER
                            BENEFICIAL OWNER (1)                                 OWNED       OFFERING      THE OFFERING
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -------------  --------------
<S>                                                                           <C>          <C>            <C>
Derace L. Schaffer (2)......................................................   1,709,200         31.0%          22.8%
John Pappajohn (3)..........................................................   1,439,680         26.1%          19.2%
Edgewater Private Equity Fund II, L.P., (4) ................................     920,000         16.7%          12.3%
 666 Grand Avenue, Suite 200
 Des Moines, IA 50309
Donald A. Carlberg (5)......................................................      72,000          1.3%           1.0%
Gregory D. Brown (6)........................................................      23,760         *              *
James D. Turner (7).........................................................      --            --              --
Kent A. Tapper (8)..........................................................       7,200         *              *
Giancarla C. Miele (9)......................................................       7,200         *              *
David B. Nash (10)..........................................................      --            --              --
Alvin I. Mushlin (11).......................................................      --            --              --
Barbara J. McNeil (8).......................................................       7,200         *              *
Carl F. Kohrt (12)..........................................................      --            --              --
All directors and executive officers as a
 group (11 persons) (13)....................................................   3,266,240         57.9%          42.7%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
  *  Less than one percent.
 
 (1) Unless  otherwise noted, the address  of each of the  listed persons is c/o
     the Company at 46 Prince Street, Rochester, New York 14607.
 
 (2) Includes 288,000  shares  held  by  Dr.  Schaffer's  minor  children.  Also
     includes  10,000 shares  which are issuable  upon the  conversion of 10,000
     shares of Series B  Preferred Stock into Common  Stock upon the closing  of
     this  offering and  7,200 shares  which are  issuable upon  the exercise of
     options that are either currently  exercisable or which become  exercisable
     within  60 days  of the  date of this  Prospectus. Does  not include 28,800
     shares subject to outstanding options  which are not exercisable within  60
     days of the date of this Prospectus.
 
 (3) Includes  360,000 shares held by Halkis,  Ltd., a sole proprietorship owned
     by  Mr.  Pappajohn,   360,000  shares   held  by  Thebes,   Ltd.,  a   sole
     proprietorship  owned  by  Mr.  Pappajohn's  spouse,  360,000  shares  held
     directly by Mr.  Pappajohn's spouse  and 40,000 shares  which are  issuable
     upon  the  conversion of  40,000 shares  of Series  B Preferred  Stock into
     Common Stock upon  the closing  of this offering.  Mr. Pappajohn  disclaims
     beneficial ownership of the shares owned by Thebes, Ltd. and by his spouse.
     Includes  options  to  purchase  7,200 shares  which  are  either currently
     exercisable or which become exercisable within 60 days of the date of  this
     Prospectus.  Does not include 28,800  shares subject to outstanding options
     which are not exercisable within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
 (4) The included  shares are  all issuable  upon the  conversion of  shares  of
     Preferred Stock into Common Stock upon the closing of this offering.
 
 (5) Represents  options to  purchase 72,000  shares which  are either currently
     exercisable or which become exercisable within 60 days of the date of  this
     Prospectus.  Does not include 162,000 shares subject to outstanding options
     which are not exercisable within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus.
 
 (6) Includes options  to  purchase 18,000  shares  which are  either  currently
     exercisable  or which become exercisable within 60 days of the date of this
     Prospectus and 5,760 shares which are issuable upon the conversion of 8,000
     shares of Series A  Preferred Stock into Common  Stock upon the closing  of
     this  offering.  Does  not  include 82,800  shares  subject  to outstanding
     options which  are not  exercisable within  60  days of  the date  of  this
     Prospectus.
 
 (7) Does not include 72,000 shares subject to outstanding options which are not
     exercisable within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus.
 
 (8) Represents  options  to purchase  7,200 shares  which are  either currently
     exercisable or which become exercisable within 60 days of the date of  this
     Prospectus.  Does not include 28,800  shares subject to outstanding options
     which are not exercisable within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus.
 
 (9) Represents options  to purchase  7,200 shares  which are  either  currently
     exercisable  or which become exercisable within 60 days of the date of this
     Prospectus. Does not include 64,800  shares subject to outstanding  options
     which are not exercisable within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus.
 
 (10) Does  not include 14,400 shares subject  to outstanding warrants which are
      not exercisable within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus.
 
 (11) Does not include 7,200  shares subject to  outstanding warrants which  are
      not exercisable within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus.
 
 (12) Does  not include 36,000  shares subject to  outstanding options which are
      not exercisable within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus.
 
 (13) Includes options to  purchase 126,000  shares which  are either  currently
      exercisable or which become exercisable within 60 days of the date of this
      Prospectus  and 55,760  shares which are  issuable upon  the conversion of
      58,000 shares of  Preferred Stock into  Common Stock upon  the closing  of
      this  offering.  Does not  include 554,400  shares subject  to outstanding
      options and warrants which are not exercisable within 60 days of the  date
      of this Prospectus.
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
AUTHORIZED CAPITAL STOCK
    The  Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  authorizes  the  issuance of
25,000,000 shares of capital stock,  which includes 20,000,000 shares of  Common
Stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.01
par  value per  share, in one  or more  series with such  terms as  the Board of
Directors may determine. As  of the date hereof,  there are 3,607,202 shares  of
outstanding  Common  Stock held  by sixty  record  holders, 1,800,000  shares of
Series A Preferred Stock outstanding held  by twenty record holders and  600,000
shares  of  Series  B  Preferred Stock  outstanding  held  by  twenty-six record
holders.  All   outstanding  shares   of   Convertible  Preferred   Stock   will
automatically  convert into an aggregate of  1,896,000 shares of Common Stock as
of the closing  of this offering  assuming an initial  public offering price  of
$10.00  per share. The Series A Preferred  Stock converts into Common Stock on a
 .72-for-one basis.  The terms  of the  Series B  Preferred Stock  provide for  a
conversion  rate that is  adjusted, under certain  circumstances, depending upon
the pricing of this offering. The Series B Preferred Stock converts into  Common
Stock  on a  .72-for-one basis if  the public  offering price per  share in this
offering is equal to $13.89 or greater. If the initial public offering price  is
less  than $13.89 per share, the Series  B Preferred Stock conversion rate shall
be adjusted so that the  aggregate market value of  the Common Stock into  which
the Series B Preferred Stock is converted will equal
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
$10.00 multiplied by the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock converted.
Such  adjustment would result in a larger number of shares of Common Stock being
issuable upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock if the public  offering
price  is less than  $13.89 per share.  All share amounts  contained herein with
respect to, or that include, shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion  of
the Series B Preferred Stock assume a public offering price of $10.00 per share.
If  the initial public offering price is  less than $10.00 per share, additional
shares of Common Stock will be issued upon conversion of the Series B  Preferred
Stock.  For example, if the initial public  offering price were $9.00 per share,
an additional 66,667 shares of Common Stock will be issuable upon the conversion
of the Series B Preferred Stock.
 
    The following is a brief summary of the terms of the various classifications
of capital stock giving pro forma effect to the automatic conversion of Series A
Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock at  the
closing of this offering.
COMMON STOCK
    Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share held of record at
each  meeting of stockholders. Subject to the preferences that may be applicable
to any outstanding Preferred Stock, the holders of the Common Stock are entitled
to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to  time
by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor. See "Dividend
Policy."   In  any  distribution   of  capital  assets,   whether  voluntary  or
involuntary, holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive pro rata the assets
remaining after creditors have been paid in full and holders of Preferred  Stock
have  received their  preferential distribution. No  shares of  Common Stock are
entitled to preference  over any other  share, and  each share is  equal to  any
other  share in all respects. Holders of the Common Stock have no pre-emptive or
conversion rights or other subscription rights. The outstanding shares of Common
Stock and those issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock and the
Series B Preferred Stock will be, when issued, duly authorized, validly  issued,
fully paid and non assessable.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
    The  Board of Directors is authorized  to issue without stockholder approval
5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock in one  or more series and to determine  and
alter all rights, preferences and privileges and qualifications, limitations and
restrictions  thereof,  including  with  respect  to  the  rate  and  nature  of
dividends, the price and terms and  conditions on which shares may be  redeemed,
the  amount payable  in the event  of voluntary or  involuntary liquidation, the
terms and conditions for conversion or  exchange into any other class or  series
of stock, voting rights and other terms.
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
    Holders  owning 50% or more  of the aggregate of  the shares of Common Stock
into which  any shares  of the  Series A  Preferred Stock  have been  or can  be
converted or the Series B Preferred Stock have been or can be converted have the
right  on one occasion at any time commencing twelve months from the date of the
initial public offering of the Common Stock  of the Company, but not later  than
October  31,  2000 or  May 31,  2001,  respectively, to  require the  Company to
prepare and file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act covering such
shares of Common  Stock, and  the Company,  at its  expense, will  use its  best
efforts  to cause  such registration  statement to  become effective  as soon as
possible.
 
    In addition, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B  Preferred
Stock  are each  entitled, subject  to the approval  of the  underwriter, to two
"piggyback" registrations at the Company's expense as part of a registration  by
the  Company of its shares of Common  Stock at any time commencing twelve months
from the date of the Initial Public  Stock Offering, but not later than  October
31, 2000 and May 31, 2001, respectively. Holders of Series A Preferred Stock and
Series  B Preferred Stock are  each granted the right on  up to two occasions at
the participating holder's expense,  and prior to October  31, 2000 and May  31,
2001,  respectively, to  have their  shares registered  on Form  S-3 if  such is
available for use by  the Company and such  holder or holders. The  registration
rights  are  subject to  a number  of  terms and  conditions, including  but not
limited to requirements as  to minimum offering  size and reaching  satisfactory
underwriting terms.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
    The Company's Certificate of Incorporation limits the liability of directors
to  the maximum  extent permitted  by Delaware  law. Delaware  law provides that
directors of a company  will not be personally  liable for monetary damages  for
breach  of their fiduciary duties as directors, except for liability for (i) any
breach of their duty of loyalty to the company or its stockholders, (ii) acts or
omissions not in  good faith or  involving intentional misconduct  or a  knowing
violation  of  law,  (iii)  unlawful  payment  of  dividends  or  unlawful stock
repurchases or redemptions as  provided in Section 174  of the Delaware  General
Corporation  Law  or (iv)  any transaction  from which  the director  derived an
improper personal benefit.
 
    The Company's Bylaws provide that the Company shall indemnify its  officers,
directors,  employees and other agents to  the extent permitted by Delaware law.
The Company's  Bylaws  also permit  it  to secure  insurance  on behalf  of  any
officer,  director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his
or her actions in such capacity,  regardless of whether the Bylaws would  permit
indemnification.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
    The  Company has appointed  Continental Stock Transfer  and Trust Company as
its transfer agent and registrar for the Company's Common Stock.
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    Upon completion of this offering, the Company will have 7,503,202 shares  of
Common  Stock outstanding  (based upon  the number  of shares  outstanding as of
November 15,  1996 and  without taking  into account  the additional  shares  of
Common  Stock that would be  issuable upon conversion of  the Series B Preferred
Stock if the initial public offering price is lower than $10.00 per share).  The
2,000,000  shares sold in  this offering (2,300,000  shares if the Underwriters'
over-allotment option  is exercised  in full)  will be  freely tradable  without
restriction  under the Securities  Act, except for  any such shares  held at any
time by an "affiliate" of  the Company, as such term  is defined under Rule  144
promulgated under the Securities Act.
 
    The  remaining 5,503,202  shares (the  "Restricted Shares")  were issued and
sold by the Company  in private transactions  and may be  publicly sold only  if
registered  under the  Securities Act or  sold in accordance  with an applicable
exemption from registration, such  as Rule 144. In  general, under Rule 144,  as
currently  in effect, a person, including an "affiliate" as that term is defined
in Rule 144, who has held "restricted" shares for a period of at least two years
from the later of  the date such  shares were acquired from  the Company or  the
date  such shares were acquired  from an affiliate, is  entitled to sell, within
any three-month period, a number of  restricted shares that does not exceed  the
greater  of one percent (1%)  of the then outstanding  shares of Common Stock or
the average weekly trading volume during the four calendar weeks preceding  such
sale.  Sales under Rule 144  are subject to certain  manner of sale limitations,
notice requirements and the availability of current public information about the
Company. Rule 144(k) provides that a person who is not deemed an "affiliate" and
who has held restricted  shares for a  period of at least  three years from  the
later  of the date such shares were acquired  from the Company and the date they
were acquired from  an affiliate is  entitled to  sell such shares  at any  time
under Rule 144 without regard to the limitations described above.
 
    The  holders of substantially all of  the outstanding shares of Common Stock
have agreed pursuant to certain agreements (the "Lock-up Agreements") that  they
will not sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock for a period of
180  days from the date of this  Prospectus without the prior written consent of
Cowen & Company.
 
    Of the 5,503,202 Restricted Shares, 3,600,000 Restricted Shares will  become
eligible  for sale in February  1997, subject to compliance  with the volume and
other limitations of  Rule 144.  In addition, 1,296,000  Restricted Shares  will
become  eligible for  sale in August  and September 1997  and 607,202 Restricted
Shares will become eligible for  sale during or after  May 1998, all subject  to
compliance with the volume and other limitations of Rule 144.
 
    Rule  701 ("Rule 701")  under the Securities Act  provides an exemption from
the registration requirements  of the  Securities Act  for offers  and sales  of
securities issued pursuant to certain compensatory benefit
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
plans   or  written  contracts  of  a  company  not  subject  to  the  reporting
requirements of  Section  13  or  15(d) of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  (the
"Exchange  Act").  Securities  issued  pursuant  to  Rule  701  are  defined  as
restricted securities  for purposes  of Rule  144. However,  90 days  after  the
issuer becomes subject to the reporting provisions of the Exchange Act, the Rule
144 resale restrictions, except for the broker's transaction requirement, do not
apply  to shares acquired pursuant to Rule 701 by non-Affiliates. Affiliates are
subject to all Rule 144 restrictions  after this 90-day period, but without  the
Rule  144 holding period  requirement. If all  the requirements of  Rule 701 are
met, upon expiration of the Lock-up  Agreements, an aggregate of 825,480  shares
of  Common Stock  issued upon  the exercise of  options granted  and issuable on
exercise of currently outstanding options will become eligible for sale pursuant
to such rule (subject to applicable Rule 144 restrictions), substantially all of
which shares are subject to the Lock-up Agreements.
 
    The Securities and Exchange Commission  has proposed amendments to Rule  144
and  Rule 144(k) that would  permit resales of Restricted  Shares under Rule 144
after a one-year, rather than a  two-year holding period, subject to  compliance
with  the other provisions  of Rule 144,  and would permit  resale of Restricted
Shares by  non-Affiliates under  Rule 144(k)  after a  two-year, rather  than  a
three-year,  holding period. Assuming adoption of such amendments, approximately
4,896,000 of  the Restricted  Shares will  be eligible  for sale  in the  public
market  immediately  after  this  offering  pursuant  to  Rule  144  (subject to
compliance with the volume and other limitations of Rule 144), substantially all
of which shares are subject to the Lock-up Agreements.
 
    The Company is unable to estimate the  number of shares that may be sold  in
the  future by its  existing stockholders or  the effect, if  any, that sales of
shares by such stockholders will  have on the market  price of the Common  Stock
prevailing  from time to time.  Sales of substantial amounts  of Common Stock by
existing stockholders could  adversely affect prevailing  market prices and  the
Company's ability to raise additional capital in the future.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    Under  the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the Underwriting
Agreement dated  the date  hereof, each  Underwriter named  below has  severally
agreed  to purchase,  and the  Company has agreed  to sell  to such Underwriter,
shares of Common Stock which equal the  number of shares set forth opposite  the
name of such Underwriter below.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       NUMBER OF
                                                                                                       SHARES OF
                                                                                                         COMMON
UNDERWRITER                                                                                              STOCK
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------
<S>                                                                                                    <C>
Cowen & Company......................................................................................
Vector Securities International, Inc. ...............................................................
 
                                                                                                       ----------
    Total............................................................................................   2,000,000
                                                                                                       ----------
                                                                                                       ----------
</TABLE>
 
    The  Underwriters are  obligated to  take and pay  for all  shares of Common
Stock offered  hereby (other  than those  covered by  the over-allotment  option
described below) if any such shares are taken.
 
    The   Underwriters,  for  whom   Cowen  &  Company   and  Vector  Securities
International, Inc. are  acting as Representatives,  propose initially to  offer
part of the shares of Common Stock directly to the public at the public offering
price  set forth on the cover page hereof and part to certain dealers at a price
that represents a concession not in  excess of $     per share under the  public
offering  price. The  Underwriters may  allow, and  such dealers  may reallow, a
concession not in excess  of $   per share to other  Underwriters or to  certain
other  dealers. After the initial public offering, the public offering price and
such concessions may be  changed by the  Underwriters. The Representatives  have
informed  the Company that  the Underwriters do  not intend to  confirm sales to
accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.
 
    The Company has granted  to the Underwriters an  option, exercisable for  30
days from the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of 300,000
additional  shares of Common Stock at the public offering price set forth on the
cover page hereof less underwriting discounts and commissions. The  Underwriters
may exercise such option to purchase additional shares solely for the purpose of
covering  over-allotments, if any,  incurred in connection with  the sale of the
shares offered hereby. To the extent such option is exercised, each  Underwriter
will  become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately
the same percentage of such  additional shares as the  number set forth next  to
such  Underwriter's name  in the  preceding table bears  to the  total number of
shares in such table.
 
    The Company and the Underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against
certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
    The Company,  its officers  and directors  and certain  other  stockholders,
holding   in  the  aggregate  substantially   all  of  the  Company's  currently
outstanding equity securities, have agreed that, for a period of 180 days  after
the date of this Prospectus, they will not, without the prior written consent of
Cowen  & Company,  offer, sell,  contract to  sell or  otherwise dispose  of any
shares of Common  Stock or any  securities convertible into,  or exercisable  or
exchangeable  for, Common Stock except,  in the case of  the Company, in certain
limited circumstances.
 
    At the Company's request, the Representatives  have agreed to reserve up  to
100,000  shares of Common Stock for sale at the public offering price to Company
employees and other persons having certain business
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
relationships with the Company. The number  of shares available for sale to  the
general  public  will  be reduced  to  the  extent these  persons  purchase such
reserved shares.  Any reserved  shares  not purchased  will  be offered  by  the
Underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered
hereby.
 
   
    A  senior vice president with Smith  Barney Inc. ("Smith Barney"), which has
been invited  by the  Representatives  to participate  in  this offering  as  an
Underwriter,  purchased 10,000 shares  of Series B Preferred  Stock in May, 1996
for $5.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $50,000. In addition,  an
individual  whose father and  brother are registered  representatives with Smith
Barney purchased 5,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock in May, 1996 for $5.00
per share for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000.
    
 
    Prior to  this offering,  there has  been no  public market  for the  Common
Stock.  Consequently, the initial public offering price for the Common Stock has
been determined by negotiations between  the Company and the Representatives  of
the  Underwriters.  The factors  considered  in determining  the  initial public
offering price  were  the history  of,  and  the prospects  for,  the  Company's
business  and the industry in which it  competes, an assessment of the Company's
management, its past and present operations,  its past and present earnings  and
the  trend of  such earnings,  the prospects  for earnings  of the  Company, the
present state  of  the  Company's  development, the  general  condition  of  the
securities market at the time of the offering and the market prices and earnings
of similar securities of comparable companies at the time of the offering.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The  validity of the issuance  of the shares of  Common Stock offered hereby
will be passed  upon for the  Company by  Crummy, Del Deo,  Dolan, Griffinger  &
Vecchione, Newark, New Jersey. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the
Underwriters by Dewey Ballantine, New York, New York.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 1995 and June 30,
1996 and for the period from February 22, 1995 (Inception) to December 31, 1995,
for  the six month period  ended June 30, 1996 and  for the period from February
22, 1995 (Inception)  to June  30, 1996 included  in this  Prospectus have  been
audited  by  Deloitte &  Touche LLP,  independent auditors,  as stated  in their
report appearing herein and  elsewhere in the  registration statement, and  have
been  so included  in reliance upon  the reports  of such firm  given upon their
authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    The Company  has filed  with  the Securities  and Exchange  Commission  (the
"Commission")  under the Securities Act a Registration Statement with respect to
the Common  Stock offered  hereby.  This Prospectus  does  not contain  all  the
information  set forth in  the Registration Statement  and the exhibits thereto.
Statements contained in  the Prospectus as  to the contents  of any contract  or
other  document referred to  are not necessarily complete,  and in each instance
reference is made to  the copy of  such contract or other  document filed as  an
exhibit  to the Registration  Statement, each such  statement being qualified in
all respects by such reference, but such statements are complete in all material
respects for  the  purposes  herein  made. The  Registration  Statement  may  be
inspected  and  copied  at the  public  reference facilities  maintained  by the
Commission at Room 1024,  Judiciary Plaza, 450  Fifth Street, N.W.,  Washington,
D.C. 20549; at its Chicago Regional Office, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400,
Chicago,  Illinois 60661-2511; and at its  New York Regional Office, Seven World
Trade Center, New York, New York 10048. Copies of such material can be  obtained
from  the public  reference section of  the Commission, 450  Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. For further information  pertaining
to  the Company and  the Common Stock  offered hereby, reference  is made to the
Registration  Statement,  including  the  exhibits  thereto  and  the  financial
statements, notes and schedules filed as a part thereof.
 
    The  Company  intends  to  furnish  its  stockholders  with  annual  reports
containing audited financial statements and such other reports as it determines.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
                           PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS, INC.
 
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                             ---------
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
 Independent Auditors' Report..............................................................................        F-2
  Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995, June 30, 1996, September 30, 1996 (unaudited) and September 30,
   1996 pro forma (unaudited)..............................................................................        F-3
  Statements of Operations for the period from February 22, 1995 (Inception) to December 31, 1995, for the
   six month period ended June 30, 1996, for the period from February 22, 1995 (Inception) to June 30,
   1996, for the period from February 22, 1995 (Inception) to September 30, 1995 (unaudited), for the nine
   month period ended September 30, 1996 (unaudited) and for the period from February 22, 1995 (Inception)
   to September 30, 1996 (unaudited).......................................................................        F-4
  Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the period from February 22, 1995 (Inception) to June 30, 1996 and
   the unaudited period from July 1, 1996 to September 30, 1996............................................        F-5
  Statements of Cash Flows for the period from February 22, 1995 (Inception) to December 31, 1995, for the
   six month period ended June 30, 1996, for the period from February 22, 1995 (Inception) to June 30,
   1996, for the period from February 22, 1995 (Inception) to September 30, 1995 (unaudited), for the nine
   month period ended September 30, 1996 (unaudited) and for the period from February 22, 1995 (Inception)
   to September 30, 1996 (unaudited).......................................................................        F-6
  Notes to Financial Statements............................................................................        F-7
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
To the Board of Directors
Patient Infosystems, Inc.:
 
    We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Patient Infosystems, Inc.
(formerly Disease State Management, Inc.) (a development stage enterprise) as of
December  31, 1995 and June  30, 1996 and the  related statements of operations,
stockholders' equity,  and cash  flows for  the period  from February  22,  1995
(Inception)  to December 31, 1995, for the  six month period ended June 30, 1996
and for the period from  February 22, 1995 (Inception)  to June 30, 1996.  These
financial  statements are  the responsibility  of the  Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion  on these financial statements based  on
our audits.
 
    We  conducted  our audits  in  accordance with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In  our opinion, such  financial statements present  fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of Patient Infosystems, Inc. as of December 31,
1995 and June 30, 1996, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for
the period from February 22, 1995 (Inception) to December 31, 1995, for the  six
month  period ended  June 30,  1996 and  for the  period from  February 22, 1995
(Inception) to June 30, 1996,  in conformity with generally accepted  accounting
principles.
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 
Rochester, New York
July 16, 1996
(November 22, 1996 as to Note 7)
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                           PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         ASSETS
                                                                                                          SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                         SEPTEMBER 30,         1996
                                                    DECEMBER 31, 1995   JUNE 30, 1996         1996          PRO FORMA
                                                    -----------------   --------------   --------------   --------------
                                                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)        (NOTE 1)
<S>                                                 <C>                 <C>              <C>              <C>
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.......................     $ 1,182,080       $ 2,904,799      $ 2,022,628      $ 2,022,628
  Accounts receivable.............................           4,055            72,262           37,496           37,496
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.......          23,984           105,173          198,101          198,101
                                                    -----------------   --------------   --------------   --------------
      Total current assets........................       1,210,119         3,082,234        2,258,225        2,258,225
Property and Equipment, net.......................         553,510           710,251          728,427          728,427
                                                    -----------------   --------------   --------------   --------------
Total Assets......................................     $ 1,763,629       $ 3,792,485      $ 2,986,652      $ 2,986,652
                                                    -----------------   --------------   --------------   --------------
                                                    -----------------   --------------   --------------   --------------
 
                                          LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
  Accounts payable................................     $   362,769       $   148,668      $   219,557      $   219,557
  Accrued salaries and wages......................          48,259           176,157          117,086          117,086
  Accrued expenses................................          19,381            74,170          121,657          121,657
  Accrued loss on development contracts...........              --            46,923           47,911           47,911
  Deferred revenue................................         168,055           454,426          281,926          281,926
                                                    -----------------   --------------   --------------   --------------
      Total current liabilities...................         598,464           900,344          788,137          788,137
                                                    -----------------   --------------   --------------   --------------
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 6)
Stockholders' Equity:
  Preferred stock--$.01 par value; authorized
   5,000,000 shares:
    Series A Convertible Preferred Stock;
     1,800,000 shares designated, issued and
     outstanding (liquidation preference
     $1,800,000)..................................          18,000            18,000           18,000               --
    Series B Convertible Preferred Stock; 600,000
     shares designated, issued and outstanding
     (liquidation preference $3,000,000)..........              --             6,000            6,000               --
  Common stock--$.01 par value; authorized
   20,000,000 shares; 3,602,880 issued and
   outstanding at December 31, 1995 and June 30,
   1996 and 3,607,202 shares issued and
   outstanding at September 30, 1996 (5,503,202
   shares pro forma)..............................          36,029            36,029           36,072           55,032
  Additional paid-in capital......................       2,227,788         5,228,671        5,234,705        5,239,745
  Deficit accumulated during the development
   stage..........................................      (1,116,652)       (2,396,559)      (3,096,262)      (3,096,262)
                                                    -----------------   --------------   --------------   --------------
      Total stockholders' equity..................       1,165,165         2,892,141        2,198,515        2,198,515
                                                    -----------------   --------------   --------------   --------------
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity........     $ 1,763,629       $ 3,792,485      $ 2,986,652      $ 2,986,652
                                                    -----------------   --------------   --------------   --------------
                                                    -----------------   --------------   --------------   --------------
</TABLE>
 
SEE NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                           PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   PERIOD FROM
                                                FEBRUARY 22, 1995                    SIX MONTH
                                                   (INCEPTION)                      PERIOD ENDED
                                                 TO DECEMBER 31,                      JUNE 30,
                                                       1995                             1996
                                          ------------------------------           -------------
Revenues................................           $   113,000                      $   465,416
<S>                                       <C>                              <C>                              <C>
                                                   -----------                      -----------
Costs and Expenses:
  Cost of sales.........................               111,870                          447,312
  Sales and marketing...................               375,384                          389,756
  General and administrative............               678,498                          902,188
  Research and development..............                89,909                           26,736
                                                   -----------                      -----------
    Total costs and expenses............             1,255,661                        1,765,992
                                                   -----------                      -----------
Operating Loss..........................            (1,142,661)                      (1,300,576)
 
Interest Income.........................                26,009                           20,669
                                                   -----------                      -----------
Net Loss................................           $(1,116,652)                     $(1,279,907)
                                                   -----------                      -----------
                                                   -----------                      -----------
 
Net Loss Per Common and Common Share
 Equivalents............................           $      (.18)                     $      (.21)
                                                   -----------                      -----------
                                                   -----------                      -----------
 
Weighted Average Common and Common Share
 Equivalents............................             5,963,306                        6,087,959
                                                   -----------                      -----------
                                                   -----------                      -----------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                   PERIOD FROM
                                                FEBRUARY 22, 1995
                                                   (INCEPTION)
                                                   TO JUNE 30,
                                                       1996
                                          ------------------------------
                                                                                    PERIOD FROM                 NINE MONTH
                                                                                 FEBRUARY 22, 1995             PERIOD ENDED
                                                                                    (INCEPTION)                SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                  TO SEPTEMBER 30,                 1996
                                                                                        1995                -------------------
                                                                           ------------------------------
                                                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
Revenues................................           $   578,416                      $     7,500                  $ 644,146
<S>                                       <C>
                                                   -----------                      -----------             -------------------
Costs and Expenses:
  Cost of sales.........................               559,182                            7,621                    601,124
  Sales and marketing...................               765,140                          228,466                    616,545
  General and administrative............             1,580,686                          298,998                  1,298,801
  Research and development..............               116,645                           79,910                    160,619
                                                   -----------                      -----------             -------------------
    Total costs and expenses............             3,021,653                          614,995                  2,677,089
                                                   -----------                      -----------             -------------------
Operating Loss..........................            (2,443,237)                        (607,495)                (2,032,943)
Interest Income.........................                46,678                              483                     53,333
                                                   -----------                      -----------             -------------------
Net Loss................................           $(2,396,559)                     $  (607,012)                ($1,979,610)
                                                   -----------                      -----------             -------------------
                                                   -----------                      -----------             -------------------
Net Loss Per Common and Common Share
 Equivalents............................           $      (.39)                     $      (.10)                 $    (.32)
                                                   -----------                      -----------             -------------------
                                                   -----------                      -----------             -------------------
Weighted Average Common and Common Share
 Equivalents............................             6,087,959                        5,956,248                  6,160,715
                                                   -----------                      -----------             -------------------
                                                   -----------                      -----------             -------------------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                   PERIOD FROM
                                                FEBRUARY 22, 1995
                                                   (INCEPTION)
                                                 TO SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                       1996
                                          ------------------------------
 
                                                   (UNAUDITED)
Revenues................................           $   757,146
                                                   -----------
Costs and Expenses:
  Cost of sales.........................               712,994
  Sales and marketing...................               991,929
  General and administrative............             1,977,299
  Research and development..............               250,528
                                                   -----------
    Total costs and expenses............             3,932,750
                                                   -----------
Operating Loss..........................            (3,175,604)
Interest Income.........................                79,342
                                                   -----------
Net Loss................................           $(3,096,262)
                                                   -----------
                                                   -----------
Net Loss Per Common and Common Share
 Equivalents............................           $      (.50)
                                                   -----------
                                                   -----------
Weighted Average Common and Common Share
 Equivalents............................             6,160,715
                                                   -----------
                                                   -----------
</TABLE>
 
SEE NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                           PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)
                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                   PERIOD FROM FEBRUARY 22, 1995 (INCEPTION)
         TO JUNE 30, 1996 AND THE UNAUDITED PERIOD FROM JULY 1, 1996 TO
                               SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           DEFICIT
                                                                                                         ACCUMULATED
                                                 PREFERRED STOCK        COMMON STOCK       ADDITIONAL     DURING THE
                                               -------------------   -------------------     PAID-IN     DEVELOPMENT
                                                SHARES     AMOUNT     SHARES     AMOUNT      CAPITAL        STAGE
                                               ---------  --------   ---------  --------   -----------   ------------
<S>                                            <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>
Sale of common stock, substantially all of
 which was issued on February 22, 1995 at
 $0.14 per share.............................         --  $    --    3,602,880  $36,029    $  464,371    $        --
Sale of Series A convertible preferred stock
 at $1.00 per share in August and September
 1995 (net of issuance costs of $18,583).....  1,800,000   18,000           --       --     1,763,417             --
Net loss for the period from Inception to
 December 31, 1995...........................         --       --           --       --            --     (1,116,652)
                                               ---------  --------   ---------  --------   -----------   ------------
Balances, December 31, 1995..................  1,800,000   18,000    3,602,880   36,029     2,227,788     (1,116,652)
Sale of Series B convertible preferred stock
 at $5.00 per share in May and June 1996 (net
 of issuance costs of $3,250)................    600,000    6,000           --       --     2,990,750             --
Compensation expense related to issuance of
 stock warrants..............................         --       --           --       --        10,133             --
Net loss for the period from January 1, 1996
 to June 30, 1996............................         --       --           --       --            --     (1,279,907)
                                               ---------  --------   ---------  --------   -----------   ------------
Balances, June 30, 1996......................  2,400,000   24,000    3,602,880   36,029     5,228,671     (2,396,559)
Compensation expense related to issuance of
 stock warrants*.............................         --       --           --       --         3,075             --
Exercise of stock warrants*..................         --       --        4,322       43         2,959             --
Net loss for the period from July 1, 1996 to
 September 30, 1996*.........................         --       --           --       --            --       (699,703)
                                               ---------  --------   ---------  --------   -----------   ------------
Balances, September 30, 1996 (unaudited).....  2,400,000   24,000    3,607,202   36,072     5,234,705     (3,096,262)
Conversion of Series A and B convertible
 preferred stock to common stock -- Pro
 Forma*......................................  (2,400,000) (24,000)  1,896,000   18,960         5,040             --
                                               ---------  --------   ---------  --------   -----------   ------------
Balances, September 30, 1996 -- Pro Forma
 (unaudited).................................         --  $    --    5,503,202  $55,032    $5,239,745    $(3,096,262)
                                               ---------  --------   ---------  --------   -----------   ------------
                                               ---------  --------   ---------  --------   -----------   ------------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                   TOTAL
                                               STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                  EQUITY
                                               -------------
<S>                                            <C>
Sale of common stock, substantially all of
 which was issued on February 22, 1995 at
 $0.14 per share.............................   $   500,400
Sale of Series A convertible preferred stock
 at $1.00 per share in August and September
 1995 (net of issuance costs of $18,583).....     1,781,417
Net loss for the period from Inception to
 December 31, 1995...........................    (1,116,652)
                                               -------------
Balances, December 31, 1995..................     1,165,165
Sale of Series B convertible preferred stock
 at $5.00 per share in May and June 1996 (net
 of issuance costs of $3,250)................     2,996,750
Compensation expense related to issuance of
 stock warrants..............................        10,133
Net loss for the period from January 1, 1996
 to June 30, 1996............................    (1,279,907)
                                               -------------
Balances, June 30, 1996......................     2,892,141
Compensation expense related to issuance of
 stock warrants*.............................         3,075
Exercise of stock warrants*..................         3,002
Net loss for the period from July 1, 1996 to
 September 30, 1996*.........................      (699,703)
                                               -------------
Balances, September 30, 1996 (unaudited).....     2,198,515
Conversion of Series A and B convertible
 preferred stock to common stock -- Pro
 Forma*......................................            --
                                               -------------
Balances, September 30, 1996 -- Pro Forma
 (unaudited).................................   $ 2,198,515
                                               -------------
                                               -------------
</TABLE>
 
* Unaudited
 
SEE NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                           PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   PERIOD FROM
                                                FEBRUARY 22, 1995                    SIX MONTH
                                                   (INCEPTION)                      PERIOD ENDED
                                                 TO DECEMBER 31,                      JUNE 30,
                                                       1995                             1996
                                          ------------------------------           -------------
Operating Activities:
<S>                                       <C>                              <C>                              <C>
  Net loss..............................           $(1,116,652)                     $(1,279,907)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to
   net cash used in operating
   activities:
    Depreciation and amortization.......                26,473                           82,437
    Compensation expense related to
     issuance of stock warrants.........                    --                           10,133
    Increase in accounts receivable.....                (4,055)                         (68,207)
    Increase in prepaid expenses and
     other current assets...............               (23,984)                         (81,189)
    Increase (decrease) in accounts
     payable............................               362,769                         (214,101)
    Increase in accrued salaries and
     wages..............................                48,259                          127,898
    Increase in accrued expenses........                19,381                           54,789
    Increase in deferred revenue........               168,055                          286,371
    Increase in accrued loss on
     development contracts..............                    --                           46,923
                                                   -----------                      -----------
      Net cash used in operating
       activities.......................              (519,754)                      (1,034,853)
                                                   -----------                      -----------
Investing Activity:
  Property and equipment additions......              (579,983)                        (239,178)
                                                   -----------                      -----------
Financing Activity:
  Proceeds from issuance of common and
   preferred stock, net.................             2,281,817                        2,996,750
                                                   -----------                      -----------
Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents...             1,182,080                        1,722,719
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning
 of Period..............................                    --                        1,182,080
                                                   -----------                      -----------
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of
 Period.................................           $ 1,182,080                      $ 2,904,799
                                                   -----------                      -----------
                                                   -----------                      -----------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                   PERIOD FROM
                                                FEBRUARY 22, 1995
                                                   (INCEPTION)
                                                   TO JUNE 30,
                                                       1996
                                          ------------------------------
                                                                                    PERIOD FROM                 NINE MONTH
                                                                                 FEBRUARY 22, 1995             PERIOD ENDED
                                                                                    (INCEPTION)                SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                  TO SEPTEMBER 30,                 1996
                                                                                        1995                -------------------
                                                                           ------------------------------
                                                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
Operating Activities:
<S>                                       <C>
  Net loss..............................           $(2,396,559)                     $  (607,012)                 $(1,979,610)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to
   net cash used in operating
   activities:
    Depreciation and amortization.......               108,910                           10,069                     129,087
    Compensation expense related to
     issuance of stock warrants.........                10,133                               --                      13,208
    Increase in accounts receivable.....               (72,262)                         (55,000)                    (33,441)
    Increase in prepaid expenses and
     other current assets...............              (105,173)                         (43,161)                   (174,117)
    Increase (decrease) in accounts
     payable............................               148,668                           66,052                    (143,212)
    Increase in accrued salaries and
     wages..............................               176,157                           16,642                      68,827
    Increase in accrued expenses........                74,170                           30,000                     102,276
    Increase in deferred revenue........               454,426                           47,500                     113,871
    Increase in accrued loss on
     development contracts..............                46,923                               --                      47,911
                                                   -----------                      -----------             -------------------
      Net cash used in operating
       activities.......................            (1,554,607)                        (534,910)                 (1,855,200)
                                                   -----------                      -----------             -------------------
Investing Activity:
  Property and equipment additions......              (819,161)                        (114,737)                   (304,004)
                                                   -----------                      -----------             -------------------
Financing Activity:
  Proceeds from issuance of common and
   preferred stock, net.................             5,278,567                        2,281,417                   2,999,752
                                                   -----------                      -----------             -------------------
Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents...             2,904,799                        1,631,770                     840,548
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning
 of Period..............................                    --                               --                   1,182,080
                                                   -----------                      -----------             -------------------
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of
 Period.................................           $ 2,904,799                      $ 1,631,770                  $2,022,628
                                                   -----------                      -----------             -------------------
                                                   -----------                      -----------             -------------------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                   PERIOD FROM
                                                FEBRUARY 22, 1995
                                                   (INCEPTION)
                                                 TO SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                       1996
                                          ------------------------------
 
                                                   (UNAUDITED)
Operating Activities:
  Net loss..............................           $(3,096,262)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to
   net cash used in operating
   activities:
    Depreciation and amortization.......               155,560
    Compensation expense related to
     issuance of stock warrants.........                13,208
    Increase in accounts receivable.....               (37,496)
    Increase in prepaid expenses and
     other current assets...............              (198,101)
    Increase (decrease) in accounts
     payable............................               219,557
    Increase in accrued salaries and
     wages..............................               117,086
    Increase in accrued expenses........               121,657
    Increase in deferred revenue........               281,926
    Increase in accrued loss on
     development contracts..............                47,911
                                                   -----------
      Net cash used in operating
       activities.......................            (2,374,954)
                                                   -----------
Investing Activity:
  Property and equipment additions......              (883,987)
                                                   -----------
Financing Activity:
  Proceeds from issuance of common and
   preferred stock, net.................             5,281,569
                                                   -----------
Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents...             2,022,628
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning
 of Period..............................                    --
                                                   -----------
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of
 Period.................................           $ 2,022,628
                                                   -----------
                                                   -----------
</TABLE>
 
SEE NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                           PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995,
              FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR
            THE UNAUDITED NINE MONTH PERIOD ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
 
1.  BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    DEVELOPMENT STAGE ACTIVITIES
 
    The Company was incorporated in Delaware on February 22, 1995 under the name
DSMI  Corp., changed its name  to Disease State Management,  Inc. on October 13,
1995, and on June  28, 1996 changed  its name to  Patient Infosystems, Inc.  The
Company has selected December 31 as the close of its fiscal year.
 
    Through  June 30, 1996  the Company's development  activities have consisted
primarily of  efforts to  raise  funds, develop  the  first application  of  its
information  capture and  delivery system  (which is  a system  that proactively
collects and  analyzes  information relevant  to  patients in  specific  disease
categories  to improve patient compliance  with prescribed regimens), and market
its disease management programs for specific diseases. Successful completion  of
the  Company's program development, and  ultimately the attainment of profitable
operations, is  dependent  upon  future  events,  including  obtaining  adequate
financing  to fund its research and  development activities and achieving market
acceptance of its products.
 
    USE OF ESTIMATES IN THE PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions that  affect the  reported  amounts of  assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure  of contingent  assets and liabilities  at the date  of the financial
statements and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual amounts could differ from those estimates.
 
    BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
    In   the  opinion  of  management,   the  accompanying  unaudited  financial
statements contain all  adjustments necessary  to fairly  present the  Company's
financial  position as of September 30, 1996  and results of operations and cash
flows for the nine months ended September 30, 1996, the period from February 22,
1995 (Inception) to  September 30, 1995  and the period  from February 22,  1995
(Inception)  to  September  30,  1996.  All such  adjustments  are  of  a normal
recurring nature. The  results of  operations for  the nine  month period  ended
September  30, 1996 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected
for the entire year of 1996.
 
    FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    The Company's financial  instruments consist of  current assets and  current
liabilities which are carried at cost, which approximates fair market value.
 
    REVENUE RECOGNITION AND DEFERRED REVENUE
 
    The  Company's principal source  of revenue to date  has been from contracts
with a  pharmaceutical company  for  the development  and operation  of  disease
management  programs for  chronic diseases. Deferred  revenue represents amounts
billed in advance under these contracts. Future revenue sources are expected  to
include  disease management  programs and  other health  care information system
applications.
 
    Development Contracts
 
    The Company's program development  contracts typically require payment  from
the customer at the time that the contract is executed, with additional payments
made as certain development milestones are
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                           PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                        PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995,
              FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR
            THE UNAUDITED NINE MONTH PERIOD ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
 
1.  BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
met.  Development contract revenue  is recognized on  a percentage of completion
basis, in accordance with  the ratio of total  development cost incurred to  the
estimated  total development costs  for the entire project.  Losses, if any, are
recognized in full as identified.
 
    Program Operations
 
    The Company's program operation  contracts call for  a per enrolled  patient
fee  to be paid by the  customer for a series of  program services as defined in
the contract. The timing of customer payments varies by contract, but  typically
occurs  in  advance of  the associated  services  being provided.  Revenues from
program operations are recognized ratably as the program services are delivered.
 
    CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    Cash equivalents include  all highly liquid  debt instruments with  original
maturities of three months or less.
 
    CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK
 
    Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentration
of  credit risk consist principally of cash and accounts receivable. The Company
places its cash with high credit-quality institutions. At times such amounts may
be in excess of FDIC insurance limits.
 
    The Company's  current  contracts are  concentrated  in a  small  number  of
customers,  with five of the Company's eleven contracts being with one customer.
Consequently, the loss of any one of its customers could have a material adverse
effect on the Company and its operations.
 
    During the unaudited  nine month period  ended September 30,  1996, the  six
month  period  ended  June  30,  1996 and  the  period  from  February  22, 1995
(Inception) to December 31, 1995,  approximately $616,200 (96%), $455,000  (98%)
and  $84,000 (74%), respectively, of the Company's revenues arose from contracts
with one customer. At September 30, 1996 (unaudited), June 30, 1996 and December
31, 1995, accounts receivable  included balances of  $17,496, $52,000 and  $-0-,
respectively, from contracts with that customer.
 
    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property  and equipment are  stated at cost.  Depreciation is computed using
the straight-line method over  the estimated useful lives  of the assets,  which
range from 3 to 10 years.
 
    In  1996, the  Company adopted  Statement of  Financial Accounting Standards
("SFAS") No. 121,  ACCOUNTING FOR THE  IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED  ASSETS AND  FOR
LONG-LIVED  ASSETS  TO BE  DISPOSED OF.  SFAS No.  121 requires  that long-lived
assets and certain indentifiable intangibles to be held and used be reported  at
the  lower of carrying amount or fair value. Assets to be disposed of and assets
not expected to provide any future service potential to the Company are recorded
at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. The adoption of
SFAS No. 121 did not have a material effect on the Company's financial  position
or results of operations.
 
    RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
    Research  and  development  costs consist  principally  of  compensation and
benefits paid  to Company  employees.  All research  and development  costs  are
expensed as incurred.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                           PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                        PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995,
              FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR
            THE UNAUDITED NINE MONTH PERIOD ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
 
1.  BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    INCOME TAXES
 
    The  Company uses  the asset and  liability method of  accounting for income
taxes in accordance  with Statement  of Financial Accounting  Standard No.  109,
"Accounting  for Income Taxes".  Under the asset  and liability method, deferred
income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences
attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts  of
existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and net operating
loss and tax credit carryforwards.
 
    NET LOSS PER SHARE
 
    Net  loss per share  is based on  the weighted average  number of common and
common share equivalents outstanding during the period using the Treasury  Stock
method.  Common share equivalents  include Series A  and B Convertible Preferred
Stock, common stock  options and  common stock  warrants. For  purposes of  this
calculation,  all common shares issued and stock options and warrants granted by
the Company at  a price less  than the estimated  initial public offering  price
during  at  least  the twelve  months  preceding  the offering  date  (using the
treasury stock method  until shares are  issued and an  assumed public  offering
price  of $10  per share) have  been included  in the calculation  of common and
common  share  equivalents  outstanding.  (See  Note  7  for  a  description  of
additional   issuances  of  common  stock  options  and  common  stock  warrants
subsequent to June 30, 1996.)
 
    UNAUDITED PRO FORMA INFORMATION
 
    The Company is preparing for an initial public offering of its common  stock
which, upon completion, would result in the conversion of the outstanding shares
of  the Company's preferred stock into shares  of its common stock (see Note 4).
The unaudited  pro forma  balance  sheet information  is  presented as  if  such
conversion  had  occurred as  of  September 30,  1996.  The pro  forma unaudited
information assumes that the  public offering will occur  at a price of  $10.00,
which  is the mid-point of the filing  range. Completion of the offering at this
price will result  in the  issuance of an  additional 168,000  shares of  common
stock to the holders of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (see Note 4).
 
2.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
    Property and equipment are summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       DECEMBER
                                                          31,          JUNE 30,
                                                         1995            1996
                                                      -----------     -----------
<S>                                                   <C>             <C>
Computer software.................................     $137,153        $181,927
Computer equipment................................      242,393         371,240
Telephone equipment...............................      120,233         124,996
Leasehold improvements............................       12,200          23,454
Office furniture and equipment....................       68,004         117,544
                                                      -----------     -----------
                                                        579,983         819,161
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization....       26,473         108,910
                                                      -----------     -----------
Property and equipment, net.......................     $553,510        $710,251
                                                      -----------     -----------
                                                      -----------     -----------
</TABLE>
 
3.  INCOME TAXES
    The  Company has not recorded any income  tax expense during the period from
Inception to June 30, 1996 because of operating losses incurred since Inception.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                           PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                        PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995,
              FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR
            THE UNAUDITED NINE MONTH PERIOD ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
 
3.  INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    As of June 30,  1996, the Company has  net operating loss carryforwards  for
Federal  income tax purposes of approximately  $2,400,000 which are available to
offset future Federal taxable income. These carryforwards expire in 2010. No tax
benefit relating to the net operating  loss carryforwards has been reflected  in
the financial statements due to the uncertainty regarding the utilization of any
such  benefit,  and a  valuation  allowance has  been  recognized to  offset any
deferred tax asset related to this item. Future benefit may occur to the  extent
taxable income is earned prior to the expiration of the carryforward period.
 
    Section  382 of the Internal Revenue Code imposes certain limitations on the
use of net operating loss carryforwards in  cases of a change in ownership of  a
corporation, as defined in the Code. These provisions place an annual limitation
on  the  amount of  pre-change losses  that  can be  used to  offset post-change
taxable income, with any unused limitation amounts and losses carrying  forward.
The  limitation is computed by multiplying the Federal long-term tax exempt rate
(currently approximately 5.8%) by the fair value of the corporation  immediately
prior  to the change in control. It is not anticipated that a change in control,
as defined, will occur as a result of the current proposed offering.
 
4.  PREFERRED STOCK
    The Company has 5,000,000 shares of  authorized preferred stock and has  the
ability  to  issue different  series with  different  rights and  preferences. A
summary of the rights and preferences related to the Series A and B  Convertible
Preferred Stock is as follows:
 
    The  holders of Series A and B Convertible Preferred Stock have the right to
    convert their shares into shares of Common  Stock at the rate of .72  shares
    of  Common Stock  for each  share of  Series A  and B  Convertible Preferred
    Stock. The  conversion  ratio  for  the  holders  of  Series  A  Convertible
    Preferred  Stock will  be adjusted  in the  event that  the Company,  in the
    future, sells shares of its Common Stock  for less than $1.39 per share.  In
    addition,  the  conversion ratio  for the  holders  of Series  B Convertible
    Preferred Stock will be adjusted in the event that the Company sells  shares
    of  its common  stock for less  than $13.89  per share in  an initial public
    offering. At the  mid-range ($10.00)  of the current  proposed offering  the
    holders  of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock would receive an additional
    168,000 shares of Common Stock as a result of this provision.
 
    Each  share  of  Series  A  and  B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  will   be
    automatically  converted into shares  of Common Stock  at the then effective
    conversion rate immediately upon the closing of an underwritten public stock
    offering which meets  certain requirements.  It is anticipated  that at  the
    mid-range  ($10.00) of the current proposed offering these requirements will
    be met and the automatic conversion will occur.
 
    The holders of Series A and B Convertible Preferred Stock and the holders of
    Common Stock vote together as  a single class, with  each share of Series  A
    and  B Convertible Preferred Stock entitled to  the number of votes equal to
    the number of shares of Common Stock into which it is convertible. They also
    have  certain  liquidation  preferences  in  the  event  of  a  liquidation,
    dissolution  or winding up of  the Company, and the  right to participate in
    dividends to  the extent  that they  are declared  on the  Company's  Common
    Stock.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                           PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                        PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995,
              FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR
            THE UNAUDITED NINE MONTH PERIOD ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
 
5.  STOCK OPTIONS AND WARRANTS
    The  Company has an Employee Stock Option Plan (the "Stock Option Plan") for
the benefit of certain employees, non-employee directors, and key advisors.  The
Company  has adopted  the disclosures-only  provision of  Statement of Financial
Accounting  Standards  No.  123,  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based   Compensation."
Accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized for the stock option plan,
as it relates to employees. Had compensation cost for the Company's stock option
plan  been determined based  on the fair value  at the date  of grant for awards
consistent with the provisions of SFAS No.  123, the Company's net loss and  net
loss per common and common share equivalent would have been increased to the pro
forma amounts indicated below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  PERIOD FROM
                                                                  FEBRUARY 22,                     PERIOD FROM
                                                                      1995                         FEBRUARY 22,
                                                                  (INCEPTION)       SIX MONTH          1995
                                                                TO DECEMBER 31,   PERIOD ENDED     (INCEPTION)
                                                                      1995        JUNE 30, 1996  TO JUNE 30, 1996
                                                                ----------------  -------------  ----------------
<S>                                                             <C>               <C>            <C>
Net loss--as reported.........................................   $   (1,116,652)  $  (1,279,907)  $   (2,396,559)
Net loss--pro forma...........................................   $   (1,125,428)  $  (1,296,878)  $   (2,422,306)
Net loss per common and common share equivalent-- as
 reported.....................................................   $         (.18)  $        (.21)  $         (.39)
Net loss per common and common share equivalent-- pro forma...   $         (.18)  $        (.21)  $         (.39)
</TABLE>
 
    The  fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using
the Black-Scholes option-pricing model using an assumed risk-free interest  rate
of  7% and expected lives of 7 years. The Stock Option Plan authorizes 1,080,000
shares of common stock to be issued.
 
    Stock options granted under the Stock Option  Plan may be of two types:  (1)
incentive  stock options and (2) nonqualified stock options. The option price of
such grants shall be determined  by a Committee of  the Board of Directors  (the
"Committee"),  but shall not be less than the estimated fair market value of the
common stock at the date the option is granted. The terms of the grants shall be
fixed by the Committee, with no term lasting longer than ten years. The  ability
to  exercise such options shall be determined  by the Committee when the options
are granted. All of  the outstanding options  vest at the rate  of 20% per  year
with the exception of 36,000 options which were vested as of the date of grant.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                           PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                        PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995,
              FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR
            THE UNAUDITED NINE MONTH PERIOD ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
 
5.  STOCK OPTIONS AND WARRANTS (CONTINUED)
    A summary of stock option activity follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             OPTION
                                                                           OUTSTANDING      PRICE PER
                                                                             OPTIONS          SHARE
                                                                           ------------  ---------------
<S>                                                                        <C>           <C>
Options granted during the period from Inception to December 31, 1995
 (weighted average fair value of $.13)...................................       658,800    $.14 - 1.04
Options forfeited by holders during the period from Inception to December
 31, 1995................................................................       (65,520)   $.14 - 1.04
Options exercised during the period from Inception to December 31,
 1995....................................................................        (2,880)      $.14
                                                                           ------------
Options outstanding at December 31, 1995.................................       590,400    $.14 - 1.04
Options granted during the six month period ended June 30, 1996 (weighted
 average fair value of $.75).............................................       213,120   $1.74 - 2.08
Options forfeited by holders during the six month period ended June 30,
 1996....................................................................        (8,640)  $1.74 - 2.08
                                                                           ------------
Options outstanding at June 30, 1996.....................................       794,880    $.14 - 2.08
                                                                           ------------
                                                                           ------------
Options exercisable at June 30, 1996.....................................       104,760
Options available for grant at June 30, 1996.............................       285,120
</TABLE>
 
    The  following  table  summarizes  information  concerning  outstanding  and
exercisable options at June 30, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             OPTIONS OUTSTANDING               OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                  -----------------------------------------  ------------------------
<S>               <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>          <C>
                                  WEIGHTED
                                   AVERAGE       WEIGHTED                  WEIGHTED
                                  REMAINING       AVERAGE                   AVERAGE
    RANGE OF        NUMBER       CONTRACTAL      EXERCISE      NUMBER      EXERCISE
 EXERCISE PRICE   OUTSTANDING       LIFE           PRICE     EXERCISABLE     PRICE
- ----------------  -----------  ---------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
  $.14 - $.69        543,600           8.84      $     .26      104,760    $     .14
  $.70 - $1.39        46,800           9.24           1.04       --           --
 $1.40 - $2.08       204,480           9.68           1.99       --           --
                  -----------                                -----------
                     794,880                                    104,760
                  -----------                                -----------
                  -----------                                -----------
</TABLE>
 
    The Company  also  has outstanding  stock  purchase warrants  entitling  the
holders to purchase a total of 111,962 shares of common stock at $.14 - 2.08 per
share  (weighted average exercise  price of $.78).  At June 30,  1996, 30,242 of
these warrants are currently vested, with the remaining 81,720 warrants  vesting
at  20% per year. The Company has  recorded compensation cost of $10,133 for the
six month period ended June  30, 1996 in connection  with the issuance of  these
warrants.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                           PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                        PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995,
              FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR
            THE UNAUDITED NINE MONTH PERIOD ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
 
6.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
    The  Company leases  office space for  its main operating  facility under an
operating lease agreement  expiring in  September 1999, which  is cancelable  in
September  1998 at the option of the Company. Rental expense from this lease for
the six  month period  ended June  30, 1996  and the  period from  Inception  to
December 31, 1995 was $30,119 and $40,375, respectively.
 
    At  June 30, 1996, future minimum  lease payments under this lease, assuming
the cancellation option is exercised, are summarized as follows (See Note 7):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
1996..............................................................  $  46,096
1997..............................................................     95,202
1998..............................................................     84,460
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    $ 225,758
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
 
7.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
    On November 22, 1996, the Company  effected a .72-for-1 reverse stock  split
of all outstanding shares of common stock. Accordingly, all shares and per share
amounts  have been adjusted to reflect the  reverse stock split as though it had
occurred at the beginning of the initial period presented.
 
    In October 1996 the Company entered into an amended lease agreement for  its
main   operating  facility  which  increased  its  monthly  rental  payments  to
approximately $12,000 and which expires in November 1999.
 
    During the  three months  ended  September 30,  1996, 4,322  stock  purchase
warrants  were exercised. In addition, the Company recorded compensation cost of
$3,075 related to warrants issued prior to June 30, 1996.
 
    In October  1996, the  Company issued  incentive stock  options to  purchase
152,280 shares of its common stock at an exercise price of $10.00 per share, and
stock  purchase warrants  to purchase  1,800 shares  of its  common stock  at an
exercise price of $10.00 per share.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
 
    NO  DEALER,  SALESPERSON OR  OTHER PERSON  HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED TO  GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND,
IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS
HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR ANY OF THE UNDERWRITERS OR BY ANY OTHER
PERSON. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE  AN OFFER TO SELL OR A  SOLICITATION
OF  AN OFFER TO BUY ANY OF THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY, NOR DOES IT CONSTITUTE
AN OFFER TO  SELL OR A  SOLICITATION OF AN  OFFER TO BUY  ANY OF THE  SECURITIES
OFFERED  HEREBY TO ANY  PERSON OR BY ANYONE  IN ANY JURISDICTION  IN WHICH IT IS
UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION TO SUCH PERSON. NEITHER THE DELIVERY
OF THIS PROSPECTUS  NOR ANY SALE  MADE HEREUNDER SHALL  UNDER ANY  CIRCUMSTANCES
CREATE  ANY IMPLICATION THAT  THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN  IS CORRECT AS OF
ANY DATE SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.
 
                                 --------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PAGE
                                                    -----
<S>                                              <C>
Prospectus Summary.............................           3
Risk Factors...................................           5
The Company....................................          12
Use of Proceeds................................          12
Dividend Policy................................          12
Capitalization.................................          13
Dilution.......................................          14
Selected Financial Data........................          15
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations...................................          16
Business.......................................          19
Management.....................................          31
Certain Transactions...........................          35
Principal Stockholders.........................          36
Description of Capital Stock...................          37
Shares Eligible for Future Sale................          39
Underwriting...................................          41
Legal Matters..................................          42
Experts........................................          42
Additional Information.........................          42
Index to Financial Statements..................         F-1
</TABLE>
 
                                 --------------
 
    UNTIL              , 1997 (25 DAYS AFTER  THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS),  ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING
IN  THIS  DISTRIBUTION, MAY  BE REQUIRED  TO  DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS. THIS  IS IN
ADDITION TO THE  OBLIGATION OF DEALERS  TO DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING  AS
UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
                                2,000,000 SHARES
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                                  ------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
                               -----------------
 
                                COWEN & COMPANY
 
                               VECTOR SECURITIES
                              INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
                                          , 1996
 
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
    Set  forth below is an  estimate of the fees and  expenses to be incurred in
connection with the issuance and distribution of the shares of Common Stock, par
value $.01 per share, offered hereby.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                         <C>
Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee.......................  $  13,087
NASD Filing Fee...........................................................  $   4,295
NASDAQ Listing Fee........................................................  $  50,000
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses................................................  $  30,000
Legal Fees and Expenses...................................................  $ 150,000
Accounting Fees...........................................................  $ 100,000
Printing and Engraving Costs..............................................  $ 100,000
Transfer Agent Fees.......................................................  $   7,500
Miscellaneous Expenses....................................................  $ 145,118
                                                                            ---------
    TOTAL.................................................................  $ 600,000
                                                                            ---------
                                                                            ---------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
    The  Registrant's  Certificate   of  Incorporation   contains  a   provision
eliminating   or  limiting  director   liability  to  the   Registrant  and  its
stockholders for  monetary  damages  arising  from  acts  or  omissions  in  the
director's  capacity as director. The provision  does not, however, eliminate or
limit the personal liability of a director (i) for any breach of such director's
duty of  loyalty  to  the Registrant  or  its  stockholders, (ii)  for  acts  or
omissions  not in good faith or  which involve intentional misconduct or knowing
violation of  the  law, (iii)  under  the Delaware  statutory  provision  making
directors personally liable, under a negligence standard, for unlawful dividends
or  unlawful stock  purchases or  redemptions or  (iv) for  any transaction from
which the director derived an  improper personal benefit. This provision  offers
persons who serve on the Board of Directors of the Registrant protection against
awards of monetary damages resulting from breaches of their duty of care (except
as  indicated  above).  As  a  result of  this  provision,  the  ability  of the
Registrant or a stockholder thereof to successfully prosecute an action  against
a  director for breach  of his duty  of care is  limited. However, the provision
does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as an injunction  or
rescission  based upon a director's  breach of his duty  of care. The Securities
and Exchange Commission has taken the  position that the provision will have  no
effect on claims arising under the Federal securities laws.
 
    In  addition,  the  Registrant's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and Bylaws
provide for mandatory indemnification rights, subject to limited exceptions,  to
any  director or officer of the Registrant who  by reason of the fact that he or
she is  a  director  or officer  of  the  Registrant, is  involved  in  a  legal
proceeding  of any nature. Such indemnification rights include reimbursement for
expenses incurred by such director, officer, employee or agent in advance of the
final deposition of such proceeding in accordance with the applicable provisions
of Delaware General Corporation Law.
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
    The following table sets forth all  sales of unregistered securities by  the
Registrant within the past three years.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    AGGREGATE
 NATURE OF TRANSACTION                                              OFFERING      PRICE PER
        AND DATE          CLASS OF PURCHASERS    SECURITIES SOLD      PRICE         SHARE
- ------------------------  --------------------  -----------------  -----------  -------------
<S>                       <C>                   <C>                <C>          <C>
Initial capitalization,   Three accredited      3,600,000 Common    $ 500,000   $0.14
 February 1995            investors             Stock
Private placement,        Nineteen accredited   1,800,000 Series    $1,800,000  $1.00
 August and September     investors             A Preferred Stock
 1995
Warrant issuances, 1995   Two consultants       77,760 Common        (No sale)  $0.14 - $0.69
                                                Stock                           Exercise
                                                                                price
Option grants, 1995       Sixteen key           658,800 Common       (No sale)  $0.14 - $1.04
                          employees             Stock                           Exercise
                                                                                price
Exercise of stock         One key employee      2,880 Common        $     400   $0.14
 options December 1995                          Stock
Option grants, 1996       Thirty-eight key      365,400 Common       (No sale)  $1.74-$10.00
                          employees             Stock                           Exercise
                                                                                price
Warrant issuances, 1996   Five consultants      37,440 Common        (No sale)  $2.08-$10.00
                                                Stock                           Exercise
                                                                                price
Private placement, May    Twenty-five           600,000 Series B    $3,000,000  $5.00
 and June 1996            accredited investors  Preferred Stock
Exercise of stock         One consultant        4,322 Common        $   3,002   $0.69
 warrants, September                            Stock
 1996
</TABLE>
 
    The  Company  relied on  Section 4(2)  of  the Securities  Act and  Rule 701
promulgated thereunder for each issuance. No underwriters were involved nor  any
commissions paid in connection with any of the above transactions.
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
(A) EXHIBITS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                                       DESCRIPTION
- ---------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>
    1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement
    3.1+   Certificate of Incorporation, as amended
    3.2+   Certificates of Designation
    3.3+   By-Laws
    4.1    Specimen Common Stock Certificate
    5.1+   Opinion of Crummy, Del Deo, Dolan, Griffinger & Vecchione
   10.1+   Employment Agreement with Donald A. Carlberg
   10.2+   Stock Option Plan
   10.3+   Forms of Stock Option Agreement
   10.4**  Services Agreement dated September 18, 1995 between the Company and Bristol-Myers
            Squibb U.S. Pharmaceuticals, a division of Bristol-Myers Squibb Company
   10.5**  Services Agreement dated February 1, 1996 between the Company and Bristol-Myers
            Squibb U.S. Pharmaceuticals, a division of Bristol-Myers Squibb Company
   10.6**  Services Agreement dated March 30, 1996 between the Company and Bristol-Myers
            Squibb Oncology, a division of Bristol-Myers Squibb Company
   10.7**  Services Agreement dated April 23, 1996 between the Company and Bristol-Myers
            Squibb Oncology/Immunology, a division of Bristol-Myers Squibb Company
   10.8**  Services Agreement dated October 16, 1995 between the Company and Bristol-Myers
            Squibb U.S. Pharmaceuticals, a division of Bristol-Myers Squibb Company
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES (CONTINUED)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                                       DESCRIPTION
- ---------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>
   10.9**  Services Agreement dated June 24, 1996 between the Company and American
            HomePatient, Inc.
  10.10**  Services Agreement dated June 21, 1996 between the Company and Equifax Healthcare
            Administrative Services, a division of Equifax, Inc.
  10.11**  Services Agreement dated July 28, 1996 between the Company and Equifax Healthcare
            Administrative Services, a division of Equifax, Inc.
  10.12**  Services Agreement dated September 13, 1996 between the Company and Health
            Resources, Inc. (Asthma)
  10.13**  Services Agreement dated September 13, 1996 between the Company and Health
            Resources, Inc. (Diabetes)
  10.14**  Services Agreement dated September 24, 1996 between the Company and Harris
            Methodist Health Plan
   11.1+   Statement Re: Computation of Per Share Earnings
   23.1+   Consent of Crummy, Del Deo, Dolan, Griffinger & Vecchione (See Item 5.1)
   23.2+   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
   24.1+   Power of Attorney (Page II-5)
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
   
**   Portions of these Exhibits have been omitted and have been filed separately
    with  the  Secretary  of  the   Commission  pursuant  to  the   Registrant's
    Application  Requesting  Confidential  Treatment under  Rule  406  under the
    Securities Act.
    
 +  Previously filed.
 
(B) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
    None
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS
    The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters,
at the Closing  specified in  the Underwriting Agreement,  certificates in  such
denominations  and registered in  such names as required  by the Underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities  Act
may  be  permitted  to  directors,  officers,  and  controlling  persons  of the
Registrant pursuant to  Item 14 hereof,  or otherwise, the  Registrant has  been
advised  that in the  opinion of the Commission  such indemnification is against
public  policy  as  expressed   in  the  Securities   Act  and  is,   therefore,
unenforceable.  In  the  event that  a  claim for  indemnification  against such
liabilities (other than the  payment by the Registrant  of expenses incurred  or
paid  by a  director, officer,  or controlling person  of the  Registrant in the
successful defense  of any  action, suit,  or proceeding)  is asserted  by  such
director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has
been  settled  by  controlling  precedent,  submit  to  a  court  of appropriate
jurisdiction the  question of  whether  such indemnification  by it  is  against
public  policy as expressed  in the Securities  Act and will  be governed by the
final adjudication of such issue.
 
    The undersigned Registrant further undertakes that:
 
        (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities  Act,
    the  information omitted from the  form of Prospectus filed  as part of this
    Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
    Prospectus filed by  the Registrant  pursuant to  Rule 424(b)(1)  or (4)  or
    497(h)  under  the  Securities  Act  shall be  deemed  to  be  part  of this
    registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS (CONTINUED)
        (2) For the purpose  of determining any  liability under the  Securities
    Act,  each post-effective amendment that contains a form of Prospectus shall
    be deemed to  be a  new Registration  Statement relating  to the  securities
    offered  therein, and the offering  of such securities at  the time shall be
    deemed to be bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    Pursuant  to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly
caused this Amendment to be signed  on its behalf by the undersigned,  thereunto
duly  authorized, in the City  of Rochester, State of  New York, on December 16,
1996.
    
 
                                          PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS, INC.
 
                                          By:       /s/ DONALD A. CARLBERG
 
                                        ________________________________________
                                                     Donald A. Carlberg,
                                                President and Chief Executive
                                                         Officer
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Amendment has  been
signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    NAME                                         TITLE                               DATE
- --------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------  ----------------------
 
<C>                                           <S>                                           <C>
           /s/ DONALD A. CARLBERG
     ----------------------------------       President, Chief Executive Officer and             December 16, 1996
             Donald A. Carlberg               Director (Principal Executive Officer)
 
                     *                        Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
     ----------------------------------       Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting        December 16, 1996
              Gregory D. Brown                Officer)
 
                     *
     ----------------------------------       Chairman of the Board and Director                 December 16, 1996
             Derace L. Schaffer
 
                     *
     ----------------------------------       Director                                           December 16, 1996
               John Pappajohn
 
                     *
     ----------------------------------       Director                                           December 16, 1996
             Barbara J. McNeil
 
                     *
     ----------------------------------       Director                                           December 16, 1996
               Carl F. Kohrt
 
*/s/ DONALD A. CARLBERG
- ----------------------------------
Donald A. Carlberg
Attorney-in-Fact
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                                      DESCRIPTION                                      PAGE
- -----------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
<C>          <S>                                                                            <C>
       1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement
       3.1+  Certificate of Incorporation, as amended
       3.2+  Certificates of Designation
       3.3+  By-Laws
       4.1   Specimen Common Stock Certificate
       5.1+  Opinion of Crummy, Del Deo, Dolan, Griffinger & Vecchione
      10.1+  Employment Agreement with Donald A. Carlberg
      10.2+  Stock Option Plan
      10.3+  Forms of Stock Option Agreement
      10.4** Services Agreement dated September 18, 1995 between the Company and Bristol-
              Myers Squibb U.S. Pharmaceuticals, a division of Bristol-Myers Squibb
              Company
      10.5** Services Agreement dated February 1, 1996 between the Company and
              Bristol-Myers Squibb U.S. Pharmaceuticals, a division of Bristol-Myers
              Squibb Company
      10.6** Services Agreement dated March 30, 1996 between the Company and Bristol-Myers
              Squibb Oncology, a division of Bristol-Myers Squibb Company
      10.7** Services Agreement dated April 23, 1996 between the Company and Bristol-Myers
              Squibb Oncology/Immunology, a division of Bristol-Myers Squibb Company
      10.8** Services Agreement dated October 16, 1995 between the Company and
              Bristol-Myers Squibb U.S. Pharmaceuticals, a division of Bristol-Myers
              Squibb Company
      10.9** Services Agreement dated June 24, 1996 between the Company and American
              HomePatient, Inc.
     10.10** Services Agreement dated June 21, 1996 between the Company and Equifax
              Healthcare Administrative Services, a division of Equifax, Inc.
     10.11** Services Agreement dated July 28, 1996 between the Company and Equifax
              Healthcare Administrative Services, a division of Equifax, Inc.
     10.12** Services Agreement dated September 13, 1996 between the Company and Health
              Resources, Inc. (Asthma)
     10.13** Services Agreement dated September 13, 1996 between the Company and Health
              Resources, Inc. (Diabetes)
     10.14** Services Agreement dated September 24, 1996 between the Company and Harris
              Methodist Health Plan
      11.1+  Statement Re: Computation of Per Share Earnings
      23.1+  Consent of Crummy, Del Deo, Dolan, Griffinger & Vecchione (See Item 5.1)
      23.2+  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
      24.1+  Power of Attorney (Page II-5)
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
*   To be filed by amendment.
 
**   Portions of these Exhibits have been omitted and have been filed separately
    with  the  Secretary  of  the   Commission  pursuant  to  the   Registrant's
    Application  Requesting  Confidential  Treatment under  Rule  406  under the
    Securities Act.
 
+   Previously filed.

<PAGE>


                                                      Draft of December 16, 1996

                                   2,000,000 SHARES

                              PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS, INC.

                                     COMMON STOCK

                                UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

December   , 1996

COWEN & COMPANY
VECTOR SECURITIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
  As Representatives of the several Underwriters
c/o Cowen & Company
Financial Square
New York, New York 10005

Dear Sirs:

1.  Introductory.  Patient Infosystems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
    "Company"), proposes to sell, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, to
    the several underwriters named in Schedule A hereto (the "Underwriters,"
    or, each, an "Underwriter"), an aggregate of 2,000,000 shares of Common
    Stock, $.01 par value per share (the "Common Stock") of the Company, a
    Delaware corporation (the "Company").  The aggregate of 2,000,000 shares so
    proposed to be sold is hereinafter referred to as the "Firm Stock".  The
    Company also proposes to sell to the Underwriters, upon the terms and
    conditions set forth in Section 3 hereof, up to an additional 300,000
    shares of Common Stock (the "Optional Stock").  The Firm Stock and the
    Optional Stock are hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Stock".
    Cowen & Company ("Cowen") and Vector Securities International, Inc.
    ("Vector") are acting as representatives of the several Underwriters and in
    such capacity are hereinafter referred to as the "Representatives".

2.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.  The Company represents and
    warrants to, and agrees with, the several Underwriters that:

    (a)  A registration statement on Form S-1 (File No.  333-07643) in the form
         in which it became or becomes effective and also in such form as it
         may be when any post-effective amendment thereto shall become
         effective with respect to the Stock, including any preeffective
         prospectuses included as part of the registration statement as
         originally filed or as part of any amendment or supplement thereto, or
         filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act of 1933, as
         amended (the "Securities Act"), and the rules and regulations (the
         "Rules and Regulations") of the Securities and Exchange Commission
         (the "Commission") thereunder, copies of which have heretofore been
         delivered to you, has been carefully prepared by the Company in
         conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act and has been
         filed with the Commission under the Securities Act; one or more


<PAGE>

         amendments to such registration statement, including in each case an
         amended preeffective prospectus, copies of which amendments have
         heretofore been delivered to you, have been so prepared and filed.  If
         it is contemplated, at the time this Agreement is executed, that a
         post-effective amendment to the registration statement will be filed
         and must be declared effective before the offering of the Stock may
         commence, the term "Registration Statement" as used in this Agreement
         means the registration statement as amended by said post-effective
         amendment.  The term "Registration Statement" as used in this
         Agreement shall also include any registration statement relating to
         the Stock that is filed and declared effective pursuant to Rule 462(b)
         under the Securities Act.  The term "Prospectus" as used in this
         Agreement means the prospectus in the form included in the
         Registration Statement, or, (A) if the prospectus included in the
         Registration Statement omits information in reliance on Rule 430A
         under the Securities Act and such information is included in a
         prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the
         Securities Act, the term "Prospectus" as used in this Agreement means
         the prospectus in the form included in the Registration Statement as
         supplemented by the addition of the Rule 430A information contained in
         the prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) and
         (B) if prospectuses that meet the requirements of Section 10(a) of the
         Securities Act are delivered pursuant to Rule 434 under the Securities
         Act, then (i) the term "Prospectus" as used in this Agreement means
         the "prospectus subject to completion" (as such term is defined in
         Rule 434(g) under the Securities Act) as supplemented by (a) the
         addition of Rule 430A information or other information contained in
         the form of prospectus delivered pursuant to Rule 434(b)(2) under the
         Securities Act or (b) the information contained in the term sheets
         described in Rule 434(b)(3) under the Securities Act, and (ii) the
         date of such prospectuses shall be deemed to be the date of the term
         sheets.  The term "Preeffective Prospectus" as used in this Agreement
         means the prospectus subject to completion in the form included in the
         Registration Statement at the time of the initial filing of the
         Registration Statement with the Commission, and as such prospectus
         shall have been amended from time to time prior to the date of the
         Prospectus.

    (b)  The Commission has not issued or threatened to issue any order
         preventing or suspending the use of any Preeffective Prospectus, and,
         at its date of issue, each Preeffective Prospectus conformed in all
         material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and did
         not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
         material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
         statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they
         were made, not misleading; and, when the Registration Statement
         becomes effective and at all times subsequent thereto up to and
         including each of the Closing Dates (as hereinafter defined), the
         Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendments or
         supplements thereto contained and will contain all material statements
         and information required to be included therein by the Securities Act
         and conformed and will conform in all material respects to the
         requirements of the Securities Act and neither the Registration
         Statement nor the Prospectus, nor any amendment or supplement thereto,
         included or will include any untrue statement of a material fact or
         omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or
         necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the
         circumstances

                                          2
<PAGE>

         under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that
         the foregoing representations, warranties and agreements shall not
         apply to information contained in or omitted from any Preeffective
         Prospectus or the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any such
         amendment or supplement thereto in reliance upon, and in conformity
         with, written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of
         any Underwriter, directly or through you, specifically for use in the
         preparation thereof; there is no franchise, lease, contract, agreement
         or document required to be described in the Registration Statement or
         Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement
         which is not described or filed therein as required; and all
         descriptions of any such franchises, leases, contracts, agreements or
         documents contained in the Registration Statement are accurate and
         complete descriptions of such documents in all material respects.

    (c)  Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in
         the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and except as set forth or
         contemplated in the Prospectus, the Company has not incurred any
         liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, nor entered into any
         transactions not in the ordinary course of business, and there has not
         been any material adverse change in the condition (financial or
         otherwise), properties, business, management, prospects, net worth or
         results of operations of the Company or any change in the capital
         stock or short-term or long-term debt of the Company.

    (d)  The financial statements, together with the related notes, set forth
         in the Prospectus and elsewhere in the Registration Statement fairly
         present, on the basis stated in the Registration Statement, the
         financial position and the results of operations and changes in
         financial position of the Company at the respective dates or for the
         respective periods therein specified.  Such statements and related
         notes have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted
         accounting principles applied on a consistent basis except as may be
         set forth in the Prospectus.  The selected financial and statistical
         data set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "Prospectus
         Summary--Summary Financial Data" and "Selected Financial Data" fairly
         present, on the basis stated in the Registration Statement, the
         information set forth therein.

    (e)  Deloitte & Touche LLP, who have expressed their opinions on the
         audited financial statements included in the Registration Statement
         and the Prospectus, are independent public accountants as required by
         the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations.

    (f)  The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing and in
         good standing as a corporation under the laws of its jurisdiction of
         organization, with power and authority (corporate and other) to own or
         lease its properties and to conduct its business as described in the
         Prospectus; the Company is in possession of and operating in
         compliance with all franchises, grants, authorizations, licenses,
         permits, easements, consents, certificates and orders required for the
         conduct of its business, the failure to possess which would have a
         material adverse effect upon the Company, all of which are valid and
         in full force and effect; and the Company is duly qualified to do
         business and in good standing as a foreign

                                          3
<PAGE>

         corporation in all other jurisdictions where its ownership or leasing
         of properties or the conduct of its business requires such
         qualification.  The Company has all requisite power and authority, and
         all necessary consents, approvals, authorizations, orders,
         registrations, qualifications, licenses and permits of and from all
         public regulatory or governmental agencies and bodies to own, lease
         and operate its properties and conduct its business as now being
         conducted and as described in the Registration Statement and the
         Prospectus, the failure to possess which would have a material adverse
         effect upon the Company, and no such consent, approval, authorization,
         order, registration, qualification, license or permit contains a
         materially burdensome restriction not adequately disclosed in the
         Registration Statement and the Prospectus.  The Company has no
         subsidiaries (as defined in the Securities Act and the Rules and
         Regulations).

    (g)  The Company's authorized and outstanding capital stock is on the date
         hereof, and will be on the Closing Dates, as set forth under the
         heading "Capitalization" in the Prospectus; the outstanding shares of
         common stock (including the outstanding shares of Stock) of the
         Company conform to the description thereof in the Prospectus and have
         been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and
         nonassessable; are duly listed or approved for listing on the Nasdaq
         National Market and have been issued in compliance with all federal
         and state securities laws (except with respect to the compliance with
         state securities laws of the sale of the Common Stock offered hereby
         pursuant to this Agreement, as to which the Company makes no
         representation) and were not issued in violation of or subject to any
         preemptive rights or similar rights to subscribe for or purchase
         securities and conform to the description thereof contained in the
         Prospectus.  Except as disclosed in and or contemplated by the
         Prospectus and the financial statements of the Company and related
         notes thereto included in the Prospectus, the Company does not have
         outstanding any options or warrants to purchase, or any preemptive
         rights or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase any securities
         or obligations convertible into, or any contracts or commitments to
         issue or sell, shares of its capital stock or any such options,
         rights, convertible securities or obligations, except for options
         granted subsequent to the date of information provided in the
         Prospectus pursuant to the Company's employee and stock option plans
         as disclosed in the Prospectus.  The description of the Company's
         stock option and other stock plans or arrangements, and the options or
         other rights granted or exercised thereunder, as set forth in the
         Prospectus, accurately and fairly presents the information required to
         be shown with respect to such plans, arrangements, options and rights
         in all material respects.

    (h)  The Stock to be issued and sold by the Company to the Underwriters
         hereunder has been duly and validly authorized and, when issued and
         delivered against payment therefor as provided herein, will be duly
         and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free of any
         preemptive or similar rights and will conform to the description
         thereof in the Prospectus.

    (i)  Except as set forth in the Prospectus, there are no legal or
         governmental proceedings pending to which the Company is a party or of
         which any property of the Company or any affiliate is subject, which,
         if determined adversely to the Company, might individually or in the
         aggregate (i) prevent or adversely affect

                                          4

<PAGE>

         the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) suspend the
         effectiveness of the Registration Statement, (iii) prevent or suspend
         the use of the Preeffective Prospectus in any jurisdiction or
         (iv) result in a material adverse change in the condition (financial
         or otherwise), properties, business, management, prospects, net worth
         or results of operations of the Company and, to the best knowledge of
         the Company, there is no valid basis for any such legal or
         governmental proceeding; and to the best of the Company's knowledge no
         such proceedings are threatened or contemplated against the Company by
         governmental authorities or others.  The Company is not a party nor
         subject to the provisions of any material injunction, judgment, decree
         or order of any court, regulatory body or other governmental agency or
         body.  The description of the Company's litigation under the heading
         "Legal Proceedings" in the Prospectus is true and correct in all
         material respects and complies with the Rules and Regulations.

    (j)  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the
         consummation of the transactions herein contemplated (A) will not
         result in any violation of the provisions of the certificate of
         incorporation, by-laws or other organizational documents of the
         Company, or any law, order, rule or regulation of any court or
         governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or
         any of its properties or assets, (B) will not conflict with or result
         in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of or
         constitute a default under any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust,
         loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company
         is a party or by which it or any of its properties is or may be bound,
         the Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws or other organizational
         documents of the Company, or any law, order, rule or regulation of any
         court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the
         Company or any of its properties or will result in the creation of a
         lien.

    (k)  No consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or
         governmental agency or body is required for the execution, delivery
         and performance of this Agreement by the Company and the consummation
         of the transactions contemplated hereby, except such as have been or
         will be obtained under the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange
         Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") and except such as may be
         required by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.  (the
         "NASD") or under the securities or "Blue Sky" laws of any
         jurisdiction.

    (l)  The Company has the full corporate power and authority to enter into
         this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder (including to
         issue, sell and deliver the Stock), and this Agreement has been duly
         and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and is a
         valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the
         Company in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that rights
         to indemnity and contribution hereunder may be limited by federal or
         state securities laws or the public policy underlying such laws.

    (m)  The Company is in all material respects in compliance with, and
         conducts its business in conformity with, all applicable federal,
         state, local and foreign laws, rules and regulations or any court or
         governmental agency or body; to the knowledge of the Company,
         otherwise than as set forth in the Registration

                                          5

<PAGE>

         Statement and the Prospectus, no prospective change in any of such
         federal or state laws, rules or regulations has been adopted which,
         when made effective, would have a material adverse effect on the
         operations of the Company.

    (n)  The Company has filed all necessary federal, state, local and foreign
         income, payroll, franchise and other tax returns that are due as of
         the date of this Agreement and has paid all taxes shown as due thereon
         or with respect to any of its properties, and there is no tax
         deficiency that has been, or to the knowledge of the Company is likely
         to be, asserted against the Company or any of its properties or assets
         that would adversely affect the financial position, business or
         operations of the Company.

    (o)  Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus,
         no person or entity has the right to require registration of shares of
         Common Stock or other securities of the Company because of the filing
         or effectiveness of the Registration Statement or otherwise, except
         for persons and entities who have expressly waived such right or who
         have been given proper notice and have failed to exercise such right
         within the time or times required under the terms and conditions of
         such right.

    (p)  Neither the Company nor any of its officers, directors or affiliates
         has taken or will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed or
         intended to stabilize or manipulate the price of any security of the
         Company, or which caused or resulted in, or which might in the future
         reasonably be expected to cause or result in, stabilization or
         manipulation of the price of any security of the Company.  The Company
         has not distributed and, prior to the later to occur of the First
         Closing Date and completion of the distribution of the Firm Shares,
         will not distribute any offering material in connection with the
         offering and sale of the Shares other than the Registration Statement,
         the Preeffective Prospectus, the Prospectus or other materials, if
         any, permitted by the Securities Act and state securities or Blue Sky
         laws.

    (q)  The Company has provided you with all financial statements since
         February 22, 1995 to the date hereof that are available to the
         officers of the Company.

    (r)  The Company owns or possesses the right to use all patents,
         trademarks, trademark registrations, service marks, service mark
         registrations, trade names, copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade
         secrets and rights described in the Prospectus as being owned by it or
         necessary for the conduct of its respective businesses, and the
         Company is not aware of any claim to the contrary or any challenge by
         any other person to the rights of the Company with respect to the
         foregoing.  To the best knowledge of the Company, the Company's
         business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted does not and
         will not infringe or conflict with in any material respect patents,
         trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, trade secrets,
         licenses or other intellectual property or franchise right of any
         person.  Except as described in the Prospectus, the Company is not
         aware of any claim against the Company alleging the infringement by
         the Company of any patent, trademark, service mark, trade name,
         copyright, trade

                                          6
<PAGE>

         secret, license in or other intellectual property right or franchise
         right of any person.

    (s)  The Company has performed all material obligations required to be
         performed by it under all contracts required by Item 601(b)(10) of
         Regulation S-K under the Securities Act to be filed as exhibits to the
         Registration Statement, and neither the Company nor, to the best of
         the Company's knowledge, any other party to such contract is in
         default under or in breach of any such obligations.  The Company has
         not received any notice of such default or breach.

    (t)  The Company is not involved in any labor dispute nor is any such
         dispute threatened.  The Company is not aware that (A) any executive,
         key employee or significant group of employees of the Company plans to
         terminate employment with the Company or (B) any such executive or key
         employee is subject to any noncompete, nondisclosure, confidentiality,
         employment, consulting or similar agreement that would be violated by
         the present or proposed business activities of the Company.  The
         Company does not have or expect to have any liability for any
         prohibited transaction or funding deficiency or any complete or
         partial withdrawal liability with respect to any pension, profit
         sharing or other plan which is subject to the Employee Retirement
         Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), to which the
         Company or any subsidiary makes or ever has made a contribution and in
         which any employee of the Company or any subsidiary is or has ever
         been a participant.  With respect to such plans, the Company is in
         compliance in all material respects with all applicable provisions of
         ERISA.

    (u)  The Company has obtained the written agreement described in
         Section 8(j) of this Agreement from each of its officers, directors
         and certain certain holders of the Company's securities.

    (v)  The Company has, and the Company as of the Closing Dates will have,
         good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good
         and marketable title to all personal property owned or proposed to be
         owned by it which is material to the business of the Company, in each
         case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such
         as are described in the Prospectus or such as would not have a
         material adverse effect on the Company; and any real property and
         buildings held under lease by the Company or proposed to be held after
         giving effect to the transactions described in the Prospectus are, or
         will be as of each of the Closing Dates, held by it under valid,
         subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as would not
         have a material adverse effect on the Company, in each case except as
         described in or contemplated by the Prospectus.

    (w)  The Company is insured by insurers of recognized financial
         responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as
         are customary for companies at 5 similar stages of development and in
         businesses similar to the businesses in which the Company is engaged
         or proposes to engage after giving effect to the transactions
         described in the Prospectus; and the Company does not have any reason
         to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance
         coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar
         coverage from similar

                                          7
<PAGE>

         insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that
         would not materially and adversely affect the condition, financial or
         otherwise, or the earnings, business or operations of the Company,
         except as described in or contemplated by the Prospectus.

    (x)  Other than as contemplated by this Agreement, there is no broker,
         finder or other party that is entitled to receive from the Company any
         brokerage or finder's fee or other fee or commission as a result of
         any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

    (y)  The Company maintains a system of internal accounting controls
         sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (i) transactions are
         executed in accordance with management's general or specific
         authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
         preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
         accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for
         assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with
         management's general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded
         accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at
         reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to
         any differences.

    (z)  To the Company's knowledge, neither the Company nor any employee or
         agent of the Company has made any payment of funds of the Company or
         received or retained any funds in violation of any law, rule or
         regulation, which payment, receipt or retention of funds is of a
         character required to be disclosed in the Prospectus.

    (aa) The Company is not or, after application of the net proceeds of this
         offering as described under the caption "Use of Proceeds" in the
         Prospectus, will not become an "investment company" or an entity
         "controlled" by an "investment company" as such terms are defined in
         the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

    (bb) Each certificate signed by any officer of the Company and delivered to
         the Underwriters or counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed to be
         a representation and warranty by the Company as to the matters covered
         thereby.

    (cc) The Company has not received nor is it aware of any communication
         (written or oral) relating to the termination or modification or
         threatened termination or modification of the agreements described or
         referred to in the Prospectus under the caption "Risk
         Factors--Terminability of Agreements; Exclusivity Provisions" and
         "Business--Customer Agreements" nor is it aware of any communication
         (written or oral) relating to any determination or threatened
         determination not to renew or extend any agreement described or
         referred to under such caption at the end of the current term of any
         such agreement.

3.  PURCHASE BY, AND SALE AND DELIVERY TO, UNDERWRITERS -- CLOSING DATES.  The
    Company agrees to sell to the Underwriters the Firm Stock; and on the basis
    of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements herein
    contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the
    Underwriters agree, severally and not jointly, to purchase the Firm Stock
    from the Company, the number of shares of Firm Stock to be purchased

                                          8
<PAGE>

    by each Underwriter being set opposite its name in Schedule A, subject to
    adjustment in accordance with Section 12 hereof.

    The purchase price per share to be paid by the Underwriters to the Company
    will be the price per share set forth in the table on the cover page of the
    Prospectus under the heading "Proceeds to Company" (the "Purchase Price").

    The Company will deliver the Firm Stock to the Representatives for the
    respective accounts of the several Underwriters (in the form of definitive
    certificates, issued in such names and in such denominations as the
    Representatives may direct by notice in writing to the Company given at or
    prior to 12:00 Noon, New York Time, on the second full business day
    preceding the First Closing Date (as defined below) or, if no such
    direction is received, in the names of the respective Underwriters or in
    such other names as Cowen may designate (solely for the purpose of
    administrative convenience) and in such denominations as Cowen may
    determine, against payment of the aggregate Purchase Price therefor by
    certified or official bank check or checks in immediately available (same
    day) funds, payable to the order of the Company, all at the offices of
    Dewey Ballantine, 1301 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019.
    The time and date of the delivery and closing shall be at 10:00 A.M., New
    York Time, on December    , 1996, in accordance with Rule 15c6-1 of the
    Exchange Act.  The time and date of such payment and delivery are herein
    referred to as the "First Closing Date".  The First Closing Date and the
    location of delivery of, and the form of payment for, the Firm Stock may be
    varied by agreement between the Company and Cowen.  The First Closing Date
    may be postponed pursuant to the provisions of Section 12.

    The Company shall make the certificates for the Stock available to the
    Representatives for examination on behalf of the Underwriters not later
    than 10:00 A.M., New York Time, on the business day preceding the First
    Closing Date at the offices of Cowen & Company, Financial Square, New York,
    New York 10005.

    It is understood that Cowen or Vector, individually and not as
    Representatives of the several Underwriters, may (but shall not be
    obligated to) make payment to the Company on behalf of any Underwriter or
    Underwriters, for the Stock to be purchased by such Underwriter or
    Underwriters.  Any such payment by Cowen or Vector shall not relieve such
    Underwriter or Underwriters from any of its or their other obligations
    hereunder.

    The several Underwriters agree to make an initial public offering of the
    Firm Stock at the initial public offering price as soon after the
    effectiveness of the Registration Statement as in their judgment is
    advisable.  The Representatives shall promptly advise the Company of the
    making of the initial public offering.

    For the purpose of covering any over-allotments in connection with the
    distribution and sale of the Firm Stock as contemplated by the Prospectus,
    the Company hereby grants to the Underwriters an option to purchase,
    severally and not jointly, up to an aggregate of 300,000 shares of Optional
    Stock.  The price per share to be paid for the Optional Stock shall be the
    Purchase Price.  The option granted hereby may be exercised as to all or
    any part of the Optional Stock at any time, and from time to time, not more
    than thirty (30) days subsequent to the effective date of this Agreement.
    No Optional Stock shall be sold and delivered unless the Firm Stock
    previously has been, or simultaneously is, sold and


                                          9
<PAGE>

    delivered.  The right to purchase the Optional Stock or any portion thereof
    may be surrendered and terminated at any time upon notice by the
    Underwriters to the Company.

    The option granted hereby may be exercised by the Underwriters by giving
    written notice from Cowen to the Company setting forth the number of shares
    of the Optional Stock to be purchased by them and the date and time for
    delivery of and payment for the Optional Stock.  Each date and time for
    delivery of and payment for the Optional Stock (which may be the First
    Closing Date, but not earlier) is herein called the "Option Closing Date"
    and shall in no event be earlier than two (2) business days nor later than
    ten (10) business days after written notice is given.  (The Option Closing
    Date and the First Closing Date are herein called the "Closing Dates".)
    All purchases of Optional Stock from the Company shall be made on a pro
    rata basis.  Optional Stock shall be purchased for the account of each
    Underwriter in the same proportion as the number of shares of Firm Stock
    set forth opposite such Underwriter's name in Schedule A hereto bears to
    the total number of shares of Firm Stock (subject to adjustment by the
    Underwriters to eliminate odd lots).  Upon exercise of the option by the
    Underwriters, the Company agrees to sell to the Underwriters the number of
    shares of Optional Stock set forth in the written notice of exercise and
    the Underwriters agree, severally and not jointly and subject to the terms
    and conditions herein set forth, to purchase the number of such shares
    determined as aforesaid.

    The Company will deliver the Optional Stock to the Underwriters (in the
    form of definitive certificates, issued in such names and in such
    denominations as the Representatives may direct by notice in writing to the
    Company given at or prior to 12:00 Noon, New York Time, on the second full
    business day preceding the Option Closing Date or, if no such direction is
    received, in the names of the respective Underwriters or in such other
    names as Cowen may designate (solely for the purpose of administrative
    convenience) and in such denominations as Cowen may determine, against
    payment of the aggregate Purchase Price therefor by certified or official
    bank check or checks in immediately available (same day) funds payable to
    the order of the Company, all at the offices of Dewey Ballantine, 1301
    Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019.  The Option Closing Date
    and the location of delivery of, and the form of payment for, the Option
    Stock may be varied by agreement between the Company and Cowen.  The Option
    Closing Date may be postponed pursuant to the provisions of Section 12.

4.  COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF THE COMPANY.  The Company covenants and agrees
    with the several Underwriters that:

    (a)  The Company will (i) if the Company and the Representatives have
         determined not to proceed pursuant to Rule 430A of the Rules and
         Regulations, use its best efforts to cause the Registration Statement
         to become effective, (ii) if the Company and the Representatives have
         determined to proceed pursuant to Rule 430A of the Rules and
         Regulations, use its best efforts to comply with the provisions of and
         make all requisite filings with the Commission pursuant to Rule 430A
         and Rule 424 of the Rules and Regulations and (iii) if the Company and
         the Representatives have determined to deliver Prospectuses pursuant
         to Rule 434 of the Rules and Regulations, to use its best efforts to
         comply with all the applicable provisions thereof.  The Company will
         advise the Representatives promptly as to the time at which the
         Registration Statement becomes effective, will advise the

                                          10

<PAGE>

         Representatives promptly of the issuance by the Commission of any stop
         order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of
         the institution of any proceedings for that purpose, and will use its
         best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such stop order and to
         obtain as soon as possible the lifting thereof, if issued.  The
         Company will advise the Representatives promptly of the receipt of any
         comments of the Commission or any request by the Commission for any
         amendment of or supplement to the Registration Statement or the
         Prospectus or for additional information and will not at any time file
         any amendment to the Registration Statement or supplement to the
         Prospectus which shall not previously have been submitted to the
         Representatives a reasonable time prior to the proposed filing thereof
         or to which the Representatives shall reasonably object in writing or
         which is not in compliance with the Securities Act and the Rules and
         Regulations.

    (b)  The Company will prepare and file with the Commission, promptly upon
         the request of the Representatives, any amendments or supplements to
         the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which in the opinion of
         the Representatives may be necessary to enable the several
         Underwriters to continue the distribution of the Stock and will use
         its best efforts to cause the same to become effective as promptly as
         possible.

    (c)  If at any time after the effective date of the Registration Statement
         when a prospectus relating to the Stock is required to be delivered
         under the Securities Act any event relating to or affecting the
         Company occurs as a result of which the Prospectus or any other
         prospectus as then in effect would include an untrue statement of a
         material fact, or omit to state any material fact necessary to make
         the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they
         were made, not misleading, or if it is necessary at any time to amend
         the Prospectus to comply with the Securities Act, the Company will
         promptly notify the Representatives thereof and will prepare an
         amended or supplemented prospectus which will correct such statement
         or omission; and in case any Underwriter is required to deliver a
         prospectus relating to the Stock nine (9) months or more after the
         effective date of the Registration Statement, the Company upon the
         request of the Representatives and at the expense of such Underwriter
         will prepare promptly such prospectus or prospectuses as may be
         necessary to permit compliance with the requirements of Section
         10(a)(3) of the Securities Act.

    (d)  The Company will deliver to the Representatives, at or before the
         Closing Dates, signed copies of the Registration Statement, as
         originally filed with the Commission, and all amendments thereto
         including all financial statements and exhibits thereto, and will
         deliver to the Representatives such number of copies of the
         Registration Statement, including such financial statements but
         without exhibits, and all amendments thereto, as the Representatives
         may reasonably request.  The Company will deliver or mail to or upon
         the order of the Representatives, from time to time until the
         effective date of the Registration Statement, as many copies of the
         Preeffective Prospectus as the Representatives may reasonably request.
         The Company will deliver or mail to or upon the order of the
         Representatives on the date of the initial public offering, and
         thereafter from time to time during the period when delivery of a
         prospectus relating to the

                                          11

<PAGE>

         Stock is required under the Securities Act, as many copies of the
         Prospectus, in final form or as thereafter amended or supplemented as
         the Representatives may reasonably request; provided, however, that
         the expense of the preparation and delivery of any prospectus required
         for use nine (9) months or more after the effective date of the
         Registration Statement shall be borne by the Underwriters required to
         deliver such prospectus.

    (e)  The Company will make generally available to its shareholders as soon
         as practicable, but not later than fifteen (15) months after the
         effective date of the Registration Statement, an earning statement
         which will be in reasonable detail (but which need not be audited) and
         which will comply with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act, covering a
         period of at least twelve (12) months beginning after the "effective
         date" (as defined in Rule 158 under the Securities Act) of the
         Registration Statement.

    (f)  The Company will cooperate with the Representatives to enable the
         Stock to be registered or qualified for offering and sale by the
         Underwriters and by dealers under the securities laws of such
         jurisdictions as the Representatives may designate and at the request
         of the Representatives will make such applications and furnish such
         consents to service of process or other documents as may be required
         of it as the issuer of the Stock for that purpose; provided, however,
         that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to
         file a general consent (other than that arising out of the offering or
         sale of the Stock) to service of process in any such jurisdiction
         where it is not now so subject.  The Company will, from time to time,
         prepare and file such statements and reports as are or may be required
         of it as the issuer of the Stock to continue such qualifications in
         effect for so long a period as the Representatives may reasonably
         request for the distribution of the Stock.  The Company will advise
         the Representatives promptly after the Company becomes aware of the
         suspension of the qualifications or registration of (or any such
         exception relating to) the Common Stock of the Company for offering,
         sale or trading in any jurisdiction or of any initiation or threat of
         any proceeding for any such purpose, and in the event of the issuance
         of any orders suspending such qualifications, registration or
         exception, the Company will, with the cooperation of the
         Representatives use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal thereof.

    (g)  The Company will furnish to its shareholders annual reports containing
         financial statements certified by independent public accountants and
         at its option with quarterly summary financial information in
         reasonable detail which may be unaudited.  During the period of five
         (5) years from the date hereof, the Company will deliver to the
         Representatives and, upon request, to each of the other Underwriters,
         as soon as they are available, copies of each annual report of the
         Company and each other report furnished by the Company to its
         shareholders and will deliver to the Representatives, (i) as soon as
         they are available, copies of any other reports (financial or other)
         which the Company shall publish or otherwise make available to any of
         its shareholders as such, (ii) as soon as they are available, copies
         of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the
         Commission or any national securities exchange and (iii) from time to
         time such other information concerning the Company as you may request.

                                          12
<PAGE>

    (h)  The Company will use its best efforts to list the Stock, subject to
         official notice of issuance, on the Nasdaq National Market
         concurrently with the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.

    (i)  The Company will maintain a transfer agent and registrar for its
         Common Stock.

    (j)  Prior to filing its quarterly statements on Form 10-Q, the Company
         will have its independent auditors perform a limited quarterly review
         of its quarterly financial statements.

    (k)  The Company will not offer, sell, assign, transfer, encumber, contract
         to sell, grant an option to purchase or otherwise dispose of, other
         than by operation of law, gifts, pledges or dispositions by estate
         representatives, any shares of Common Stock or securities convertible
         into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (including,
         without limitation, Common Stock of the Company which may be deemed to
         be beneficially owned by the Company in accordance with the Rules and
         Regulations) during the 180 days following the date on which the price
         of the Common Stock to be purchased by the Underwriters is set (the
         "Lock-Up Period"), other than the Company's sale of Common Stock
         hereunder and the Company's issuance of Common Stock upon the exercise
         of warrants and stock options which are presently outstanding and
         described in the Prospectus or the grant of options under the
         Company's Stock Option Plan as such is described in the Prospectus,
         provided such options are not exercisable during the Lock-Up Period.

    (l)  Prior to filing with the Commission any reports on Form SR pursuant to
         Rule 463 of Rules and Regulations, the Company will furnish a copy
         thereof to the counsel for the Underwriters and receive and consider
         its comments thereon, and will deliver promptly to the Representatives
         a signed copy of each report on Form SR filed by it with the
         Commission.

    (m)  The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Stock as
         set forth in the description under "Use of Proceeds" in the
         Prospectus, which description complies in all respects with the
         requirements of Item 504 of Regulation S-K.

    (n)  The Company will supply you with copies of all correspondence to and
         from, and all documents issued to and by, the Commission in connection
         with the registration of the Stock under the Securities Act.

    (o)  Prior to each of the Closing Dates the Company will furnish to you, as
         soon as they have been prepared, copies of any unaudited interim
         consolidated financial statements of the Company for any periods
         subsequent to the periods covered by the financial statements
         appearing in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

    (p)  Prior to each of the Closing Dates the Company will issue no press
         release or other communications directly or indirectly and hold no
         press conference with respect to the Company, the financial condition,
         results of operations, business, prospects, assets or liabilities of
         the Company, or the offering of the Stock,

                                          13
<PAGE>

         without your prior written consent.  For a period of twelve (12)
         months following the first Closing Date, the Company will use its best
         efforts to provide to you copies of each press release or other public
         communications with respect to the financial condition, results of
         operations, business, prospects, assets or liabilities of the Company
         at least simultaneously with the public issuance thereof or such
         longer advance period as may reasonably be practicable.

    (q)  During the period of five (5) years hereafter, the Company will
         furnish to the Representatives, and upon request of the
         Representatives, to each of the Underwriters:  (i) as soon as
         practicable after the end of each fiscal year, copies of the Annual
         Report of the Company containing the balance sheet of the Company as
         of the close of such fiscal year and statements of income,
         stockholders' equity and cash flows for the year then ended and the
         opinion thereon of the Company's independent public accountants;
         (ii) as soon as practicable after the filing thereof, copies of each
         proxy statement, Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Report on Form
         10-Q, Report on Form 8-K or other report filed by the Company with the
         Commission, or the NASD or any securities exchange; and (iii) as soon
         as available, copies of any report or communication of the Company
         mailed generally to holders of its Common Stock.

5.  Payment of Expenses.

    (a)  The Company will pay (directly or by reimbursement) all costs, fees
         and expenses incurred in connection with expenses incident to the
         performance of its obligations under this Agreement and in connection
         with the transactions contemplated hereby, including but not limited
         to (i) all expenses and taxes incident to the issuance and delivery of
         the Stock to the Representatives; (ii) all expenses incident to the
         registration of the Stock under the Securities Act; (iii) the costs of
         preparing stock certificates (including printing and engraving costs);
         (iv) all fees and expenses of the registrar and transfer agent of the
         Stock; (v) all necessary issue, transfer and other stamp taxes in
         connection with the issuance and sale of the Stock to the
         Underwriters; (vi) fees and expenses of the Company's counsel and the
         Company's independent accountants; (vii) all costs and expenses
         incurred in connection with the preparation, printing filing, shipping
         and distribution of the Registration Statement, each Preeffective
         Prospectus and the Prospectus (including all exhibits and financial
         statements) and all amendments and supplements provided for herein,
         the "Agreement Among Underwriters" between the Representatives and the
         Underwriters, the Master Selected Dealers' Agreement, the
         Underwriters' Questionnaire and the Blue Sky memoranda (including
         related fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters) and this
         Agreement; (viii) all filing fees, attorneys' fees and expenses
         incurred by the Company or the Underwriters in connection with
         exemptions from the qualifying or registering (or obtaining
         qualification or registration of) all or any part of the Stock for
         offer and sale and determination of its eligibility for investment
         under the Blue Sky or other securities laws of such jurisdictions as
         the Representatives may designate; (ix) all fees and expenses paid or
         incurred in connection with filings made with the NASD, including the
         fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters; and (x) all other
         costs and expenses incident to the

                                          14

<PAGE>

         performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise
         specifically provided for in this Section.

    (b)  In addition to its other obligations under Section 6(a) hereof, the
         Company agrees that, as an interim measure during the pendency of any
         claim, action, investigation, inquiry or other proceeding arising out
         of or based upon (i) any statement or omission or any alleged
         statement or omission, (ii) any act or failure to act or any alleged
         act or failure to act or (iii) any breach or inaccuracy in its
         representations and warranties, it will reimburse each Underwriter on
         a quarterly basis for all reasonable legal or other expenses incurred
         in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, action,
         investigation, inquiry or other proceeding, notwithstanding the
         absence of a judicial determination as to the propriety and
         enforceability of the Company's obligation to reimburse each
         Underwriter for such expenses and the possibility that such payments
         might later be held to have been improper by a court of competent
         jurisdiction.  To the extent that any such interim reimbursement
         payment is so held to have been improper, each Underwriter shall
         promptly return it to the Company, together with interest, compounded
         daily, determined on the basis of the prime rate (or other commercial
         lending rate for borrowers of the highest credit standing) announced
         from time to timed by the Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A., New York, New
         York (the "Prime Rate").  Any such interim reimbursement payments
         which are not made to an Underwriter in a timely manner as provided
         below shall bear interest at the Prime Rate from the due date for such
         reimbursement.  This expense reimbursement agreement will be in
         addition to any other liability which the Company may otherwise have.
         The request for reimbursement will be sent to the Company.

    (c)  In addition to its other obligations under Section 6(b) hereof, each
         Underwriter severally agrees that, as an interim measure during the
         pendency of any claim, action, investigation, inquiry or other
         proceeding arising out of or based upon any statement or omission, or
         any alleged statement or omission, described in Section 6(b) hereof
         which relates to information furnished to the Company pursuant to
         Section 6(b) hereof, it will reimburse the Company (and, to the extent
         applicable, each officer, director and controlling person) on a
         quarterly basis for all reasonable legal or other expenses incurred in
         connection with investigating or defending any such claim, action,
         investigation, inquiry or other proceeding, notwithstanding the
         absence of a judicial determination as to the propriety and
         enforceability of the Underwriters' obligation to reimburse the
         Company (and, to the extent applicable, each officer, director or
         controlling person) for such expenses and the possibility that such
         payments might later be held to have been improper by a court of
         competent jurisdiction.  To the extent that any such interim
         reimbursement payment is so held to have been improper, the Company
         (and, to the extent applicable, each officer, director or controlling
         person) shall promptly return it to the Underwriters together with
         interest, compounded daily, determined on the basis of the Prime Rate.
         Any such interim reimbursement payments which are not made to the
         Company within thirty (30) days of a request for reimbursement shall
         bear interest at the Prime Rate from the date of such request.  This
         indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which such
         Underwriter may otherwise have.

                                          15

<PAGE>

    (d)  It is agreed that any controversy arising out of the operation of the
         interim reimbursement arrangements set forth in paragraph (b) and/or
         (c) of this Section 5, including the amounts of any requested
         reimbursement payments and the method of determining such amounts,
         shall be settled by arbitration conducted under the provisions of the
         Constitution and Rules of the Board of Governors of the New York Stock
         Exchange, Inc. or pursuant to the Code of Arbitration Procedure of the
         NASD.  Any such arbitration must be commenced by service of a written
         demand for arbitration or written notice of intention to arbitrate,
         therein electing the arbitration tribunal.  In the event the party
         demanding arbitration does not make such designation of an arbitration
         tribunal in such demand or notice, then the party responding to said
         demand or notice is authorized to do so.  Such an arbitration would be
         limited to the operation of the interim reimbursement provisions
         contained in paragraph (b) and/or (c) of this Section 5 and would not
         resolve the ultimate propriety or enforceability of the obligation to
         reimburse expenses which is created by the provisions of Section 6.

6.  INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION.

    (a)  The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and
         each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning
         of the Securities Act and the respective officers, directors,
         partners, employees, representatives and agents of each such
         Underwriter (collectively, the "Underwriter Indemnified Parties" and,
         each, an "Underwriter Indemnified Party"), against any losses, claims,
         damages, liabilities or expenses (including the reasonable cost of
         investigating end defending against any claims therefor and counsel
         fees incurred in connection therewith), joint or several, which may be
         based upon the Securities Act, or any other statute or at common law,
         (i) on the ground or alleged ground that any Preeffective Prospectus,
         the Registration Statement or the Prospectus (or any Preeffective
         Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus as from time
         to time amended or supplemented) includes or allegedly includes an
         untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact
         required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the
         statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they
         were made, not misleading, unless such statement or omission was made
         in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information
         furnished to the Company by any Underwriter, directly or through the
         Representatives, specifically for use in the preparation thereof or
         (ii) for any act or failure to act or any alleged act or failure to
         act by any Underwriter in connection with, or relating in any manner
         to, the Stock or the offering contemplated hereby, and which is
         included as part of or referred to in any loss, claim, damage,
         liability or expense arising out of or based upon matters covered by
         clause (i) above (provided that the Company shall not be liable under
         this clause (ii) to the extent that it is determined in a final
         judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction that such loss, claim,
         damage, or liability or expense resulted directly from any such acts
         or failures to act undertaken or omitted to be taken by such
         Underwriter through its gross negligence or willful misconduct).  The
         Company will be entitled to participate at its own expense in the
         defense or, if it so elects, to assume the defense of any suit brought
         to enforce any such liability, but if the Company elects to assume the
         defense, such defense shall be conducted by counsel chosen by it and
         reasonably

                                          16
<PAGE>

         acceptable to the Underwriters.  In the event the Company elects to
         assume the defense of any such suit and retain such counsel, any
         Underwriter Indemnified Parties, defendant or defendants in the suit,
         may retain additional counsel but shall bear the fees and expenses of
         such counsel unless (i) the Company shall have specifically authorized
         the retaining of such counsel or (ii) the parties to such suit include
         any such Underwriter Indemnified Parties, and the Company and such
         Underwriter Indemnified Parties at law or in equity have been advised
         by counsel to the Underwriters that one or more legal defenses may be
         available to it or them which may not be available to the Company, in
         which case the Company shall not be entitled to assume the defense of
         such suit notwithstanding its obligation to bear the fees and expenses
         of such counsel.  This indemnity agreement is not exclusive and will
         be in addition to any liability which the Company might otherwise have
         and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be
         available at law or in equity to each Underwriter Indemnified Party.

    (b)  Each Underwriter severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and
         hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers
         who have signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any,
         who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act
         (collectively, the "Company Indemnified Parties") against any losses,
         claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (including, unless the
         Underwriter or Underwriters elect to assume the defense, the
         reasonable cost of investigating and defending against any claims
         therefor and counsel fees incurred in connection therewith), joint or
         several, which arise out of or are based in whole or in part upon the
         Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other federal, state, local or
         foreign statute or regulation, or at common law, on the ground or
         alleged ground that any Preeffective Prospectus, the Registration
         Statement or the Prospectus (or any Preeffective Prospectus, the
         Registration Statement or the Prospectus, as from time to time amended
         and supplemented) includes an untrue statement of a material fact or
         omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
         necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the
         circumstances in which they were made, not misleading, but only
         insofar as any such statement or omission was made in reliance upon,
         and in conformity with, written information furnished to the Company
         by such Underwriter, directly or through the Representatives,
         specifically for use in the preparation thereof; provided, however,
         that in no case is such Underwriter to be liable with respect to any
         claims made against any Company Indemnified Party against whom the
         action is brought unless such Company Indemnified Party shall have
         notified such Underwriter in writing within a reasonable time after
         the summons or other first legal process giving information of the
         nature of the claim shall have been served upon the Company
         Indemnified Party, but failure to notify such Underwriter of such
         claim shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any
         Company Indemnified Party otherwise than on account of its indemnity
         agreement contained in this paragraph.  Such Underwriter shall be
         entitled to participate at its own expense in the defense, or, if it
         so elects, to assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce any
         such liability, but, if such Underwriter elects to assume the defense,
         such defense shall be conducted by counsel chosen by it.  In the event
         that any Underwriter elects to assume the defense of any such suit and
         retain such counsel, the Company Indemnified

                                          17
<PAGE>

         Parties and any other Underwriter or Underwriters or controlling
         person or persons, defendant or defendants in the suit, shall bear the
         fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by them,
         respectively.  The Underwriter against whom indemnity may be sought
         shall not be liable to indemnify any person for any settlement of any
         such claim effected without such Underwriter's consent.  This
         indemnity agreement is not exclusive and will be in addition to any
         liability which such Underwriter might otherwise have and shall not
         limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available at law
         or in equity to any Company Indemnified Party.

    (c)  If the indemnification provided for in this Section 6 is unavailable
         or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection
         (a) or (b) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages,
         liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) referred to
         herein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount
         paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses,
         claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect
         thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative
         benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters
         on the other from the offering of the Stock.  If, however, the
         allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not
         permitted by applicable law, then each indemnifying party shall
         contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in
         such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative
         benefits but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand
         and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or
         omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities
         or expenses (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other
         relevant equitable considerations.  The relative benefits received by
         the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be
         deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the
         offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to
         the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the
         Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page
         of the Prospectus.  The relative fault shall be determined by
         reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue
         statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to
         state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company
         or the Underwriters and the parties' relative intent, knowledge,
         access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such
         statement or omission.  The Company and the Underwriters agree that it
         would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro
         rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity
         for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not
         take account of the equitable considerations referred to above.  The
         amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the
         losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in
         respect thereof) referred to above shall be deemed to include any
         legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party
         in connection with investigating, defending, settling or compromising
         any such claim.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection
         (c), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in
         excess of the amount by which the total price at which the shares of
         the Stock underwritten by it and distributed to the public were
         offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such
         Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by

                                          18
<PAGE>

         reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or
         alleged omission.  The Underwriters' obligations to contribute are
         several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and
         not joint.  No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within
         the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled
         to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent
         misrepresentation.

7.  SURVIVAL OF INDEMNITIES, REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, ETC.  The respective
    indemnities, covenants, agreements, representations, warranties and other
    statements of the Company and the several Underwriters, as set forth in
    this Agreement or made by them respectively, pursuant to this Agreement,
    shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made
    by or on behalf of any Underwriter, the Company or any of its officers or
    directors or any controlling person, and shall survive delivery of and
    payment for the Stock.

8.  CONDITIONS OF UNDERWRITERS' OBLIGATIONS.  The respective obligations of the
    several Underwriters hereunder shall be subject to the accuracy, at and
    (except as otherwise stated herein) as of the date hereof and at and as of
    each of the Closing Dates, of the representations and warranties made
    herein by the Company, to compliance at and as of each of the Closing Dates
    by the Company with its covenants and agreements herein contained and other
    provisions hereof to be satisfied at or prior to each of the Closing Dates,
    and to the following additional conditions:

    (a)  The Registration Statement shall have become effective and no stop
         order suspending the effectiveness thereof shall have been issued and
         no proceedings for that purpose shall have been initiated or, to the
         knowledge of the Company or the Representatives, shall be threatened
         by the Commission, and any request for additional information on the
         part of the Commission (to be included in the Registration Statement
         or the Prospectus or otherwise) shall have been complied with to the
         reasonable satisfaction of the Representatives.  Any filings of the
         Prospectus, or any supplement thereto, required pursuant to Rule
         424(b) or Rule 434 of the Rules and Regulations, shall have been made
         in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) and
         Rule 434 of the Rules and Regulations, as the case may be.

    (b)  The Representatives shall have been satisfied that there shall not
         have occurred any change prior to each of the Closing Dates in the
         condition (financial or otherwise), properties, business, management,
         prospects, net worth or results of operations of the Company, or any
         change in the capital stock, short-term or long-term debt of the
         Company, such that (i) the Registration Statement or the Prospectus,
         or any amendment or supplement thereto, contains an untrue statement
         of fact which, in the opinion of the Representatives, is material, or
         omits to state a fact which, in the opinion of the Representatives, is
         required to be stated therein or is necessary to make the statements
         therein not misleading, or (ii) it is unpracticable in the reasonable
         judgment of the Representatives to proceed with the public offering or
         purchase the Stock as contemplated hereby.

    (c)  No legal or governmental action, suit or proceeding affecting the
         Company which is material and adverse to the Company or which affects
         or may affect the

                                          19
<PAGE>

         Company's ability to perform their respective obligations under this
         Agreement shall have been instituted or threatened and there shall
         have occurred no material adverse development in any existing such
         action, suit or proceeding.

    (d)  At the time of execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall
         have received from Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent certified public
         accountants, a letter, dated the date hereof, in form and substance
         satisfactory to the Underwriters.

    (e)  The Representatives shall have received from Deloitte & Touche LLP,
         independent certified public accountants, letters, dated each of the
         Closing Dates, to the effect that such accountants reaffirm, as of
         each of the Closing Dates, and as though made on each of the Closing
         Dates, the statements made in the letter furnished by such accountants
         pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section 8.

    (f)  The Representatives shall have received from Crummy, Del Deo, Dolan,
         Griffinger & Veccione, counsel for the Company, opinions, dated each
         of the Closing Dates, to the effect set forth in Exhibit I hereto.

    (g)  The Representatives shall have received from Dewey Ballantine, counsel
         for the Underwriters, their opinions dated each of the Closing Dates
         with respect to the validity of the Common Stock, the Registration
         Statement and the Prospectus and such other related matters as it may
         reasonably request, and the Company shall have furnished to such
         counsel such documents as they may request for the purpose of enabling
         them to pass upon such matters.

    (h)  The Representatives shall have received a certificate, dated each of
         the Closing Dates, of the chief executive officer or the President and
         the chief financial or accounting officer of the Company to the effect
         that:

                   (i)  No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
                        Registration Statement has been issued, and, to the
                        best of the knowledge of the signers, no proceedings
                        for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or
                        contemplated under the Securities Act;

                   (ii) Neither any Preeffective Prospectus, as of its date,
                        nor the Registration Statement nor the Prospectus, nor
                        any amendment or supplement thereto, as of the time
                        when the Registration Statement became effective and at
                        all times subsequent thereto up to the delivery of such
                        certificate, included any untrue statement of a
                        material fact or omitted to state any material fact
                        required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
                        statements therein, in light of the circumstances under
                        which they were made, not misleading;

                 (iii)  Subsequent to the respective dates as of which
                        information is given in the Registration Statement
                        and

                                          20

<PAGE>

                             the Prospectus, and except as set forth or
                             contemplated in the Prospectus, the Company has
                             not incurred any material liabilities or
                             obligations, direct or contingent, nor entered
                             into any material transactions not in the ordinary
                             course of business and there has not been any
                             material adverse change in the condition
                             (financial or otherwise), properties, business,
                             management, prospects, net worth or results of
                             operations of the Company, or any change in the
                             capital stock, short-term or long-term debt of the
                             Company;

                        (iv) The representations and warranties of the Company
                             in this Agreement are true and correct at and as
                             of each of the Closing Dates, and the Company has
                             complied with all the agreements and performed or
                             satisfied all the conditions on its part to be
                             performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing
                             Dates; and

                        (v)  Since the respective dates as of which information
                             is given in the Registration Statement and the
                             Prospectus, and except as disclosed in or
                             contemplated by the Prospectus, (i) there has not
                             been any material adverse change or a development
                             involving a material adverse change in the
                             condition (financial or otherwise), properties,
                             business, management, prospects, net worth or
                             results of operations of the Company; (ii) the
                             business and operations conducted by the Company
                             have not sustained a loss by strike, fire, flood,
                             accident or other calamity (whether or not
                             insured) of such a character as to interfere
                             materially with the conduct of the business and
                             operations of the Company; (iii) no legal or
                             governmental action, suit or proceeding is pending
                             or threatened against the Company which is
                             material to the Company, whether or not arising
                             from transactions in the ordinary course of
                             business, or which may materially and adversely
                             affect the transactions contemplated by this
                             Agreement; (iv) since such dates and except as so
                             disclosed, the Company has not incurred any
                             material liability or obligation, direct,
                             contingent or indirect, made any change in its
                             capital stock (except pursuant to its stock
                             plans), made any material change in its short-term
                             or funded debt or repurchased or otherwise
                             acquired any of the Company's capital stock; and
                             (v) the Company has not declared or paid any
                             dividend, or made any other distribution, upon its
                             outstanding capital stock payable to stockholders
                             of record on a date prior to the Closing Date.

                                          21
<PAGE>

         (i)  The Company shall have furnished to the Representatives such
              additional certificates as the Representatives may have
              reasonably requested as to the accuracy, at and as of each of the
              Closing Dates, of the representations and warranties made herein
              by it and as to compliance at and as of each of the Closing Dates
              by it with its covenants and agreements herein contained and
              other provisions hereof to be satisfied at or prior to each of
              the Closing Dates, and as to satisfaction of the other conditions
              to the obligations of the Underwriters hereunder.

         (j)  Cowen shall have received the written agreements, substantially
              in the form of Exhibit II hereto, of the officers, directors and
              holders of Common Stock listed in Schedule B that each will not
              offer, sell, assign, transfer, encumber, contract to sell, grant
              an option to purchase or otherwise dispose of, other than by
              operation of law, gifts, pledges or dispositions by estate
              representatives, any shares of Common Stock (including, without
              limitation, Common Stock which may be deemed to be beneficially
              owned by such officer, director or holder in accordance with the
              Rules and Regulations) during the 180 days following the date of
              the final Prospectus.

    The Nasdaq National Market shall have approved the Stock for listing,
    subject only to official notice of issuance.

    All opinions, certificates, letters and other documents will be in
    compliance with the provisions hereunder only if they are satisfactory in
    form and substance to the Representatives.  The Company will furnish to the
    Representatives conformed copies of such opinions, certificates, letters
    and other documents as the Representatives shall reasonably request.  If
    any of the conditions hereinabove provided for in this Section shall not
    have been satisfied when and as required by this Agreement, this Agreement
    may be terminated by the Representatives by notifying the Company of such
    termination in writing or by telegram at or prior to each of the Closing
    Dates, but Cowen, on behalf of the Representatives, shall be entitled to
    waive any of such conditions.

9.  EFFECTIVE DATE.  This Agreement shall become effective immediately as to
    Sections 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 13, 14, 15, 16 and 17 and, as to all other
    provisions, shall become effective at 11:00 a.m. New York City time on the
    first full business day following the effectiveness of the Registration
    Statement or at such earlier time after the Registration Statement becomes
    effective as the Representatives may determine on and by notice to the
    Company or by release of any of the Stock for sale to the public.  For the
    purposes of this Section 9, the Stock shall be deemed to have been so
    released upon the release for publication of any newspaper advertisement
    relating to the Stock or upon the release by you of telegrams (i) advising
    Underwriters that the shares of Stock are released for public offering or
    (ii) offering the Stock for sale to securities dealers, whichever may occur
    first.

10. TERMINATION.  This Agreement (except for the provisions of Section 5) may
    be terminated by the Company at any time before it becomes effective in
    accordance with Section 9 by notice to the Representatives and may be
    terminated by the Representatives at any time before it becomes effective
    in accordance with Section 9 by notice to the Company.  In the event of any
    termination of this Agreement under this or any other provision of this

                                          22
<PAGE>

    Agreement, there shall be no liability of any party to this Agreement to
    any other party, other than as provided in Sections 5, 6 and 11 and other
    than as provided in Section 12 as to the liability of defaulting
    Underwriters.

    This Agreement may be terminated after it becomes effective by the
    Representatives by notice to the Company (i) if at or prior to the First
    Closing Date trading in securities on any of the New York Stock Exchange,
    American Stock Exchange or Nasdaq National Market System shall have been
    suspended or minimum or maximum prices shall have been established on any
    such exchange or market, or a banking moratorium shall have been declared
    by New York or United States authorities; (ii) trading of any securities of
    the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any
    over-the-counter market; (iii) if at or prior to the First Closing Date
    there shall have been (A) an outbreak or escalation of hostilities between
    the United States and any foreign power or of any other insurrection or
    armed conflict involving the United States or (B) any change in financial
    markets or any calamity or crisis which, in the judgment of the
    Representatives, makes it impractical or inadvisable to offer or sell the
    Stock on the terms contemplated by the Prospectus; (iv) if there shall have
    been any development or prospective development involving particularly the
    business or properties or securities of the Company or the transactions
    contemplated by this Agreement, which, in the judgment of the
    Representatives, makes it impracticable or inadvisable to offer or deliver
    the Stock on the terms contemplated by the Prospectus; (v) if there shall
    be any litigation or proceeding, pending or threatened, which, in the
    judgment of the Representatives, makes it impracticable or inadvisable to
    offer or deliver the Stock on the terms contemplated by the Prospectus; or
    (vi) if there shall have occurred any of the events specified in the
    immediately preceding clauses (i) through (v) together with any other such
    event that makes it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impractical or
    inadvisable to offer or deliver the Stock on the terms contemplated by the
    Prospectus.

11. REIMBURSEMENT OF UNDERWRITERS.  Notwithstanding any other provisions
    hereof, if this Agreement shall not become effective by reason of any
    election of the Company pursuant to the first paragraph of Section 10 or
    shall be terminated by the Representatives under Section 8 or Section 10,
    the Company will bear and pay the expenses specified in Section 5 hereof
    and, in addition to its obligations pursuant to Section 6 hereof, the
    Company will reimburse the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the several
    Underwriters (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for
    the Underwriters) incurred in connection with this Agreement and the
    proposed purchase of the Stock, and promptly upon demand the Company will
    pay such amounts to you as Representatives.

12. SUBSTITUTION OF UNDERWRITERS.  If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall
    default in its or their obligations to purchase shares of Stock hereunder
    and the aggregate number of shares which such defaulting Underwriter or
    Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase does not exceed ten percent
    (10%) of the total number of shares underwritten, the other Underwriters
    shall be obligated severally, in proportion to their respective commitments
    hereunder, to purchase the shares which such defaulting Underwriter or
    Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase.  If any Underwriter or
    Underwriters shall so default and the aggregate number of shares with
    respect to which such default or defaults occur is more than ten percent
    (10%) of the total number of shares underwritten and arrangements
    satisfactory to the Representatives and the Company for the purchase of
    such shares by

                                          23
<PAGE>

    other persons or a reduction in the number of shares to be offered are not
    made within forty-eight (48) hours after such default, this Agreement shall
    terminate.

    If the remaining Underwriters or substituted Underwriters are required
    hereby or agree to take up all or part of the shares of Stock of a
    defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters as provided in this Section 12,
    (i) the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Dates for a
    period of not more than five (5) full business days in order that the
    Company may effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the
    Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other documents or
    arrangements, and the Company agrees promptly to file any amendments to the
    Registration Statement or supplements to the Prospectus which may thereby
    be made necessary, and (ii) the respective numbers of shares to be
    purchased by the remaining Underwriters or substituted Underwriters shall
    be taken as the basis of their underwriting obligation for all purposes of
    this Agreement.  Nothing herein contained shall relieve any defaulting
    Underwriter of its liability to the Company or the other Underwriters for
    damages occasioned by its default hereunder.  Any termination of this
    Agreement pursuant to this Section 12 shall be without liability on the
    part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company, except for expenses
    to be paid or reimbursed pursuant to Section 5 and except for the
    provisions of Section 6.

13. NOTICES.  All communications hereunder shall be in writing and, if sent to
    the Underwriters shall be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to
    you, as their Representatives c/o Cowen & Company at Financial Square, New
    York, New York 10005 except that notices given to an Underwriter pursuant
    to Section 6 hereof shall be sent to such Underwriter at the address
    furnished by the Representatives or, if sent to the Company, shall be
    mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed c/o Mr. Donald A. Carlberg,
    President and Chief Executive Officer, Patient Infosystems, Inc., 46 Prince
    Street, Rochester, New York 14607.

14. SUCCESSORS.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding
    upon the several Underwriters, the Company and their respective successors
    and legal representatives.  Nothing expressed or mentioned in this
    Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person other than
    the persons mentioned in the preceding sentence any legal or equitable
    right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement, or any
    provisions herein contained, this Agreement and all conditions and
    provisions hereof being intended to be and being for the sole and exclusive
    benefit of such persons and for the benefit of no other person; except that
    the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements and indemnities of
    the Company contained in this Agreement shall also be for the benefit of
    the person or persons, if any, who control any Underwriter or Underwriters
    within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the
    Exchange Act, and the indemnities of the several Underwriters shall also be
    for the benefit of each director of the Company, each of its officers who
    has signed the Registration Statement and the person or persons, if any,
    who control the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities
    Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act.

15. APPLICABLE LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
    accordance with the laws of the State of New York.


                                          24
<PAGE>

16. AUTHORITY OF THE REPRESENTATIVES.  In connection with this Agreement, you
    will act for and on behalf of the several Underwriters, and any action
    taken under this Agreement by Cowen, as Representative, will be binding on
    all the Underwriters.

17. PARTIAL UNENFORCEABILITY.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
    section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the
    validity or enforceability of any other section, paragraph or provision
    hereof.  If any section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement is for
    any reason determined to be invalid or unenforceable, there shall be deemed
    to be made such minor changes (and only such minor changes) as are
    necessary to make it valid and enforceable.

18. GENERAL.  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties to
    this Agreement and supersedes all prior written or oral and all
    contemporaneous oral agreements, understandings and negotiations with
    respect to the subject matter hereof.

    In this Agreement, the masculine, feminine and neuter genders and the
    singular and the plural include one another.  The section headings in this
    Agreement are for the convenience of the parties only and will not affect
    the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.  This Agreement may
    be amended or modified, and the observance of any term of this Agreement
    may be waived, only by a writing signed by the Company and the
    Representatives.

19. COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be signed in two (2) or more
    counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as
    if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

                                          25
<PAGE>


If the foregoing correctly sets forth our understanding, please indicate your
acceptance thereof in the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this
letter and your acceptance shall constitute a binding agreement between us.


                                            Very truly yours,

                                            PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS, INC.



                                            By:
                                               --------------------------------
                                                President


Accepted and delivered in
    New York, New York, as of
    the date first above written.

COWEN & COMPANY
VECTOR SECURITIES INTERNATIONAL,
    INC.
    Acting on their own behalf and as
    Representatives of the several Underwriters
    referred to in the foregoing Agreement.

By: COWEN & COMPANY

By: Cowen Incorporated, its general partner



         By:
              -----------------------------------
              John P. Dunphy
              Managing Director - Syndicate



                                          26

<PAGE>


                                      SCHEDULE A


                                                 Number of        Number of
                                                 Firm Shares       Optional
                                                   to be           Shares to be
                                                  Purchased        Purchased
Name                                             -----------      -------------

Cowen & Company . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . .
Vector Securities International, Inc.  . . . .





                                                 -----------      ----------
Total                                              2,000,000         300,000
                                                 -----------      ----------
                                                 -----------      ----------

                                         A-1
<PAGE>

           [Form of Opinion of Issuer's Counsel]                 Exhibit I



[Date]


Cowen & Company
Vector Securities International, Inc.
    As representatives of the several
    Underwriters named in Schedule A

c/o Cowen & Company
    Financial Square
    New York, New York 10005


                        Re:  Patient Infosystems, Inc.
                             2,000,000 Shares of Common Stock

Dear Sirs:

    We have acted as counsel for Patient Infosystems, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the sale by the Company and
purchase of 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value .01 per share, of the
Company (the "Shares") by the several Underwriters listed in Schedule A to the
Underwriting Agreement, dated among the Company, Cowen & Company and Vector
Securities International, Inc., as representatives of the several Underwriters
named therein (the "Underwriting Agreement").  This opinion is being furnished
pursuant to Section 8(f) of the Underwriting Agreement.  All defined terms not
defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Underwriting
Agreement.

We are of the opinion that:

1.  The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a
corporation in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of
incorporation, is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a
foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which its ownership or lease of
property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, and has all
corporate power and authority necessary to own or hold its properties and
conduct the business in which it is engaged;

2.  The Company has an authorized capitalization a set forth in the Prospectus,
and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly and
validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and all of the
Shares to be issued and sold by the Company to the Underwriters pursuant to the
Underwriting Agreement have been duly and validly authorized and, when issued
and delivered against payment therefor as provided for in the Underwriting
Agreement, shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

3.  There are no preemptive or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, nor
any restriction upon the voting or transfer of, any of the Shares pursuant to
the Company's Certificate of


<PAGE>

Incorporation, By-Laws, or any contract or agreement which is made an exhibit to
the Registration Statement, or to our knowledge any other contract, agreement or
other instrument;

4.  To our knowledge, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to
which the Company is a party or of which any property or assets of the Company
is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company, could have a
material adverse effect on the Company; and, to the best of our knowledge, no
such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or
other third parties;

5.  To our knowledge, the Company owns or possesses all patents, trademarks,
trademark registrations, service marks, service mark registrations, trade names,
copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets and rights described in the
Prospectus as being owned by it or necessary for the conduct of its business,
and we are not aware of any claim to the contrary or any challenge by any other
person to the rights of the Company with respect to the foregoing.  To our
knowledge, the Company's business as now conducted and as proposed to be
conducted does not and will not infringe or conflict with any patents,
trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, trade secrets, licenses or
other intellectual property or franchise right of any person;

6.  Any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company or proposed
to be held after giving effect to the transactions described in the Prospectus
are, or will be as of the Closing Dates, to the best of our knowledge, held by
them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as
would not have a material adverse effect on the Company considered as a whole;

7.  The Company has full corporate power and authority to enter into the
Underwriting Agreement and to perform its obligations thereunder (including to
issue, sell and deliver the Shares), and the Underwriting Agreement has been
duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and is a
valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in
accordance with its terms, except to the extent that rights to indemnification
and contribution thereunder may be limited by federal or state securities laws
or the public policy underlying such laws;

8.  The execution, delivery and performance of the Underwriting Agreement and
the consummation of the transactions therein contemplated will not result in a
breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, result in the creation
of a lien under, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of
trust, note agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a
party or by which it or any of its properties is or may be bound which is made
an exhibit to the Registration Statement, the Certificate of Incorporation,
By-laws or other organizational documents of the Company or any law, order, rule
or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction
over the Company or any of its properties or, to our knowledge any other
contract, agreement or other instrument;

9.  No consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental
agency or body is required for the consummation by the Company of the
transactions contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement, except such as have
been obtained under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and except such as
may be required by the NASD or under the Securities Act or the securities or
"Blue Sky" laws of any jurisdiction in connection with the purchase and
distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters;


<PAGE>

10.  To the best of our knowledge, the Company is in compliance with, and
conduct their businesses in conformity with, all applicable federal, state,
local and foreign laws, rules and regulations, including, but not limited to,
those of any governmental agency, court or tribunal and to the best of our
knowledge, no prospective change in any of such federal, state, local or foreign
laws, rules or regulations has been adopted which, when made effective, would
have a material adverse effect on the operations of the Company.

11.  The Registration Statement was declared effective under the Securities Act
as of December    , 1996, the Prospectus was filed with the Commission pursuant
to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations on December    , 1996 and we have no
knowledge that any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration
Statement has been issued and we have no knowledge that any proceeding for that
purpose is pending or, to the best of our knowledge, threatened by the
Commission;

12.  The Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendments or
supplements thereto comply as to form in all respects with the requirements of
the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations;

13.  To the best of our knowledge, there are no contracts or other documents
which are required by the Securities Act or by the Rules and Regulations to be
described in the Prospectus or filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement
which have not been described in the Prospectus or filed as exhibits to the
Registration Statement;

14.  To the best of our knowledge, other than as described in the Prospectus,
there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any
person granting such person the right (other than rights which have been waived
or satisfied) to require the Company to file a registration statement under the
Securities Act with respect to any securities of the Company owned or to be
owned by such person or to require the Company to include such securities in the
securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or in any
securities being registered pursuant to any other registration statement filed
by the Company under the Securities Act;

15.  The descriptions in the Registration Statement and Prospectus of statutes,
rules, regulations, legal or governmental proceedings, contracts, agreements and
other documents are accurate and such descriptions fairly present the
information required to be disclosed; and to the best of our knowledge, there
are no legal or governmental proceedings, statutes, ruler or regulations, or any
contracts or documents of a character required to be described in the
Registration Statement or Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the
Registration Statement which are not described and filed as required;

16.  The Company is not, nor will it be immediately after receiving the proceeds
from the sale of the Shares, an "investment company" or an entity "controlled"
by an "investment company" as such terms are defined in the Investment Company
Act of 1940, as amended.

17.  The form of certificate for the Shares conforms to the requirements of the
Delaware General Corporation Law;


<PAGE>

The foregoing opinion is limited to matters governed by the Federal laws of the
United States of America, the general corporate law of the State of Delaware and
the laws of the State of New York.

We have acted as counsel to the Company on a regular basis and have acted as
counsel to the Company in connection with the preparation and filing of the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and based on the foregoing, no facts
have come to our attention which lead us to believe that the Registration
Statement or any amendment thereto, as of the Effective Date, contained any
untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not
misleading, or that the Prospectus contains any untrue statement of a material
fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances
under which they were made, not misleading.

                             Very truly yours,



<PAGE>

             [Form of Lock-Up Agreement]                      Exhibit II
[Date]

Cowen & Company
Vector Securities International, Inc.

AS REPRESENTATIVES OF THE SEVERAL
UNDERWRITERS

c/o  Cowen & Company
    Financial Square
    New York, New York 10005

    Re: Patient Infosystems, Inc.
    2,000,000 Shares of Common Stock

Dear Sirs:

In order to induce Cowen & Company ("Cowen") and Vector Securities
International, Inc. ("Vector" and, together with Cowen, the "Representatives"),
to enter in to a certain underwriting agreement with Patient Infosystems, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), with respect to the public offering of
shares of the Company's Common Stock, par value $.01 per share ("Common Stock"),
the undersigned hereby agrees that for a period of 180 days following the date
of the final prospectus filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange
Commission in connection with such public offering, the undersigned will not,
without the prior written consent of Cowen, directly or indirectly, offer, sell,
assign, transfer, encumber, pledge, contract to sell, grant an option to
purchase or otherwise dispose of, other than by operation of law, any shares of
Common Stock (including, without limitation, Common Stock which may be deemed to
be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and
regulations promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as the same may be
amended or supplemented from time to time (such shares, the "Beneficially Owned
Shares")).

Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, any person to whom
shares of Common Stock or Beneficially Owned Shares are transferred from the
undersigned shall be bound by the terms of this Agreement.

In addition, the undersigned hereby waives, from the date hereof until the
expiration of the one-year period following the date of the Company's final
Prospectus, any and all rights, if any, to request or demand registration
pursuant to the Securities Act of any shares of Common Stock that are registered
in the name of the undersigned or that are Beneficially Owned Shares.


<PAGE>


In order to enable the aforesaid covenants to be enforced, the undersigned
hereby consents to the placing of legends and/or stop-transfer orders with the
transfer agent of the Common Stock with respect to any shares of Common Stock or
Beneficially Owned Shares.

                                            [Signatory]


                                            By:
                                               ------------------------------
                                               Name:
                                               Title:



<PAGE>  

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                         <C>
                                                                                 SHARES

                    PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS, INC.

     NUMBER
                                                                             SEE REVERSE FOR
                                                                            CERTAIN DEFINITIONS



                INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS                                  CUSIP 702915 10 9
                 OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE



             THIS CERTIFIES THAT





             is the owner of


                   FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE PAR VALUE OF $.01 EACH OF THE COMMON STOCK OF

              PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS, INC. transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof
              in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed.

              This certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.
              WITNESS the seal of the Corporation and the signatures of its duly authorized officers.

              Dated:

                                     [PATIENT INFOSYSTEMS, INC. 1995 DELAWARE CORPORATE SEAL]


                                    SECRETARY                                          PRESIDENT


              Countersigned and Registered:

                       CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY
                         (Jersey City, NJ)            Transfer Agent
                                                      and Registrar



                                                Authorized Officer
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

    The Company will furnish to any shareholder upon request and without 
charge a full statement of the designation, relative rights, preferences and 
limitations of the shares of each class authorized to be issued and the 
designation, relative rights, preferences and limitations of each series of
preferred shares which the Company is authorized to issue so far as the same 
have been fixed, and the authority of the Board of Directors of the Company 
to designate and fix the relative rights, preferences and limitations of 
other series.

    The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of 
this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full 
according to applicable laws or regulations:

<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
TEN COM - as tenants in common                 UNIF GIFT MIN ACT-.......Custodian........
TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties                           (Cust)           (Minor)
JT TEN  - as joint tenants with right of                         under Uniform Gifts to Minors
          survivorship and not as tenants                        Act .............
          in common                                                    (State)

</TABLE>

           Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above 
           list.


        For value received __________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

        PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
            IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
            [                            ]
            [                            ]



- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF 
 ASSIGNEE)

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                          shares
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby 
irrevocably constitute and appoint ___________________________________ Attorney
to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation 
with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated _________________
 
                   -----------------------------------------------------------
          NOTICE:  THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE 
                   NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY 
                   PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE 
                   WHATEVER.



<PAGE>

                               SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Agreement is effective this 18th day of September, 1995, (the "Effective
Date") between -Disease State Management, Inc., 46 Prince Street, Rochester, New
York 14607 ("Vendor") and Bristol-Myers Squibb U.S. Pharmaceuticals, a division
of Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, P.O. Box 4500, Princeton, New Jersey 08543-4500
(hereinafter called "BMSUSP").  Vendor agrees to provide services to BMSUSP
under the terms set forth below.

A.        SERVICES

          Vendor will provide the product(s) or service(s) set forth, and to the
          specifications set forth in the proposal incorporated herein as
          Attachment A.

          The product and all elements as set forth on Attachment A are subject
          to prior approval by BMSUSP, such approval not to be unreasonably
          withheld.

B.        COMPENSATION

          BMSUSP will pay Vendor according to the terms or payment schedule set
          forth in Attachment A hereto.

          In the event that BMSUSP shall request any changes in the concept,
          specifications or scope of the product(s) or service(s) described on
          Attachment A hereto, Vendor will notify BMSUSP of the cost of such
          revisions and will not proceed without prior written approval.

          If the compensation provision on Attachment A hereto is other than a
          flat fee amount per element or for the entire project, Vendor will
          provide such documentation in support of all billings as BMSUSP may
          reasonably require.

C.        CONFIDENTIALITY

          Vendor shall treat as confidential and secret any and all BMSUSP
          Confidential Information.  "BMSUSP Confidential Information" shall
          include, but not be limited to, information relating to BMSUSP's past,
          present and future marketing and research and development activities
          that may be disclosed to Vendor by BMSUSP and/or BMSUSPs parent,
          subsidiary or affiliate companies and which are identified in writing
          by BMSUSP as confidential.  BMSUSP Confidential information shall not
          include (i) information known by Vendor prior to disclosure

<PAGE>

          from BMSUSP. (ii) information which is or becomes publicly known
          through no wrongful act of Vendor, (iii) information that is
          independently developed by Vendor, without use of information that
          otherwise constitutes BMSUSP Confidential Information, or (iv)
          information disclosed pursuant to law, rule, regulation or pursuant to
          a court order, provided that BMSUSP is given 10 days prior notice of
          such disclosure.  Vendor expressly agrees that any information it
          discovers or develops under this Agreement for the benefit of BMSUSP
          shall not be  used by Vendor or disclosed by Vendor to any third
          party, nor shall Vendor show this Agreement or disclose the existence,
          nature or subject matter of this Agreement to any third. party without
          the prior written consent of BMSUSP.  Vendors obligations not to
          disclose BMSUSP Confidential Information to third parties and not to
          otherwise use BMSUSP Confidential Information shall survive the
          termination of this Agreement for a period of five years.  Vendor
          shall not duplicate any material containing BMSUSP Confidential
          Information, except in the direct performance of its services under
          this Agreement.  Vendor shall return all copies of materials
          containing BMSUSP Confidential Information upon Vendor's completion of
          services under this Agreement or upon any earlier termination of this
          Agreement for any reason whatsoever.

          BMSUSP shall treat as confidential and secret any and all Vendor
          Confidential Information.  "Vendor Confidential Information" shall
          include, but not be limited to, information relating to Vendor's past,
          present and future systems development activities that may be
          disclosed to BMSUSP and/or BMSUSP's parent, subsidiary or affiliate
          companies and which are identified in writing by Vendor as
          confidential, except that in no event shall Vendor Confidential
          Information include information relating to Vendor deliverables under
          this agreement.  Vendor Confidential information shall not include (i)
          information known by BMSUSP prior to disclosure from Vendor, (ii)
          information which is or becomes publicly known through no wrongful act
          of BMSUSP, (iii) information that is independently developed by
          BMSUSP, without use of information that otherwise constitutes Vendor
          Confidential Information, or (iv) information disclosed pursuant to
          law, rule, regulation or pursuant to a court order, provided that
          Vendor is given 10 days prior notice of such disclosure.  BMSUSP
          expressly agrees that any Confidential Information it discovers under
          this Agreement shall not be disclosed by BMSUSP to any third party
          without the prior written consent of Vendor.  BMSUSP's obligations not
          to disclose Vendor Confidential Information shall survive the
          termination of this Agreement for a period of five years.

D.        INDEMNIFICATION

          Each party shall indemnify and hold the other party harmless from and
          against all liability, damages, penalties, losses, costs or expenses,
          including attorneys' fees,


                                        2

<PAGE>

          arising from or in any way related to its willful or negligent actions
          or omissions in performing the responsibilities as described in this
          Agreement, or for any willful or negligent breach of this Agreement.

E.        PROFESSIONAL STANDARDS

          Vendor represents that it has facilities, personnel, experience and
          expertise sufficient in quality and quantity to perform all such
          assignments and projects given it by BMSUSP hereunder and agrees that
          it will perform all such assignments and projects in a manner
          commensurate with professional standards generally applicable to its
          industry.

F.        OWNERSHIP OF MATERIALS

          Any and all reports, information, data or other works created by
          Vendor for BMSUSP in connection with this Agreement (with the
          exception of customization of the Vendor's basic software and systems
          for BMSUSP) shall be the sole and exclusive property of BMSUSP.
          BMSUSP may use such work wherever and whenever it chooses.  This
          Agreement shall be deemed a transfer of copyright and any
          copyrightable subject matter created by Vendor in such works.  Vendor
          shall execute any and all documents necessary to demonstrate or
          perfect such transfer.  Vendor shall not at any time, in any manner,
          during or after this Agreement, under any circumstances, be entitled
          to or claim any right, title or interest herein or any commission, fee
          or other direct or indirect benefit from BMSUSP or BMSUSP's parent,
          subsidiary or affiliate companies, in respect of such reports, data,
          information or other works created by Vendor hereunder.  Vendor agrees
          to execute or cause its agents and/or employees to execute any
          documents necessary or desirable to secure or perfect BMSUSP's legal
          rights and worldwide ownership in such works, including, but not
          limited to, documents relating to patent, trademark and copyright
          applications.

          Nothing in the preceding paragraph shall preclude Vendor from
          referring to the general results of the project performed pursuant to
          this Agreement in making marketing presentations to other potential
          customers.  In addition, BMSUSP agrees to provide Vendor with
          reasonable access to data generated by the project performed pursuant
          to this Agreement for the sole purpose of supplementing or supporting
          marketing presentations to other potential customers, provided,
          however, that all such supplemental or supporting presentations,
          insofar as they disclose data from the project, must be pre-approved
          by BMSUSP.


                                        3

<PAGE>

G.        RELEASES

          Any materials furnished hereunder which have not been created for
          BMSUSP and are subject to the rights of third parties shall be
          specifically identified to BMSUSP in writing.  Vendor shall obtain
          (and deliver upon request to BMSUSP) releases for all names,
          photographs, illustrations, testimonials, and any and all other
          materials used in works which Vendor prepares or uses.  All such
          releases shall run to BMSUSP, its agents and employees where
          appropriate and customary.  Vendor's failure to obtain such releases
          or the obtaining of such releases by Vendor shall in no way relieve
          Vendor of its obligations in Paragraph F above except where the
          releases have been obtained directly by BMSUSP.  Except for works that
          have been secured by permission, Vendor warrants and covenants that
          all works provided by Vendor shall be original and shall not infringe
          any copyright or violate any rights of any persons or entities
          whatsoever.

H.        DURATION OF AGREEMENT

          1.   Term

          This Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date and shall
          continue in full force and effect until the earlier of (i) completion
          of the project assigned hereunder, (ii) terminated by at least thirty
          (30) days written notice by either party to the other, sent by
          registered mail to the address for each party first set forth above,
          or to such other address which a party may designate for its receipt
          of notices hereunder.

          2.   Payment on Termination

          Upon termination of this Agreement BMSUSP is to pay for all authorized
          work in process, and BMSUSP shall assume Vendor's liability under and
          indemnify Vendor with respect to all outstanding contracts made on
          BMSUSP's behalf.   Upon written notice of termination Vendor shall
          take all steps necessary to wind up the work under this Agreement and
          to mitigate BMSUSP's liability therefore.

          3.   Transfer Upon Termination

          Vendor shall transfer, assign and make available to BMSUSP or BMSUSP's
          representative all property and materials in Vendor's possession or
          control belonging to and paid for by BMSUSP, and all information
          regarding BMSUSP's project(s) covered by this Agreement, as set forth
          in Paragraph C herein.  Vendor also agrees to give all reasonable
          cooperation toward transferring with approval of third parties


                                        4

<PAGE>

          in interest all contracts and arrangements, if any, properly entered
          into by Vendor in the performance of this Agreement, and all rights
          and claims thereto and therein, upon being duly released from the
          obligation thereof.

          I.   INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS

          The parties to this Agreement are independent contractors and nothing
          contained in this Agreement shall be construed to place the parties in
          the relationship of employer and employee, partners, principal and
          agent, or joint ventures.  Neither party shall have the power to bind
          or obligate the other party nor shall either party hold itself out as
          having such authority.

          J.   THIRD PARTY OBLIGATIONS

          In connection with this Agreement, Vendor shall make no commitments or
          disbursements, incur no obligations nor place any advertising, public
          relations or promotional material for BMSUSP's parent, subsidiary or
          affiliate companies, nor disseminate any material of any kind using
          the name of BMSUSP and/or BMSUSP's parent, subsidiary or affiliate
          companies or using their trademarks, without the prior written
          approval of BMSUSP.

          K.   GOVERNING LAW

          This Agreement is entered into in the State of New Jersey and shall be
          constructed and governed under and in accordance with the laws of that
          State.

          L.   MISCELLANEOUS

          (1)  The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon BMSUSP and
          Vendor and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement is not assignable in
          whole or in part by Vendor without the prior written consent of
          BMSUSP.  Factoring of accounts receivable is not permitted.

          (2)  The failure of either party to take action as a result of a
          breach of this Agreement by the other party shall constitute neither a
          waiver of the particular breach involved nor a waiver of either
          party's right to enforce any or all provisions of this Agreement
          through any remedy granted by law or this Agreement.

          (3)  BMSUSP is an Equal Opportunity Employer and does not discriminate
          against any person because of race, color, creed, age, sex, or
          national


                                        5

<PAGE>

          origin.  Vendor represents that it has the same policy of Equal
          Opportunity Employment.

          (4)  The policy of BMSUSP is to protect the health, safety and quality
          of life of its employees and the public, and to exercise responsible
          stewardship of natural resources that may be impacted by its
          activities.  To realize this, BMSUSP is committed to maintaining
          programs and procedures for the environmentally responsible management
          of facilities, materials, production processes, products and
          packaging, transportation and distribution, waste and ft minimization,
          energy, general business operations and contracted goods and services.
          Vendor agrees with this policy and further acknowledges that its
          performance under this Agreement shall be in strict compliance with
          all applicable governmental laws and regulations and in accordance
          with and in furtherance of this policy.

          (5)  This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties
          with respect to the subject matter contained herein, supersedes any
          prior written or oral communications and may be modified in writing
          subject to mutual agreement of the parties hereto.

          (6)  The headings of each paragraph are for reference only and shall
          not be construed as part of this Agreement.


                                        6

<PAGE>

          (7)  Except for the obligation to pay money property due and owing,
          either party shall be excused from any delay or failure in performance
          hereunder caused by reason of any occurrence or contingency beyond its
          reasonable control, including. but not limited to, failure of
          performance by the other party, earthquake, labor disputes, riots,
          governmental requirements, inability to secure materials on a timely
          basis, failure of computer equipment, failures or delays of sources
          from which information or data is obtained and transportation
          difficulties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, each by a duly authorized officer, have
entered in to this Agreement this 18th day of September, 1995



Bristol-Myers Squibb                               DSMI Corp.
U.S. Pharmaceuticals                               46 Prince Street
a division of Bristol-Myers                        Rochester, New York 14607
Squibb Company

    /s/ Ray Joske
By: /s/ Rose Crane                              By: /s/ Donald A. Carlberg
    -----------------------------                   ------------------------

Title: HEALTHCARE MANAGEMENT                     Title:  President & CEO


                                       7
<PAGE>


     Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for 
confidential treatment.  The omitted portions, marked by [****], have been 
separately filed with the Commission.


                    DSMI PROPOSAL TO BRISTOL-MYERS SQUIBB COMPANY
                            CARDIOVASCULAR DISEASE PROGRAM
                                  SEPTEMBER 18, 1995


PROGRAM OBJECTIVES AND BENEFITS

    The objective of this patient focused cardiovascular disease program is to
    enhance patient knowledge concerning their medical condition and to improve
    treatment adherence.  The target population is patients who have recently
    experienced any of the following health events: moderate to severe angina,
    cardiac bypass surgery, myocardial infarction, or PTCA.  This personalized,
    interactive program links patients, health care providers, and sponsoring
    organizations.

    The benefits of this programs are multi-level:

    FOR PATIENTS:

    -    Improved access to health care resources beyond existing hospital care
         and office and in-home provider visits.

    -    Improved communication with health care providers.

    -    Enhanced self-care skills and knowledge in the area of cardiovascular
         disease.

    -    Increased treatment adherence, motivation, and confidence in disease
         self-management.

    FOR HEALTH CARE PROVIDERS:

    -    More comprehensive information on patient progress.

    -    Quicker identification of hard-to-manage patients.

    -    Enhanced ability to make timely treatment modifications.

    -    Better targeting of health care resources appropriate to patient
         needs.

    -    Increased patient knowledge, compliance, and satisfaction.

    -    Minimal or no additional demands on providers' time.

    FOR INSURERS AND PROGRAM SPONSORS:

    -    Cost-effective management of secondary cardiovascular risk via a
         program which facilitates appropriate use of health care resources.

    -    Expanded outcomes assessment capabilities.

    -    Enhanced patient and provider satisfaction.

    -    Improved market positioning of health care services.

    -    Enhanced market understanding.

    -    Expanded business and services development opportunities (e.g.,
         sublicensing of program).


<PAGE>

PROGRAM SCHEDULE*

The program outlined below will be created in English.  See the "Program
Intervention Description" section for details about each of the interventions.
This protocol would be delivered to patients during their first year of
involvement in the program.

             Month 1                              Month 3
              -------                              -------
    -  Business Reply Card (BRC) +       -  Follow-up call #3
       program description               -  Personalized patient update #3 +
    -  Enrollment call to patient        -  pre-printed education materials
    -  Personalized patient report +     -  Personalized physician update #3
    -  pre-printed education materials
    -  Personalized physician summary
       report                                 Month 5
                                               -------

    -  Follow-up call #1                 -  Follow-up call #4
    -  Personalized patient update #1 +  -  Personalized patient update #4 +
    -  pre-printed education materials   -  pre-printed education materials
    -  Personalized physician update #1  -  Personalized physician update #4

             Month 2                              Month 8
              -------                              -------
    -  Follow-up call #2                 -  Follow-up call #5
    -  Personalized patient update #2 +  -  Personalized patient update #5 +
    -  pre-printed education materials   -  pre-printed education materials
    -  Personalized physician update #2  -  Personalized physician update #5


                                                                               2

<PAGE>

PROGRAM INTERVENTION DESCRIPTION

    See the "Program Schedule" section for an outline of the protocol for
    delivering these program components.

    BUSINESS REPLY CARD (BRC)*/PROGRAM DESCRIPTION*

    -    Pre-printed card designed for distribution by providers to patients
         and return via postage paid mail response by patient to DSMi.

    -    Brief assessment of identifying patient data (e.g., name, phone
         number, best time to contact) necessary for DSMi to initiate
         enrollment call to patient.

    -    Program description attachment for patient to tear off and keep for
         future reference.

    ENROLLMENT TELEPHONE CALL*

    -    Ten minute telephone call to enroll patients in the program as per
         receipt of Business Reply Card.

    -    Call placed by operator according to patient's preferred contact times
         as per Business Reply Card.

    -    Cost-efficient interface: operator-initiated contact to identify
         patient and transfer to automated, voice response system.

    -    Option to reconnect with operator during or after voice response
         interaction.

    -    High appeal voice response system using a recorded human voice versus
         computer synthesized speech.

    -    Patient responds in normal speaking voice versus pushing touch tone
         buttons.

    -    Self-report assessment of relevant medical and behavioral factors:
         disease status, prescribed treatment, patient motivation, treatment
         barriers, patient knowledge indicators.

    -    Patient receives personalized questions and clinically appropriate
         feedback driven by expert system to promote patients' awareness of
         their condition and adherence to their treatment regimen.

    -    Creates foundation for expanding patient data file which drives the
         personalized, interactive program services.

    PATIENT REPORT* + PRE-PRINTED EDUCATION MATERIALS*

    -    One to four page, laser printed, on-demand published report and
         program description including text that is personalized based upon
         enrollment questionnaire responses and graphics that are personalized
         to patient's gender.

    -    Relevant pre-printed patient education materials (up to a maximum
         total mailing weight of 3.0 ounces).

    -    Mailed to patient within a week after completion of enrollment
         telephone call.

    -    Personalized and pre-printed materials reinforce patient awareness and
         knowledge regarding their condition and promote treatment adherence.

    -    Referral information fosters appropriate use of health care resources
         by patient.


                                                                               3

<PAGE>

    PHYSICIAN SUMMARY REPORT

    -    One page, laser printed, on-demand published report summarizing a
         patient's enrollment survey data.

    -    Mailed to patient's physician within a week after enrollment telephone
         call.

    -    "At-a-glance" format provides efficient documentation of critical
         patient data, ready for insertion into the medical record.

    -    Facilitates identification of patient education needs and
         hard-to-manage patients, appropriate allocation of health care
         resources, and timely modification of treatment regimens.

    -    Enhances patient-provider communication.

    FOLLOW-UP CALLS*

    -    Five minute telephone calls placed by operator to patients according
         to patient's preferred contact times and the program intervention
         schedule.

    -    Cost-efficient interface: operator-initiated contact to identify
         patient and transfer to automated, voice response system.

    -    Option to reconnect with operator during or after voice response
         interaction.

    -    High appeal voice response system using a recorded human voice versus
         computer synthesized speech.

    -    Patient responds in normal speaking voice versus pushing touch tone
         buttons.

    -    Self-report follow-up assessment of relevant medical and behavioral
         factors: update on disease status, prescribed treatment, patient
         motivation, treatment barriers, patient knowledge indicators.

    -    Patient receives personalized questions and clinically appropriate
         feedback driven by expert system to promote patients' awareness of
         their condition and adherence to their treatment regimen.

    -    Allows identification of patient concerns and appropriate referral.

    -    Adds vital progress information to the longitudinal patient database.

PATIENT UPDATES* + PRE-PRINTED EDUCATION MATERIALS*

    -    One to four page, laser printed, on-demand published report including
         text that is personalized based upon enrollment questionnaire
         responses, and graphics that are personalized to patient's gender.

    -    Relevant pre-printed patient education materials (up to a maximum
         total mailing weight of 3.0 ounces).

    -    Mailed to patient within a week after each follow-up call.

    -    Personalized and pre-printed materials reinforce patient awareness and
         knowledge regarding their condition and promote treatment adherence.

    -    Referral information fosters appropriate use of health care resources
         by patient.


                                                                               4

<PAGE>

    PHYSICIAN UPDATES

    -    One page, laser printed, on-demand published report integrating
         patient's follow-up and enrollment data.

    -    Mailed to patient's physician within a week after each patient
         follow-up call.

    -    "At-a-glance" format provides efficient documentation of critical
         patient data, ready for insertion into the medical record.

    -    Facilitates identification of patient education needs and
         hard-to-manage patients, appropriate allocation of health care
         resources, and timely modification of treatment regimens.

    -    Enhances patient-provider communication.

    ORGANIZATIONAL DATA REPORTS

    -    Data reports, aggregate information, to payor and participating
         organizations, provided quarterly. Configuration of reports to be
         determined.

    -    To insure confidentiality and security of program database, reports to
         Bristol-Myers Squibb on program data to include aggregate patient
         information only, as per format requested by Bristol-Myers Squibb.

    -    Reports to payors (e.g., managed care organizations) on program data
         to include individual patient information, as per format requested by
         the payor.

    -    Individual data report on each patient provided at end of program.
         Configuration of report to be determined.


                                                                               5

<PAGE>

PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT

Program development will proceed in two stages.  During the first stage, within
30 days of finalizing an agreement with Bristol-Myers Squibb, DSMi will deliver
preliminary program components to be used by Bristol-Myers Squibb to market the
program to payors.  These components will include twenty four (24) copies of
each of the following prototypes: sample marketing brochure/sales aid, sample
business reply card/program description, voice response call-in telephone
demonstration, sample personalized patient report, and sample personalized
physician report.

The second stage of program development will require an additional 120 days to
deliver a fully operating program, including the following components:

- -   Business reply card/program description (design/layout, print
    specifications and artwork in a form specified by BMS).
- -   Personalized patient report and 5 patient updates.
- -   Personalized physician report and 5 physician updates.
- -   Enrollment call and 5 follow-up calls.
- -   Marketing brochure/sales aid.

The entire program development includes the following tasks:

    PHASE I:

- -   Consultation with Bristol-Myers Squibb Company to finalize program
    specifications.
- -   Adaptation of clinical content/malarials to conform to delivery mechanisms
    used in the program, including interactive voice response and on demand
    publishing.
- -   Integration of market research/client/clinical information to finalize
    program content.

    PHASE II:

- -   Design of graphic presentation for pre-print and on-demand published
    materials.
    
- -   Coordination of personalized clinical copy with personalized graphics.
    
- -   Design of systems configuration.
    
- -   Systems programming for internal reporting for on-demand publishing,
    interactive voice response, and outcomes analyses.
    
- -   Voice recording and training of the voice response system.

    PHASE III:

- -   Testing of the operable program including debugging of the expert system.
- -   Proofreading/editing pre-printed and on-demand published materials.

    PHASE IV:  PILOT PROGRAM

    DSMi shall conduct a pilot test, for a maximum of 100 participants,
    recruited by BMS, to demonstrate the efficacy of the fulfillment process.
    The test shall include the following interventions:

- -   Mail BRCs to pilot program participants.
- -   Process all BRCs returned to DSMi.
- -   Conduct enrollment telephone call.
- -   Mail personalized patient report plus pre-printed patient education
    materials.
- -   Mail personalized physician summary report.
- -   Conduct follow-up telephone call at 3-weeks after enrollment.
- -   Mail personalized patient update and pre-printed patient education
    materials.
- -   Mail personalized physician update.

    The test shall be conducted in a period not to exceed 90 days, including
    recruitment of participants.


                                                                               6

<PAGE>

PROGRAM MARKETING AND TRAINING

DSMi will provide 4 full day training sessions to BMS staff or representatives
to assist in the marketing and training efforts for the program.  BMS will have
access to additional services that may include any of the following:

- -   Development of marketing and/or training strategies and procedures.
- -   Coordination and/or presentations for meetings and seminars with
    payors/sponsoring organizations.
- -   Individual phone and/or in-person consultation with payors/sponsoring
    organizations.
- -   Written correspondence with payors/sponsoring organizations.
- -   Preparation of written materials and/or phone demonstrations for the
    payors/sponsoring organizations.

PROGRAM OPERATION

As DSMi's program development team nears completion of the program, a program
operation team will be assembled to participate in testing the system.  This
facilitates a smooth transition period for the shift from the development to the
operations staff.  DSMi will maintain responsibility for managing its in-house
staff and its subcontractors who are involved in ongoing operations of the
program interventions.  Quality assurance measures are included in the
interactive program interventions and DSMi's internal reporting systems.

Algorithms within the expert systems directing the mail and phone interventions
allow for easy modification of program elements without interruption of service
delivery.  The systems development staff are available as-needed to make any
necessary modifications.  While DSMi's clinical department will remain
responsible for any outcomes analyses evaluating the clinical impact of the
program, DSMi's program operation team will monitor quality assurance indicators
(e.g., enrollment rate, participant satisfaction, follow-up completion rate) on
a continual basis to insure appropriate delivery of program services and
facilitate timely troubleshooting.  DSMi will issue periodic reports as agreed
upon by DSMi and Bristol-Myers Squibb.

DATABASE DEVELOPMENT

The program database will be constructed and maintained using a standard
Relational Data Base Management System (RDBMS).  The primary record index will
be based upon patient identification.  All information collected at enrollment
and during all subsequent interventions will be stored in the database.  The
record schema(s) will be developed according to the specific question sets and
data required by the proposed program.  Data may be imported or exported
off-line using a variety of industry standard formats, or on-line using DSMi's
SQL Server interface.  DSMi will use industry standard procedures for insuring
the confidentiality and security of the program database.

FACULTY

Brief biographies for DSMi's key staff are attached. In addition, DSMi utilizes
the expertise of several consultants from Harvard Medical School, including
Milton Weinstein, Ph.D., M.P.P., Edward Guadagnoli, Ph.D., Steve Samurai, Ph.D.,
and Paul Hauptman, M.D., in the areas of cost-effectiveness analysis, outcomes
analysis, development and implementation of clinical guidelines, medical
interventions, and health care provider education.  Also, DSMi retains other
well-published consultants with clinical and research expertise specific to the
therapeutic areas in which a program is being developed.  Curriculum vitae for
DSMi's consultants can be provided upon request.


                                                                               7

<PAGE>

Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for 
confidential treatment. The omitted portions, marked by [****], have been 
separately filed with the Commission.

FEES

PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT

The cost is $[****] to deliver the preliminary program components and the fully
operational program in English.  Fee is payable according to the following
schedule:

    -    25% upon contract signing.
    -    25% upon delivery of preliminary materials.
    -    25% upon delivery of fully operational program.
    -    25% upon completion of the pilot program.

Printing fees for all pre-printed materials (e.g., patient education 
materials, marketing/sales aids, BRC/program description) will be the 
responsibility of Bristol-Myers Squibb.  However, at Bristol-Myers Squibb's 
request, and at no additional cost.  DSMI will include a managed care 
organization's logo or other identifying graphic element on the material.

DSMI will furnish estimates for printing costs upon determination of volumes 
and final specifications.

BMS shall provide all clinical content for the program as described in Phase 
I Program Development.  BMS shall obtain and deliver to DSMI all pre-printed 
patient education materials to be included in patient mailings. BMS shall be 
responsible for printing costs of pre-printed materials (BRC/program 
description and Marketing/Sales Aid). BMS shall recruit 100 persons to 
participate in a pilot test.

PROGRAM OPERATION

The per patient program cost is [*****] for the eight-month protocol outlined
in this proposal.

EXCLUSIVITY

For a period beginning with the date this Agreement is signed and ending 12
months from the date DSMi completes Phase IV of the program (the "Exclusivity
Period"), DSMi agrees not to engage or participate in any other project
involving the development or implementation of an interactive program in the
prevention of cardiac sequelae resulting from acute myocardial infarction, PTCA,
cardiac bypass surgery, or moderate to severe angina.  At the conclusion of the
Exclusivity Period, provided at least 3,000 patients have enrolled in the
program, Bristol-Myers Squibb shall have the right, but not the obligation, to
negotiate an exclusive arrangement for an interactive program in the
prevention of cardiac sequelae resulting from acute myocardial infarction, PTCA,
cardiac bypass surgery, or moderate to severe angina.  In the event such
negotiations are unsuccessful, Bristol-Myers Squibb shall have the right to
match any bona fide offer made to DSMi for an interactive program in the
prevention of cardiac sequelae resulting from acute myocardial infarction, PTCA,
cardiac bypass surgery, or moderate to severe angina.  This right of first
refusal shall endure for a period of nine months from the conclusion of the
Exclusivity Period.

CONSULTING

A per diem fee plus direct expenses is required for consultation services
performed by DSMi or its consultants.  Such fees would be required for
activities performed for parties outside Bristol-Myers Squibb on behalf of the
program and/or activities beyond the program development/marketing and training
operations functions outlined in this proposal.

CUSTOMIZATION

Any customization other than incorporation of MCO logo or other identifying
graphic element will constitute a revision to the intervention protocol (i.e.,
additional patient and/or physician reports and/or variations in on-demand or
IVR content).  DSMi shall furnish estimates for development and delivery to BMS
prior to undertaking any revisions.


                                                                               8

<PAGE>

                                     ATTACHMENTS


                                  STAFF BIOGRAPHIES


                                                                               9

<PAGE>
BIOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION FOR KEY DSMI STAFF MEMBERS

DERACE SCHAFFER, M.D.-CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

In addition to his position as Chairman of the Board at DSMi, Dr. Schaffer is
Chairman of NeuralTech, Inc., and Preferred Oncology Networks of America, Inc.
(PONA).  He is a Director of OnGard Systems, Inc., and Medifax, Inc.  He is also
a director of several not-for-profit healthcare corporations.  He has extensive
operating experience as the Chairman and CEO of the Ide Radiology Group, which
provides medical imaging services to six hospitals and ten imaging centers in
New York State.  Dr. Schaffer is a Board Certified Radiologist.  He received his
postgraduate specialty training at the Massachusetts General Hospital and
Harvard Medical School.

DONALD A. CARLBERG-PRESIDENT AND CEO

Mr. Carlberg has been a senior executive with major companies in the
pharmaceutical, managed care and medical services industries.  Those companies
include Ayerst-Wyeth, Blue Cross and Blue Shield and Baxter Healthcare,
International.  He was the founder and President and CEO of Patient Management
Technologies, Inc.  He received his B.S. from the State University of New York
and attended the William E. Simon Graduate School of Business Administration at
the University of Rochester.  As the founder of DSMi, Mr. Carlberg recognized a
need to assist companies involved in providing patients with pharmaceuticals,
medical services and products and healthcare financing with alternative methods
for improving patient compliance with prescribed therapies and treatments.  The
desired end result of this improved compliance is improved clinical outcomes.

BARBARA J. MCNEIL, M.D., PH.D.-BOARD MEMBER

Dr. McNeil is currently Ridley Watts Professor and Head of the Department of
Health Care Policy at Harvard Medical School.  Dr. McNeil holds degrees from
Emmanuel College, Harvard Medical School and Harvard University.  She is a
member of a number of organizations, including the Medical Advisory Panel,
Technology and Evaluation Program for the Blue Cross and Blue Shield
Association.  Dr. McNeil is a nationally recognized expert in the field of
improving patient outcomes and has published widely on the subject.

GREGORY D. BROWN-SR. VICE PRESIDENT AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

Mr. Brown has been Sr. Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and
Treasurer of the Company since May 1995.  From 1989 to 1995 Mr. Brown was Chief
Financial Officer of Pappajohn Capital Resources. a venture capital firm
specializing in healthcare investments, and Equity Dynamics, Inc.. a financial
consulting firm. From 1984 to 1989 Mr. Brown was a Senior Accountant with
Vroman, McGowen, Hurst, Clark & Smith, P.C., a certified public accounting firm.

GEORGE T. WITTER-VICE PRESIDENT, SALES AND MARKETING

Mr. Witter has 15 years of experience in the sale and marketing of
pharmaceuticals and medical products.  Before joining DSMi, Mr. Witter had been
with Genentech, Inc. for 10 years.  Prior to this, he was with American Critical
Care.  Mr. Witter has an A.B.J. degree from the University of Georgia.


<PAGE>

KENT TAPPER-VICE PRESIDENT, SYSTEMS ENGINEERING

Mr. Tapper has over 15 years of experience in the field of engineering,
engineering management and telecommunications.  His specific areas of expertise
include advanced intelligence networks, interactive audio response, speech
recognition, and multimedia applications.  Mr. Tapper has significant experience
in the use of advanced speech recognition technology for automation of highly
interactive services and integration with electronic publishing.  Prior to
joining DSMi,  Mr. Tapper had over 10 years of experience with Northern Telecom.
He has a BSEE from Purdue University.

LEON R. ZAK-DIRECTOR, SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT

Mr. Zak directs Systems Development for DSMi.  An expert in voice-response and
on-demand publishing technology, he has successfully managed a software
development company for over 10 years, developing and marketing numerous
software programs that are currently in use nationally and internationally.  Mr.
Zak has extensive research and development experience for FORTUNE 500 companies
such as Tandy Corporation, Eastman Kodak Company and Xerox.

MARION B. LAVIGNE, PH.D.-DIRECTOR, CLINICAL PROGRAMS

Dr. LaVigne is responsible for coordinating clinical research and development
for DSMi's programs.  She holds a doctorate in clinical psychology from the
University of Rochester.  With over ten years of experience in health
psychology, she has completed research, program development, and clinical work
in smoking cessation, cardiovascular disease, asthma, and health promotion, in
addition to instructing psychology at several universities.  She is a member of
the American Psychological Association and the Society of Behavioral Medicine.

RICHARD HOLOWKA-DIRECTOR, PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT

With over fifteen years experience in promotion, marketing and communications,
Mr. Holowka possesses considerable expertise in planning and coordinating
motivational and informational communications programs.  As Creative Director of
an advertising/public relations firm, he conducted multi-media campaigns for
numerous clients, from software development to human service and health care.
He is the recipient and co-recipient of 3 Silver Microphone awards for creative
work reaching general, private sector, non-profit, and multi-ethnic audiences.

CINDY DOANE, M.S.P.H.-MANAGER, CLINICAL PROGRAMS

Ms. Doane possesses a unique combination of extensive clinical research
expertise and "hands-on, deadline driven" project management experience.  With a
Masters of Science in Public Health from the University of Illinois
Urbana-Champaign, she has participated in and managed projects involving the
Centers for Disease Control, New York State Department of Health, and private
foundations.  Her organizational skills and breadth of experience are well
suited for her demanding position which involves coordination, scheduling and
budgeting of diverse product functions.  She has published numerous articles and
abstracts on issues of patient compliance and public health.



<PAGE>

SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Agreement is effective this  1 day of February, 1996, (the "Effective
Date") between -Disease State Management, Inc., 46 Prince Street, Rochester, New
York 14607 ("Vendor") and Bristol-Myers Squibb U.S. Pharmaceuticals, a division
of Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, P.O. Box 4500, Princeton, New Jersey 08543-4500
(hereinafter called "BMSUSP").  Vendor agrees to provide services to BMSUSP
under the terms set forth below.

A.   SERVICES

     Vendor will provide the product(s) or service(s) set forth, and to the
     specifications set forth in the proposal incorporated herein as Attachment
     A.

    The product and all elements as set forth on Attachment A are subject to
    prior approval by BMSUSP, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

B.  COMPENSATION

     BMSUSP will pay Vendor according to the terms or payment schedule set forth
     in Attachment A hereto.

     In the event that BMSUSP shall request any changes in the concept,
     specifications or scope of the product(s) or service(s) described on
     Attachment A hereto, Vendor will notify BMSUSP of the cost of such
     revisions and will not proceed without prior written approval.

     If the compensation provision on Attachment A hereto is other than a flat
     fee amount per element or for the entire project, Vendor will provide such
     documentation in support of all billings as BMSUSP may reasonably require.

C.  CONFIDENTIALITY

     Vendor shall treat as confidential and secret any and all BMSUSP
     Confidential Information.  "BMSUSP Confidential Information" shall include,
     but not be limited to, information relating to BMSUSP's past, present and
     future marketing and research and development activities that may be
     disclosed to Vendor by BMSUSP and/or BMSUSPs parent, subsidiary or
     affiliate companies and which are identified in writing by BMSUSP as
     confidential.  BMSUSP Confidential information shall not include (i)
     information known by Vendor prior to disclosure from BMSUSP. (ii)
     information which is or becomes publicly known through no wrongful act of
     Vendor, (iii) information that is independently developed by Vendor,
     without use of information that otherwise constitutes BMSUSP Confidential
     Information, or (iv) information disclosed pursuant to law, rule,
     regulation or pursuant to a court order, provided that BMSUSP is given 10
     days prior notice of such disclosure.  Vendor expressly agrees that any
     information it discovers or develops under this Agreement for the benefit
     of BMSUSP shall not be  used by Vendor or disclosed by Vendor to any third
     party, nor shall Vendor show this Agreement or disclose the existence,
     nature or subject matter of this


                                                                               1

<PAGE>


     Agreement to any third. party without the prior written consent of BMSUSP.
     Vendors obligations not to disclose BMSUSP Confidential Information to
     third parties and not to otherwise use BMSUSP Confidential Information
     shall survive the termination of this Agreement for a period of five years.
     Vendor shall not duplicate any material containing BMSUSP Confidential
     Information, except in the direct performance of its services under this
     Agreement.  Vendor shall return all copies of materials containing BMSUSP
     Confidential Information upon Vendor's completion of services under this
     Agreement or upon any earlier termination of this Agreement for any reason
     whatsoever.

     BMSUSP shall treat as confidential and secret any and all Vendor
     Confidential Information.  'Vendor Confidential Information" shall include,
     but not be limited to, information relating to Vendor's past, present and
     future systems development activities that may be disclosed to BMSUSP
     and/or BMSUSP's parent, subsidiary or affiliate companies and which are
     identified in writing by Vendor as confidential, except that in no event
     shall Vendor Confidential Information include information relating to
     Vendor deliverables under this agreement.  Vendor Confidential information
     shall not include (i) information known by BMSUSP prior to disclosure from
     Vendor, (ii) information which is or becomes publicly known through no
     wrongful act of BMSUSP, (iii) information that is independently developed
     by BMSUSP, without use of information that otherwise constitutes Vendor
     Confidential Information, or (iv) information disclosed pursuant to law,
     rule, regulation or pursuant to a court order,  provided that Vendor is
     given 10 days prior notice of such disclosure.  BMSUSP expressly agrees
     that any Confidential Information it discovers under this Agreement shall
     not be disclosed by BMSUSP to any third party without the prior written
     consent of Vendor.  BMSUSP's obligations not to disclose Vendor
     Confidential Information shall survive the termination of this Agreement
     for a period of five years.


D.   INDEMNIFICATION

     Each party shall indemnify and hold the other party harmless from and
     against all liability, damages, penalties, losses, costs or expenses,
     including attorneys' fees, arising from or in any way related to its
     willful or negligent actions or omissions in performing the
     responsibilities as described in this Agreement, or for any willful or
     negligent breach of this Agreement.

E.   PROFESSIONAL STANDARDS

     Vendor represents that it has facilities, personnel, experience and
     expertise sufficient in quality and quantity to perform all such
     assignments and projects given it by BMSUSP hereunder and agrees that it
     will perform all such assignments and projects in a manner commensurate
     with professional standards generally applicable to its industry.

                                                                               2

<PAGE>


F. OWNERSHIP OF MATERIALS

     Any and all reports, information, data or other works created by Vendor for
     BMSUSP in connection with this Agreement (with the exception of
     customization of the Vendor's basic software and systems for BMSUSP as well
     as the Vendor's basic software and systems themselves) shall be the sole
     and exclusive property of BMSUSP.  BMSUSP may use such work wherever and
     whenever it chooses.  This Agreement shall be deemed a transfer of
     copyright and any copyrightable subject matter created by Vendor in such
     works.  Vendor shall execute any and all documents necessary to demonstrate
     or perfect such transfer.  Vendor shall not at any time in any manner
     during or after this Agreement, under any circumstances, be entitled to or
     claim any right, title or interest herein or any commission, fee or other
     direct or indirect benefit from BMSUSP or BMSUSP's parent, subsidiary or
     affiliate companies, in respect of such reports, data, information or other
     works created by Vendor hereunder.  Vendor agrees to execute or cause its
     agents and/or employees to execute any documents necessary or desirable to
     secure or perfect BMSUSP's legal rights and worldwide ownership in such
     works, including, but not limited to documents relating to patent,
     trademark and copyright applications.

     Nothing in the preceding paragraph shall preclude Vendor from referring to
     the general results of the project performed pursuant to this Agreement in
     making marketing presentations to other potential customers.  In addition,
     BMSUSP agrees to provide Vendor with reasonable access to data generated by
     the project performed pursuant to this Agreement for the sole purpose of
     supplementing or supporting marketing presentations to other potential
     customers, provided, however, that all such supplemental or supporting
     presentations, insofar as they disclose data from the project, must be pre-
     approved by BMSUSP.  Such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

G.   RELEASES

     Any materials furnished hereunder which have not been created for BMSUSP
     and are subject to the rights of third parties shall be specifically
     identified to BMSUSP in writing.  Vendor shall obtain (and deliver upon
     request to BMSUSP) releases for all names, photographs, illustrations,
     testimonials, and any and all other materials used in works which Vendor
     prepares or uses.  All such releases shall run to BMSUSP, its agents and
     employees where appropriate and customary.  Vendor's failure to obtain such
     releases or the obtaining of such releases by Vendor shall in no way
     relieve Vendor of its obligations in Paragraph F above except where the
     releases have been obtained directly by BMSUSP.  Except for works that have
     been secured by permission, Vendor warrants and covenants that all works
     provided by Vendor shall be original and shall not infringe any copyright
     or violate any rights of any persons or entities whatsoever.

                                                                               3

<PAGE>

H.  DURATION OF AGREEMENT

        1.     Term

        This Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date and shall continue
        in full force and effect until the earlier of (i) completion of the
        project assigned hereunder, (ii) terminated by at least thirty (30)
        days written notice by either party to the other, sent by registered
        mail to the address for each party first set forth above, or to such
        other address which a party may designate for its receipt of notices
        hereunder.

        2.     Payment on Termination

        Upon termination of this Agreement BMSUSP is to pay for all authorized
        work in process, and BMSUSP shall assume Vendor's liability under and
        indemnify Vendor with respect to all outstanding contracts made on
        BMSUSP's behalf.   Upon written notice of termination Vendor shall take
        all steps necessary to wind up the work under this Agreement and to
        mitigate BMSUSP's liability therefore.

        3.     Transfer Upon Termination

        Vendor shall transfer, assign and make available to BMSUSP or BMSUSP's
        representative all property and materials in Vendor's possession or
        control belonging to and paid for by BMSUSP, and all information
        regarding BMSUSP's project(s) covered by this Agreement, as set forth
        in Paragraph C herein.  Vendor also agrees to give all reasonable
        cooperation toward transferring with approval of third parties in
        interest all contracts and arrangements, if any, properly entered into
        by Vendor in the performance of this Agreement, and all rights and
        claims thereto and therein, upon being duly released from the
        obligation thereof.

I.   INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS

    The parties to this Agreement are independent contractors and nothing
    contained in this Agreement shall be construed to place the parties in the
    relationship of employer and employee, partners, principal and agent, or
    joint ventures.  Neither party shall have the power to bind or obligate the
    other party nor shall either party hold itself out as having such authority.

J.   THIRD PARTY OBLIGATIONS

     In connection with this Agreement, Vendor shall make no commitments or
     disbursements, incur no obligations nor place any advertising, public
     relations or promotional material for BMSUSP's parent, subsidiary or
     affiliate companies, nor disseminate any material of any kind using the
     name of BMSUSP and/or BMSUSP's parent, subsidiary or affiliate companies or
     using their trademarks, without the prior written approval of BMSUSP.

                                                                               4

<PAGE>

K.   GOVERNING LAW

    This Agreement is entered into in the State of New Jersey and shall be
    constructed and governed under and in accordance with the laws of that
    State.

L.   MISCELLANEOUS

     1)       The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon BMSUSP and
     Vendor and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement is not assignable in whole or
     in part by Vendor without the prior written consent of BMSUSP.  Factoring
     of accounts receivable is not permitted.

     2)         The failure of either party to take action as a result of a
     breach of this Agreement by the other party shall constitute neither a
     waiver of the particular breach involved nor a waiver of either party's
     right to enforce any or all provisions of this Agreement through any remedy
     granted by law or this Agreement.

     3)       BMSUSP is an Equal Opportunity Employer and does not discriminate
     against any person because of race, color, creed, age, sex, or national
     origin.  Vendor represents that it has the same policy of Equal Opportunity
     Employment.

     4)        The policy of BMSUSP is to protect the health, safety and quality
     of life of its  employees and the public, and to exercise responsible
     stewardship of natural resources that may be impacted by its activities.
     To realize this, BMSUSP is committed to maintaining programs and procedures
     for the environmentally responsible management of facilities, materials,
     production processes, products and packaging, transportation and
     distribution, waste and ft minimization, energy, general business
     operations and contracted goods and services.  Vendor agrees with this
     policy and further acknowledges that its performance under this Agreement
     shall be in strict compliance with all applicable governmental laws and
     regulations and in accordance with and in furtherance of this policy.

     5)         This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties
     with respect to the subject matter contained herein, supersedes any prior
     written or oral communications and may be modified in writing subject to
     mutual agreement of the parties hereto.

     6)         The headings of each paragraph are for reference only and shall
     not be construed as part of this Agreement.

                                                                               5

<PAGE>


     7)         Except for the obligation to pay money property due and owing,
     either party shall be excused from any delay or failure in performance
     hereunder caused by reason of any occurrence or contingency beyond its
     reasonable control, including. but not limited to, failure of performance
     by the other party, earthquake, labor disputes, riots, governmental
     requirements, inability to secure materials on a timely basis, failure of
     computer equipment, failures or delays of sources from which information or
     data is obtained and transportation difficulties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, each by a duly authorized officer, have
entered in to this Agreement this 1 day of February, 1996



Bristol-Myers Squibb                      Disease State Management, Inc..
U.S. Pharmaceuticals                      46 Prince Street
a division of Bristol-Myers               Rochester, New York 14607
Squibb Company


By: /s/ Sharon Henry                   By: /s/ Donald A. Carlberg
    ---------------------------            -----------------------------------
Title: Vice President HealthCare        Title: President & CEO
       Management                          --------------------------------
      -------------------------

                                                                               6

<PAGE>


Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for 
confidential treatment. The omitted portions, marked by [****], have been 
separately filed with the Commission.

                                PROGRAM OVERVIEW

NEEDS ASSESSMENT

DSMI-TM- will perform a comprehensive needs assessment to establish the
fundamental goals, objectives and data sets for the intervention protocol.  The
needs assessment portion of the project development shall include:

1.   Establishment of an Expert Consultation Panel.  The panel will consist of a
     board certified cardiologist, critical care/cvd rehabilitation nurse
     specialist, a clinical dietitian, DSMI-TM- clinical expert, and a BMS
     Disease Management Team member.  Recruitment and contracting of the
     clinical consultants shall be the responsibility of and at the discretion
     of DSMI-TM-'s clinical department. DSMI-TM- will provide for review the
     CVS/credentials of the expert consultants.  Bristol-Myers Squibb agrees to
     review/accept advisory board recommendations.  The panel will assist in the
     development of the following:

     a)  Intervention protocol         e)  Baseline parameters
     b)  Program goals                 f)  Inclusion/exclusion criteria
     c)  Data sets                     g)  Appropriate DRG/ICD - 9 codes
     d)  Outcomes evaluation protocol

     During Phase II of clinical development consulting experts will review
     program materials, call algorithms and reports to insure that program
     development goals are met.

     Outcome measures and established data sets shall be reviewed by Barbara
     McNeil, MD or other clinical expert at the discretion of DSMi-TM-.
     DSMi-TM- will provide for BMS's disease state management team's review the
     CVs of all outcome reviewers under consideration.

2.        DSMI-TM- will conduct a comprehensive literature search in accordance
          with procedures established by Dracup et al. (1994).  The search will
          involve a review of studies published in English between 1989 and
          1995.  Search terms will include treatment/pharmacologic compliance,
          adherence, patient behavior modification programs and congestive heart
          failure risk factors. Program content will reflect nationally
          recognized guidelines (e.g., AHCPR) for the treatment of CHF.  Where
          data or published consensus statements are lacking, expert
          consultation will be utilized.

3.   DSMI-TM- will perform a review of preprinted published materials provide a
     listing of available educational resources pertaining to CHF.   DSMI shall
     provide sample copies of available materials to BMS and the Expert Panel
     for review.

4    DSMI-TM- will assist Bristol-Myers Squibb Company in establishing target
     accounts for program implementation.  Such assistance will include:

     a)   Review of MEDLINE database to establish CHF incidence rates by age,
          race, and sex. DSMI-TM- will provide a concise reference guide for use
          by BMS consultants when meeting target accounts.

     b)   "Financial impact of CHF" overview sales presentation for BMS
          consultants to utilize.

          DSMI-TM- shall designate a minimum of one Senior Account Manager and
          one Clinical taff Member to this project.  Specific staff members will
          be assigned to address project concerns as requested by BMS-TM-.

                                                                              13


<PAGE>
                      CONGESTIVE HEART FAILURE INTERVENTION
                                  PROGRAM GOALS

  1.      Patient Intervention (Behavioral Goals):

     a)   Improve patient understanding and awareness with respect to:

          --   Pharmacological Therapy
          --   Self-monitoring of "critical" symptoms
          --   Dietary needs and guidelines
          --   Exercise regimen
          --   Associated CHF risk factors

     b)   Enhance Patient Motivation and Confidence with respect to:

          --   Pharmacological therapy
          --   Self-monitoring of "critical" symptoms
          --   Adherence to dietary recommendations
          --   Exercise regimen
          --   Modification of other risk factors contributing to progression of
               CHF.
          --   Enhance patient/provider communication making visits and
               telephone interaction more efficient and  effective.

     c)   Enhance Compliance with respect to:

          --   Pharmacological therapy
          --   Self-monitoring of "critical" symptoms
          --   Dietary guidelines
          --   Exercise regimen
          --   Modifiable risk factors

     d)   Facilitate the appropriate use of referral resources with respect to:

          --   Medical/treatment concerns
          --   Cardiac rehabilitation, including exercise interventions
          --   Dietary intervention, education and counseling
          --   Modification of other risk factors contributing to the
               progression of CHF. (e.g. , smoking cessation, weight loss
               programs)

     e)   Facilitate appropriate and timely communication of critical CHF
          symptoms to health care providers.

     f)   Facilitate early identification and referral for treatment of
          depression and emotional distress.

     g)   Enhance communication of information between patient and health care
          providers.

                                                                              14

<PAGE>

                      CONGESTIVE HEART FAILURE INTERVENTION
                                  PROGRAM GOALS

2.   Business Goals

  a)      MCO Goals
     --   Enhance CHF patient management
     --   Strengthen patient/provider relationship
     --   Encourage adherence to recognized treatment guidelines via pre-printed
          provider mailing.
     --   Improve competitive position
     --   Position MCO as innovative technological leader in competitive market
          place
     --   Link providers, nursing services, case management and patients
     --   Improve pharmacy services awareness of treatment compliance statistics
          through reporting services outlined under "Reports" in this document.
     --   Reduce risk factors associated with costly:
               --   Unscheduled physician visits
               --   Emergency room intervention
               --   Hospitalizations
     --   Provide expanding database for critical pathways development

  b)      Bristol-Myers Squibb Company
     --   Enhance competitive position
     --   Encourage drug compliance/secure adherence to ACE inhibition therapy
     --   Strengthen customer commitment to BMS partnership
     --   Provide powerful customer driven selling tool
     --   Develop business alliance with major home health care providers
               --   Provide a unique opportunity for Bristol-Myers Squibb
                    Company to partner with home care market leaders and enhance
                    MCO relationships
               --   Provide widespread introduction into previously inaccessible
                    markets
                                                                              15

<PAGE>


                                PROGRAM SCHEDULE

See the "Program Intervention Description" section for details about each of the
interventions.  This protocol would be delivered to patients during their first
year of involvement in the program.  Note that the term "provider" is used to
denote a case manager or another health care provider designated to receive
communications regarding the patient.

STANDARD PROTOCOL ( Enrollment Call plus 12 follow up interventions to be
delivered to all enrollees)

          --   MONTH 1
               Business Reply Card (BRC) + program description
               Enrollment call to patient
               Personalized patient report
               Personalized provider summary report
                    These are fully demand published reports to highlight
                    baseline parameters.


          --   MONTHS 2-13
               One follow-up call/month
               One personalized patient report/month
               One personalized provider update/month

                                                                              16

<PAGE>

          PROGRAM INTERVENTION DESCRIPTION
See the "Program Schedule" (page 10) section for an outline of the protocol for
delivering these program components.  Note that the term "provider" is used to
refer to a case manager or another health care provider designated to receive
communications regarding the patient.

STANDARD PROTOCOL

Business Reply Card (BRC)/Program Description
     --   Pre-printed card designed for distribution by providers to patients
          and return via postage paid mail response by patient to  DSMI-TM-
     --   Brief assessment for identifying patient data (e.g., name, phone
          number, best time to contact) necessary for DSMI-TM- to initiate
          enrollment call to patient
     --   Program description attachment for patient to tear off and keep for
          future reference

ENROLLMENT TELEPHONE CALL

     --   Call to enroll patients in the program as per receipt of Business
          Reply Card
     --   Call placed by operator according to patient's preferred contact times
          as per Business Reply Card
     --   Cost-efficient interface:  operator-initiated contact to identify
          patient and transfer to automated, voice response system
     --   Option to reconnect with operator during or after voice response
          interaction
     --   High appeal voice response system using a recorded human voice versus
          computer synthesized speech
     --   Patient responds in normal speaking voice versus pushing touch tone
          buttons
     --   Self-reported assessment of relevant medical and behavioral factors:
          disease status, prescribed treatment including diet, exercise,
          medications, patient motivation, treatment barriers, patient knowledge
          indicators regarding symptom identification and disease self-
          management
     --   Patient receives personalized questions and clinically appropriate
          feedback driven by expert system to promote patients' awareness of
          their condition and adherence to their treatment regimen
     --   Creates foundation for expanding patient data file which drives the
          personalized, interactive program services

                                                                              17

<PAGE>

PATIENT REPORT
  --      Laser printed, on-demand published report and program description
          including text that is personalized based upon enrollment
          questionnaire responses and graphics that are personalized to
          patient's gender
  --      Mailed to patient within a week after completion of enrollment
          telephone call
  --      Personalized and pre-printed materials reinforce awareness and
          knowledge regarding their condition and promote treatment adherence
          and proper self-management skills
  --      Referral information fosters appropriate use of health care resources
          by patient

PROVIDER SUMMARY REPORT
  --      Laser printed, on-demand published report summarizing a patient's
          enrollment survey data not to exceed one page in length
  --      Mailed to patient's provider within a week after enrollment telephone
          call
  --      "At-a-glance" format provides efficient documentation of critical
          patient data, ready for insertion into the medical record not to
          exceed one page in length
  --      Facilitates identification of patient education needs and hard-to-
          manage patients, appropriate allocation of health care resources, and
          timely modification of treatment regimens
  --      Enhances patient provider communication

FOLLOW-UP CALLS

  --      Telephone calls placed by operator to patients according to patient's
          preferred contact times and the program intervention schedule
  --      Cost-efficient interface:  operator-initiated contact to identify
          patient and transfer to automated, voice response system
  --      Option to reconnect with operator during or after voice response
          interaction
  --      Option to be connected to provider or other health care resource by
          follow-up call operator
  --      High appeal voice response system using a recorded human voice versus
          computer synthesized speech
  --      Patient responds in normal speaking voice versus pushing touch tone
          buttons
  --      Self-report follow-up assessment of relevant medical and behavioral
          factors:  update on disease status, prescribed treatment including
          diet, exercise, and medications, patient motivation, treatment
          barriers, patient knowledge indicators regarding symptom
          identification and disease self-management
  --      Patient receives personalized questions and clinically appropriate
          feedback driven by expert system to promote patients' awareness of
          their condition and adherence to their treatment regimen
  --      Allows identification of patient concerns and appropriate referral
  --      Adds vital progress information to the longitudinal patient database,
          over time

PATIENT UPDATES

  --      Laser printed, on-demand published report including text that is
          personalized based upon enrollment questionnaire responses, and
          graphics that are personalized to patient's gender
  --      Mailed to patient within three days of telephone intervention to
          insure timely receipt by patient
  --      Personalized and pre-printed materials reinforce patient awareness and
          knowledge regarding their condition and promote treatment adherence
  --      Referral information fosters appropriate use of health care resources
          by patient

                                                                              18

<PAGE>

PROVIDER UPDATES

  --      Laser printed, on-demand published report integrating patient's
          follow-up and enrollment data
  --      Mailed to patient's provider within a week after each patient follow-
          up call
  --      "At-a-glance" format provides efficient documentation of critical
          patient data, ready for insertion into the medical record
  --      Facilitates identification of patient education needs and hard-to-
          manage patients, appropriate allocation of health care resources, and
          timely modification of treatment regimens
  --      Enhances patient-provider communication

ORGANIZATIONAL DATA REPORTS

  --      Comprehensive data sets will be determined by expert consultation.
  --      Standard data reports, aggregate information, to payor and
          participating organizations, provided quarterly.  Configuration of
          standard reports to be determined upon completion of the Expert Panel
          data set development.  Nonstandard reports will be developed by DSMI-
          TM-'s staff at the request of BMS and its client organizations.  DSMI-
          TM-/BMS will establish customary and reasonable developmental and
          production fees for the aforementioned nonstandard reports.
  --      To insure confidentiality and security of program database, reports to
          Bristol-Myers Squibb on program data to include aggregate patient
          information only, as per format requested by Bristol-Myers Squibb.

                                                                              19

<PAGE>

                              PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT

Program development will proceed in two stages.  During the first stage, to be
completed within 45 days of contract signing, DSMI-TM- will establish and
convene a Congestive Heart Failure advisory panel meeting to determine:
intervention goals, protocol structure, required data sets, educational
requirements, high risk behaviors, available resources and modifiable behaviors.
DSMI-TM- will provide a panel summary report to BMS.  Additionally, not later
than signature date plus 45 days, DSMI-TM- will deliver preliminary program
components to be used by Bristol-Myers Squibb to market the program.  These
components will include five (5) copies for each of the following prototypes of
the program:  sample marketing brochure/sales aid, sample business reply
card/program description, sample personalized patient report (including partial
Greek text), and sample personalized provider report (including partial Greek
text).  In addition, a voice response call-in telephone demonstration will be
accessible.

The second stage of program development will require an additional 150 days to
deliver a fully operational program, including the following components:

  --      Business reply card/program description (design/layout, print
          specifications and artwork in a form specified by BMS)
  --      Personalized patient report and 12 patient updates
  --      Personalized provider report and 12 standard protocol provider updates
  --      Enrollment call and 12 standard protocol follow-up calls
  --      Marketing brochure and sales presentation aid

The entire program development includes the following tasks:

PHASE I

  --      Consultation with Bristol-Myers Squibb Company to finalize program
          specifications.  Such consultation will establish:  BMS disease
          management team's program objectives, requested data sets, outcome
          protocol overview to include goals/objectives and tentative design,
          marketing and business goals.  BMS will provide DSMI-TM- with an
          overview in writing no later than contract signing date plus 45 days.
  --      Development of and consultation with expert panel as described.  Such
          consultation will assist in the establishment of: primary CHF
          treatment protocols and algorithms, documented intervention methods,
          target data for outcomes evaluation, required database for
          evaluation/reporting, patient educational requirements, national
          resources for preprinted CHF educational materials, standardized
          quality of life measures and incidence/economic overview of congestive
          heart failure.  Consultants will be recruited no later than 15 days
          after contract signing.
  --      BMS/DSMI-TM- will establish a formal developmental reporting and
          review process. DSMI-TM- will provide BMS a comprehensive project
          developmental overview annotating clinical development completion
          dates for individual modules.  Additionally, formal review conference
          dates will be established no later than 45 days after contract
          signing.
  --      Integration of market research/client/clinical information to finalize
          program content.
  --      DSMI-TM- shall host a patient directed focus group session to solicit
          input for program goals, design and print materials.

                                                                              20

<PAGE>


  PHASE II

  --      Design of graphic presentation for pre-print and on-demand published
          materials
  --      Coordination of personalized clinical copy with personalized graphics
  --      Design of systems configuration
  --      Systems programming for internal reporting for on-demand publishing,
          interactive voice response, and outcomes analysis
  --      Voice recording and training of the voice response system
  --      Identification of appropriate educational brochures and materials

PHASE III

  --      Testing of the operable program
  --      Proof reading/editing pre-printed and on-demand published materials

PHASE IV:  PILOT PROGRAM

DSMI-TM- shall conduct a pilot test, for a maximum of 100 participants,
recruited by BMS, to demonstrate the efficiency of the fulfillment process.  The
test shall include the following interventions:

  --      Mail BRCs to pilot program participants
  --      Process all BRCs returned to DSMI-TM-
  --      Conduct enrollment telephone call
  --      Mail personalized patient report
  --      Mail personalized provider summary report
  --      Conduct follow-up telephone call at 2-weeks after enrollment
  --      Mail personalized patient update
  --      Mail personalized provider update
  --      The test shall be conducted in a period not to exceed 90 days,
          including recruitment of participants

          To insure program validation, DSMI-TM- shall assist in the
  development of an Intervention Program Outcomes Assessment as described in
  this document. Additionally, at the discretion of DSMI-TM- and in
  consultation with BMS-TM-, DSMI-TM- shall insure that program goals, targeted
  behaviors, questions and strategies are valid through expert consultation.

  Upon completion of the Pilot Program, DSMI-TM- shall begin patient
  enrollment.  Patients will receive program interventions described under
  "Program Intervention Description"  on page 14 of this document.

                                                                              21

<PAGE>

                            CONGESTIVE HEART FAILURE
                       INTERVENTION PROGRAM QOL ASSESSMENT

Recent research has indicated that the primary method of assessing the
success/failure of a Congestive Heart Failure Management Program is to recognize
its impact on the targeted patient's ability to perform daily tasks, participate
in productive activities, emotional status and ability to self-manage his/her
disease.  Studies such as Guyatt et al's "Measurement of Health-Related Quality
of Life in Heart Failure" published in the Journal of the American College of
Cardiology and Wenger et al's "Quality of Life:  Can it and should it be
assessed in Patients with Heart Failure?" published in Cardiology 76(5):  391-8,
1989 clearly demonstrate that these measures are a significant tool for
evaluating congestive heart failure patients' well being.

DSMI-TM- will establish a comprehensive quality of life assessment program to
assist in validating the operational intervention protocols.  The nature of a
QOL assessment dictates that data be self-reported.  As per the behavioral goals
of the program, positive changes in these variables would be utilized as
indicators of the efficacy of the intervention.  In addition, the patient
satisfaction measure listed below will be examined as a performance indicator
for the program.  Such measures will reflect HEDIS Guidelines and CHF TyPE
functional status codes.  The QOL assessment protocol shall reflect the
recommendations of the Expert Advisory Panel.

BIANNUALLY

A report will be prepared biannually displaying summary statistics derived from
aggregate patient data for each of the measures shown below.  Each measure will
be collected during the program telephone contacts at program entry, six month
post entry and at the conclusion of the program.  Once repeated measures are
available, summary statistics for longitudinal changes in each variable from
baseline and from the preceding semester for each individual will also be
reported.

1.   Patient awareness and understanding of:

     a)   Medication/prescription regimen
     b)   Critical CHF symptomology
     c)   Dietary intervention and recommendations
     d)   Exercise recommendations
     e)   Other risk factors contributing to progression of CHF

2.   Motivation and confidence with respect to:

     a)   Adherence to medication/prescription regimen
     b)   Self-monitoring of CHF symptoms
     c)   Adherence to dietary recommendations
     d)   Adherence to exercise recommendations
     e)   Modification of other risk factors contributing to progression of CHF

3.   Adherence with respect to:

     a)   Medication/prescription regimen
     b)   Ongoing self-monitoring of CHF symptoms
     c)   Dietary protocol
     d)   Exercise protocol
     e)   Modification of other risk factors contributing to progression of CHF

4.   Use of health care services:

     a)   Unscheduled physician office visits
     b)   Emergency room services
     c)   Dietary counseling

                                                                              22

<PAGE>

     d)   Cardiac rehabilitation services
     e)   Hospitalizations

5.   Quality of care measures

     a)   Selection of relevant HEDIS items on satisfaction with health care
     b)   Baseline quality of care assessment results as described under the
          "annual" outcomes section below

6.   Overall program satisfaction

ANNUAL

A baseline quality of life measure will be obtained through either written or
telephone administration within the first month of a patient's enrollment in the
program.  As noted under the "biannual" outcomes section above, the results of
this baseline assessment will be reported in the semester reports as summary
statistics for aggregate patient data collected during the preceding semester.
The quality of life measure will be administered to each patient a second time
during the twelve month phone contact.  As the follow-up quality-of-life data
become available, they will also be incorporated into the biannual reports.

                                                                              23

<PAGE>

                            CONGESTIVE HEART FAILURE
                          INTERVENTION PROGRAM OUTCOMES
                               ASSESSMENT PROGRAM

DSMI-TM- will assist Bristol-Myers Squibb in the development of a study to
evaluate the effectiveness of the aforementioned intervention protocol.  After
consultation with BMS/ and in conjunction with the Expert Consultation Panel,
DSMI-TM- will establish a comprehensive database reflecting the outcome measures
listed below.  Additionally, DSMI-TM- shall assist BMS in establishing entry
criteria, exclusion criteria, goals, objectives and any additional controls
required to ensure comparative validity.  Such information shall include:

     --   Number of hospitalizations per patient
     --   Number of unscheduled physician office visits/patient
     --   Percentage of increase/decrease in reported symptoms
     --   Number of emergency room interventions
     --   Number of home nursing interventions required

Selection of a comparative data set shall be the responsibility of Bristol-Myers
Squibb and its affiliated clients.  The establishment of baseline measures shall
be conducted by BMS/ to insure appropriate comparisons may be drawn.

DSMI-TM- involvement/funding of an outcome evaluation extends only to the
aforementioned items.  Further requirements regarding design, implementation,
publication of said study are the sole responsibility of BMS/ and its clients.

                                                                              24

<PAGE>

                         PROGRAM MARKETING AND TRAINING

DSMI-TM- will provide 4 full day training sessions to BMS staff or
representatives to assist in the marketing and training efforts for the program.
BMS will have access to additional services that may include any of the
following:

     --   Development of marketing and/or training strategies and procedures
     --   Coordination and/or presentations for meetings and seminars with
          payors/sponsoring organizations
     --   Individual phone and/or in-person consultation with payors/sponsoring
          organizations
     --   Written correspondence with payors/sponsoring organizations
     --   Preparation of written materials and/or phone demonstrations for the
          payors/sponsoring organizations

PROGRAM OPERATION

As DSMI-TM-'s program development team nears completion of the program, a
program operation team will be assembled to participate in testing the system.
This facilitates a smooth transition period for the shift from the development
to the operations staff. DSMI-TM- will maintain responsibility for managing its
in-house staff and its subcontractors who are involved in ongoing operations of
the program interventions.  Quality assurance measures are included in the
interactive program interventions and DSMI-TM-'s internal reporting systems.
DSMI-TM- will update/modify the intervention reports/calls when warranted at the
request of BMS or upon discovering effective program improvements at no charge
for 90 days following program introduction.  Change request must be made in
writing.  At the expiration of 90 days, DSMI-TM- will continue to update and
revise the system as necessary.  Additional changes will be considered.  such
changes will be funded in a manner to be approved by both DSMI-TM- and Bristol-
Myers Squibb Company.

Algorithms within the expert systems directing the mail and phone interventions
allow for easy modification of program elements without interruption of service
delivery.  The systems development staff are available as-needed to make any
necessary modifications.  While DSMI-TM-'s clinical department will remain
responsible for any outcomes analyses evaluating the clinical impact of the
program, DSMI-TM-'s program operation team will monitor quality assurance
indicators (e.g. enrollment rate, participant satisfaction, follow-up completion
rate) on a continual basis to insure appropriate delivery of program services as
agreed upon by DSMI-TM- and Bristol-Myers Squibb Company.

DATABASE DEVELOPMENT

The program database will be constructed and maintained using a standard
Relational Data Base Management System (DBMS).  The primary record index will be
based upon patient identification.  All information collected at enrollment and
during all subsequent interventions will be stored in the database.  The record
schema(s) will be developed according to the specific question sets and data
required by the proposed program.  Data may be imported or exported off-line
using a variety of industry standard formats, or on-line using DSMI-TM-'s SQL
Server interface. DSMI-TM- will use industry standard procedures for insuring
the confidentiality and security of the program database.

                                                                              25

<PAGE>

Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for
confidential treatment. The omitted portions, marked by [****], have been
separately filed with the Commission.


PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT FEES

The cost is [*****] to deliver the preliminary program components and the fully
operational program.  Fee is payable according to the following schedule:

     --   40% upon contract signing
     --   20% upon delivery of preliminary materials
     --   20% at delivery of operational program
     --   20% upon completion of the pilot program

Developmental fees will cover:

     --   Clinical
          --   Expert Consultation:  DSMi-TM- shall fund all travel, honorarium
               and associated fees involved in the convening of the Expert
               Advisory Panel Meeting described under "Program Overview" in this
               document.  DSMI-TM- shall provide all panel members with a
               program synopsis, meeting agenda, targeted goals and any
               additonal information as necessary to insure expert panel members
               are fully prepared for the meeting.  Additionally, DSMI-TM- will
               provide a follow up mailing for all members to solicit additional
               feedback and highlight the panel's recommendations. The panel's
               recommendations , as well as, any additional feedback shall be
               incorporated into the final intervention at the discretion of
               DSMI-TM- and BMS-TM-. Any additional requirements for expert
               consultation beyond the services of the "Expert Consultation
               Panel"  shall be at the sole expense of BMS.

          --   Clinical Content
          --   Intervention Algorithms
               DSMi-TM- shall provide for review and revision all interventional
               algorithms.  Upon receipt of draft documents, BMS shall review
               and return all documents for editing within 5 business days to
               DSMi-TM-.  DSMi-TM- shall incorporate suggested revisions within
               5 business days. Upon receipt of "Second Draft" BMS shall have
               the right to an additional edit/revision. BMS shall return 
               "Second Draft" documents within 5 business days for editing by
               DSMi-TM-. Upon completion of final editing by DSMi, BMS shall 
               make final comments and provide signature approval of all
               documents within 5 business days. BMS agrees that all reviews/
               revisions shall be concluded in accordance with the formal
               developmental reporting/review process under " Program
               Development" in this document and in accordance with established
               time lines. All documents sent to BMS shall include a cover
               sheet indicating due dates for return to DSMI-TM-, a comments
               section and a signature authorization.

          --   Testing and Debugging

     --   Systems
          --   Database Development
               DSMI-TM- will provide a time and events calendar for database
               development to BMS-TM- for review.  The program database model
               will reflect agreed program parameters.
          --   On-Demand Publishing
          --   Voice Training (IVR)
          --   Call Center Integration

  --   Graphics/ Communication
          --   Logo Design
          --   Layout (preprinted and on-demand materials)
          --   Illustration Development

                                                                              26

<PAGE>


    * Voice Recording/Studio

 *  Primary Marketing Materials

    * Print Materials

    * Operational Voice Demonstration

    * Sales Materials

Printing fees for all pre-printed materials (e.g., marketing/sales aids,
BRC/program description) will be the responsibility of Bristol-Myers Squibb.
At Bristol-Myers Squibb's request, and at no additional cost, DSMI-TM-
will incorporate a managed care organization's logo or other identifying
graphic element on all camera ready art/disk, when provided with camera ready
disk version/disk version or graphic standards manual from the designated
managed care organization.

DSMI-TM- will furnish estimates for printing costs upon determination
of volumes and final specifications.

                                                                              27

<PAGE>

Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for 
confidential treatment. The omitted portions, marked by [****], have been 
separately filed with the Commission.


PROGRAM OPERATION FEES
The per patient program cost is $[*****] per patient for the 12-month 
standard protocol, payable at the time of patient enrollment. In the event of 
a patient withdrawal from the intervention program, DSMI-TM- will prorate the 
remaining expenses. For operator services and telephone time utilized during 
a conversion between a patient and another health care resource which is 
initiated by the follow-up call operator, there will be a charge of $    per 
minute. This $    per minute fee covers all charges for operator, staff and 
telephone time which may occur in the event that DSMI-TM- initiates the 
described contact.

The following schedule demonstrates the amortization of the operational fees 
based upon the intervention model being proposed. This schedule shall form 
the basis for proration of fees due to patients' attrition from the program.


  MONTH     ACCRUED OPERATIONAL FEES          MONTH     ACCRUED OPERATIONAL FEES
  -----     ------------------------          -----     ------------------------

Enrollment          [*****]                     7                [*****]
    1               [*****]                     8                [*****]
    2               [*****]                     9                [*****]
    3               [*****]                    10                [*****]
    4               [*****]                    11                [*****]
    5               [*****]                    12                [*****]
    6               [*****]



                                                                              28

<PAGE>

EXCLUSIVITY

Bristol-Myers Squibb agrees to provide enrollment of a minimum of 3000 patients
within 24 months of the delivery  of an operational program.  For a period
beginning with the date this Agreement is signed and ending  24 months from date
DSMI-TM- completes Phase IV of the program (the "Exclusivity Period"), DSMI-TM-
agrees not to engage or participate in any other project involving the
development or implementation of an interactive program in the treatment of
diagnosed primary congestive heart failure.  At the conclusion of the
Exclusivity Period, provided at least 3,000 patients are enrolled in the
program, Bristol-Myers Squibb shall have the right, but not the obligation, to
negotiate an exclusive arrangement for an interactive program in the treatment
of diagnosed congestive heart failure.  In the event such negotiations are
unsuccessful, Bristol-Myers Squibb shall have the right to match any bona fide
offer made to DSMI-TM- for an interactive program in the treatment of diagnosed
congestive heart failure.  This right of first refusal shall endure for a period
of twelve months from the conclusion of the Exclusivity Period.

CONSULTING

A per diem fee plus direct expenses is required for consultation services
performed by DSMI-TM- or its consultants.  Such fees would be required for
activities performed for parties outside Bristol-Myers Squibb on behalf of the
program and/or activities beyond the program development/marketing and training
operations functions outlined in this proposal.

CUSTOMIZATION

Any customization other than incorporation of MCO logo or other identifying
graphic element will constitute a revision to the intervention protocol (i.e.,
additional patient and/or physician reports and/or variations in on-demand or IV
content).  DSMI-TM- shall furnish estimates for development and delivery to
Bristol-Myers Squibb prior to undertaking any revision.  Additionally, DSMi-TM-
shall provide upon request estimated development and production fees for
additional reporting.

                                                                              29

<PAGE>

Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for 
confidential treatment. The omitted portions, marked by [****], have been 
separately filed with the Commission.


                    OPTIONAL INTENSIVE INTERVENTION PROTOCOL

DSMI-TM- will provide Bristol-Myers Squibb with the opportunity to enhance the
Standard Protocol by offering an intensive intervention program which can be
integrated into the program at the request of Bristol-Myers Squibb. Patients
reporting symptoms indicating they are at increased risk of hospitalization,
emergency room evaluation, or requiring additional support can be enrolled in
the intensive protocol. The development and implementation of this module is
independent of the standard protocol and may be initiated by Bristol-Myers
Squibb at any time. Development fees and operational costs are independent of
the standard intervention program. The protocol and fees are outlined below:

                         INTENSIVE PROTOCOL DEVELOPMENT

PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT FEES

The fee for the development of the intensive intervention protocol shall be
$[*****]. This fee supports the development of three additional telephone
interventions and corresponding reports.

PROGRAM OPERATIONAL FEES

An additional per patient fee of $[*****] will be charged each time a patient
receives the three-week intensive protocol, payable at the time that the patient
receives the first follow-up call included within this protocol. OPERATIONAL
FEES SHALL BE PRORATED AT $[*****] PER CALL FOR PATIENTS WHO DO NOT RECEIVE THE
FULL INTENSIVE INTERVENTION PROTOCOL.

INTENSIVE PROTOCOL

This module may be instituted in addition to the standard protocol after any
standard follow-up call at which critical indicators are found, such as
significant weight gain. If the patient has no critical indicators at the next
scheduled standard follow-up, he or she will continue to receive the standard
protocol unless such indicators arise at subsequent follow-up calls. Any
standard follow-up call which yields these critical indicators will
automatically trigger the intensive protocol regardless of what month it occurs
during the standard protocol. Criteria for the critical indicators are to be
determined.

WEEKLY INTERVENTIONS:

  --  One follow-up call/week for three consecutive weeks
  --  One personalized patient update/week for three consecutive weeks
  --  One personalized provider update/week for three consecutive weeks
      DSMI-TM- SHALL PROVIDE FAX CAPABILITY FOR PROVIDER REPORTS DURING THE
      INTENSIVE INTERVENTION PHASE.

SAMPLE PATIENT SCENARIO

  --  Patient is enrolled on January 1 and receives 1 month interventions.
  --  During the month 2 follow-up call in February, patient reports critical
      data (e.g., significant weight gain) which triggers the intensive protocol
      of three weekly interventions subsequent to patient's month 2 standard
      follow-up call.
  --  Patient's standard month 3 (March) follow-up call occurs after the
      intensive protocol. No critical indicators are reported for this call or
      for the standard calls in months 4-7 (April - July).
  --  In month 8 (August) patient reports critical data (e.g., difficulty
      breathing when lying flat) which triggers the intensive protocol of three
      weekly interventions subsequent to their month 8 standard follow-up call.
  --  After the intensive protocol of three weekly interventions subsequent to
      patient's month 8 standard follow-up call.

                                                                              30

<PAGE>

  --  After the intensive protocol the patient's month 9 standard follow-up call
      in September yields no critical indicators. Patient continues to have no
      critical indicators during the remainder of the year 1 standard protocol
      including (i.e., through months 10 - 12 or October - December).





                                                                              31


<PAGE>


SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Agreement is effective this 30 day of March 1996, (the "Effective Date")
between Disease State Management, Inc., 46 Prince Street, Rochester, New York
14607 ("DSMi" or "Vendor") and Bristol-Myers Squibb Oncology, a division of
Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, P.O. Box 4500, Princeton, New Jersey 08543-4500
(hereinafter called "BMS").  Vendor agrees to provide services to BMS under the
terms set forth below.

A.  SERVICES

    Vendor will provide the product(s) or service(s) set forth, and to the
    specifications set forth in the proposal incorporated herein as Attachment
    A.

    The product and all material elements as set forth on Attachment A are
    subject to prior approval by BMS, such approval not to be unreasonably
    withheld.

B.  COMPENSATION

    BMS will pay Vendor according to the terms or payment schedule set forth in
    Attachment A hereto.

    In the event that BMS shall request any changes in the concept,
    specifications or scope of the product(s) or service(s) described on
    Attachment A hereto, Vendor will notify BMS of the cost of such revisions
    and will not proceed without prior approval.

    If the compensation provision on Attachment A hereto is other than a flat
    fee amount per element or for the entire project, Vendor will provide such
    documentation in support of all billings as BMS may reasonably require.

C.  CONFIDENTIALITY

    Vendor shall treat as confidential and secret any and all BMS Confidential
    Information.  "BMS Confidential Information" shall include, but not be
    limited to, information relating to BMS' past, present and future marketing
    and research and development activities that may be disclosed to Vendor by
    BMS and/or BMS' parent, subsidiary or affiliate companies and which are
    identified in writing by BMS as confidential.  BMS Confidential information
    shall not include (i) information known by Vendor prior to disclosure from
    BMS, (ii) information which is or becomes publicly known through no
    wrongful act of Vendor, (iii) information that is independently developed
    by Vendor, without use of information that otherwise constitutes BMS
    Confidential Information, or (iv) information disclosed pursuant to law,
    rule, regulation or pursuant to a court order, provided that BMS is given
    10 days prior notice of such disclosure. Vendors obligations not to
    disclose BMS Confidential Information to third parties shall survive the
    termination of this Agreement for a period of five years.  Vendor shall not
    duplicate any material containing BMS Confidential Information, except in
    the direct performance of its services under this Agreement.  Vendor


<PAGE>

    shall return all copies of materials containing BMS Confidential
    Information upon Vendor's completion of services under this Agreement or
    upon any earlier termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever.

    BMS shall treat as confidential and secret any and all Vendor Confidential
    Information.  "Vendor Confidential Information" shall include, but not be
    limited to, information relating to Vendor's past, present and future
    systems development activities that may be disclosed to BMS and/or BMS'
    parent, subsidiary or affiliate companies and which are identified in
    writing by Vendor as confidential, except that in no event shall Vendor
    Confidential Information include information relating to Vendor
    deliverables under this agreement.  Vendor Confidential lnformation shall
    not include (i) information known by BMS prior to disclosure from Vendor,
    (ii) information which is or becomes publicly known through no wrongful act
    of BMS, (iii) information that is independently developed by BMS, without
    use of information that otherwise constitutes Vendor Confidential
    Information, or (iv) information disclosed pursuant to law, rule,
    regulation or pursuant to a court order, provided that Vendor is given 10
    days prior notice of such disclosure. BMS' obligations not to disclose
    Vendor Confidential Information shall survive the termination of this
    Agreement for a period of five years.  BMS shall return all copies of
    materials containing Vendor Confidential Information upon Vendor's
    completion of services under this Agreement or upon any earlier termination
    of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever.

D.  INDEMNIFICATION

    Each party shall indemnify and hold the other party harmless from and
    against all liability, damages, penalties, losses, costs or expenses,
    including attorneys' fees, arising from or in any way related to its
    willful or negligent actions or omissions in performing the
    responsibilities as described in this Agreement, or for any willful or
    negligent breach of this Agreement.

E.  PROFESSIONAL STANDARDS

    Vendor represents that it has facilities, personnel, experience and
    expertise sufficient in quality and it  will perform all such assignments
    and projects given it by BMS hereunder and agrees that it will perform all
    such assignments and projects in a manner commensurate with professional
    standards generally applicable to its industry.

F.  OWNERSHIP OF MATERIALS

    Any and all telephone scripts or written materials created by Vendor for
    BMS in connection with this Agreement shall be the sole and exclusive
    property of BMS.  BMS may use such work wherever and whenever it chooses.
    This Agreement shall be deemed a transfer of copyright and any
    copyrightable subject matter created by Vendor in such


<PAGE>

    works.  Vendor shall execute any and all documents necessary to demonstrate
    or perfect such transfer.  Vendor shall not at any time in any manner
    during or after this Agreement, under any circumstances, be entitled to or
    claim any right, title or interest herein or any commission, fee or other
    direct or indirect benefit from BMS or BMS' parent, subsidiary or affiliate
    companies, in respect of such works created by Vendor hereunder.  Vendor
    agrees to execute or cause its agents and/or employees to execute any
    documents necessary or desirable to secure or perfect BMS' legal rights and
    worldwide ownership in such works, including, but not limited to documents
    relating to trademark and copyright applications.

G.  RELEASES

    Any materials furnished hereunder which have not been created for BMS and
    are subject to the rights of third parties shall be specifically identified
    to BMS in writing.  Vendor shall obtain (and deliver upon request to BMS)
    releases for all names, photographs, illustrations, testimonials, and any
    and all other materials used in works which Vendor prepares or uses.  All
    such releases shall run to BMS, its agents and employees where appropriate
    and customary.  Vendor's failure to obtain such releases or the obtaining
    of such releases by Vendor shall in no way relieve Vendor of its
    obligations in Paragraph F above except where the releases have been
    obtained directly by BMS.  Except for works that have been secured by
    permission, Vendor warrants and covenants that all works provided by Vendor
    shall be original and shall not infringe any copyright or violate any
    rights of any persons or entities whatsoever.

H.  DURATION OF AGREEMENT

    1.   Term

    This Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date and shall continue in
    full force and effect through December 31, 2001 unless terminated by at
    least ninety (90) days written notice by either party to the other, sent by
    registered mail to the address for each party first set forth above, or to
    such other address which a party may designate for its receipt of notices
    hereunder.  The Agreement will automatically renew for two successive five
    year terms unless either party provides the other party with written notice
    no less than 90 days prior to the expiration of the Agreement of its intent
    not to renew the Agreement.

    2.   Payment on Termination

    Upon termination of this Agreement BMS is to pay for all authorized work in
    process, and BMS shall assume Vendor's liability under and indemnify Vendor
    with respect to all outstanding contracts made in connection with Vendor
    services under this Agreement. Upon written notice of termination Vendor
    shall take all steps necessary to wind up the work under this Agreement and
    to mitigate BMS' liability therefore.  Should Vendor terminate the
    agreement, during a period of time during which BMS has the exclusive right
    to the program as described in the Exclusivity section of this Agreement,
    it shall not engage or participate in any other project involving the
    development or implementation


<PAGE>

    of an interactive program in pain management for twelve months from the
    date of termination.  Vendor  also agrees to perform services under this
    Agreement the shorter of six months or until an alternative source for
    those services can be obtained should it terminate this Agreement.

    3.   Transfer Upon Termination

    Vendor shall transfer, assign and make available to BMS or BMS'
    representative all property and materials in Vendor's possession or control
    belonging to and paid for by BMS, and all information regarding BMS'
    project(s) covered by this Agreement, as set forth in Paragraph C herein.
    Vendor also agrees to give all reasonable cooperation toward transferring
    with approval of third parties in interest all contracts and arrangements,
    if any, properly entered into by Vendor in the performance of this
    Agreement, and all rights and claims thereto and therein, upon being duly
    released from the obligation thereof.

I.  INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS

    The parties to this Agreement are independent contractors and nothing
    contained in this Agreement shall be construed to place the parties in the
    relationship of employer and employee, partners, principal and agent, or
    joint venture.  Neither party shall have the power to bind or obligate the
    other party nor shall either party hold itself out as having such
    authority.

J.  THIRD PARTY OBLIGATIONS

    In connection with this Agreement, Vendor shall make no commitments or
    disbursements, incur no obligations nor place any advertising, public
    relations or promotional material for BMS' parent, subsidiary or affiliate
    companies, nor disseminate any material of any kind using the name of BMS
    and/or BMS' parent, subsidiary or affiliate companies or using their
    trademarks, without the prior written approval of BMS.

K.  GOVERNING LAW

    This Agreement is entered into in the State of New Jersey and shall be
    construed and governed under and in accordance with the laws of that State.

L.  MISCELLANEOUS

    1)   The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon BMS and Vendor and
    their respective successors and permitted assigns.  Notwithstanding the
    foregoing, this Agreement is not assignable in whole or in part by Vendor
    without the prior written consent of BMS.  Factoring of accounts receivable
    is not permitted.


<PAGE>

    2)   The failure of either party to take action as a result of a breach of
    this Agreement by the other party shall constitute neither a waiver of the
    particular breach involved nor a waiver of either party's right to enforce
    any or all provisions of this Agreement through any remedy granted by law
    or this Agreement.

    3)   BMS is an Equal Opportunity Employer and does not discriminate against
    any person because of race, color, creed, age, sex, or national origin.
    Vendor represents that it has the same policy of Equal Opportunity
    Employment.

    4)   The policy of BMS is to protect the health, safety and quality of life
    of its employees and the public, and to exercise responsible stewardship of
    natural resources that may be impacted by its activities.  To realize this,
    BMS is committed to maintaining programs and procedures for the
    environmentally responsible management of facilities, materials, production
    processes, products and packaging, transportation and distribution, waste
    and ft minimization, energy, general business operations and contracted
    goods and services.  Vendor agrees with this policy and further
    acknowledges that its performance under this Agreement shall be in strict
    compliance with all applicable governmental laws and regulations and in
    accordance with and in furtherance of this policy.

    5)   This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with
    respect to the subject matter contained herein, supersedes any prior
    written or oral communications and may be modified in writing subject to
    mutual agreement of the parties hereto.

    6)   The headings of each paragraph are for reference only and shall not be
    construed as part of this Agreement.

    7)   Except for the obligation to pay money property due and owing, either
    party shall be excused from any delay or failure in performance hereunder
    caused by reason of any occurrence or contingency beyond its reasonable
    control, including, but not limited to, failure of performance by the other
    party, earthquake, labor disputes, riots, governmental requirements,
    judicial requirements, inability to secure materials on a timely basis,
    failure of computer equipment, failures or delays of sources from which
    information or data is obtained and transportation difficulties.


<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, each by a duly authorized officer, have
entered into this Agreement this ____ day of ______________, 1996.



Bristol-Myers Squibb Oncology          Disease State Management, Inc.
a division of Bristol-Myers            46 Prince Street
Squibb Company                         Rochester, New York 14607



By:  /s/ Brian Markison                 By:  /s/ George T. Witter
   --------------------------------        -----------------------------------

Title:  Vice President                 Title:  Vice President Sales
      -----------------------------           --------------------------------


<PAGE>

Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for 
confidential treatment. The omitted portions, marked by [****], have been 
separately filed with the Commission.


                                  PROGRAM OVERVIEW

It is the intention of DSMi-TM- and BMS that DSMi-TM- will develop and operate
for BMS an interactive pain management program for use by patients.  Upon
completion of each phase, BMS and DSMi-TM- will consult to determine the
appropriate next phase.  It is understood that subsequent phases may differ from
the Intermediate and Final Phases as described in this contract based upon such
consultation.  DSMi-TM- will be working with BMS to identify potential products
as follows:

CLINICAL STUDY PHASE
This phase consists of a thirty day QOL/pharmacoeconomics trial involving one
hundred and fifty patient at the M.D. Anderson Cancer Center in Houston, Texas.

INTERMEDIATE PHASE
This phase is a Phase IV post approval surveillance trial to involve as many as
fifty cancer treatment centers in the United States and as many as 500 patients.
It is expected that this trial will have a twelve week duration.

FINAL PHASE
The final phase of this process will be the implementation of a Pain Management
Distribution System for use with drugs which BMS may market in the future.



                                    PROGRAM GOALS

A.  OVERALL GOALS

    1.   Educate patients on strategies for overcoming breakthrough pain
    2.   Assess patient's level of pain and degree of symptom relief
    3.   Identify patients with unrelieved pain
    4.   Enable the patient to communicate pain and ask for appropriate
         analgesics
    5.   Use the Quality Improvement Guidelines from the American Pain Society
         to improve the treatment of cancer pain
    6.   Assess quality of life issues relating to mood, depression,
         constipation, nausea and vomiting
    7.   Facilitate appropriate and timely communication of critical pain
         symptoms to health care providers.


B.  BEHAVIORAL GOALS

    1.   Improve patient understanding and awareness with respect to:
              Analgesic therapy for breakthrough pain
              Self monitoring of pain intensity
    2.   Enhance patient motivation and confidence with respect to:
              Pharmacological therapy
              Self monitoring of pain intensity
              Managing associated symptoms (nausea, constipation, depression)
    3.   Enhance compliance with respect to:
              Adjunctive pharmacological agents

                                       1
<PAGE>

C.  BUSINESS GOALS

    1.   Provider goals
         -    Enhance pain management for patients
         -    Strengthen patient/provider relationship
         -    Encourage adherence to established treatment guidelines
         -    Provide value added service
         -    Link providers, nurses, pharmacists and patients
         -    Reduce risk factors associated with costly:
                   Unscheduled office visits
                   Emergency room interventions
                   Hospitalizations
         -    Provide expanding database for critical pathway development

    2.   BMS Goals
         -    Empower patients to take an active role in their pain management
         -    Gather consistent data enabling publication of results in a peer
              review forum
         -    Establish an automated intervention system as the standard of
              care in pain management monitoring

                                       2
<PAGE>

                              PROGRAM SCHEDULE

See the "Program Intervention Description" section for details about each of the
interventions.  This protocol would be delivered to patients during their
involvement in the program.

CLINICAL STUDY PHASE PROTOCOL

    -    QUALITY OF LIFE ENROLLMENT QUESTIONNAIRE
         Patient demographics obtained from Quality of Life Questionnaire
         Patient demographics entered into database

    -    INITIAL PROGRAM CALL (WEEK ONE)
         Initial call to patient
         Personalized provider update report #1

    -    FOLLOW-UP CALL #1 (WEEK TWO)
         Personalized provider update report #2

    -    FOLLOW-UP CALL #2 (WEEK THREE)
         Personalized provider update report #3

    -    FOLLOW-UP CALL #3 (WEEK FOUR)
         Personalized provider update report #4

    -    AN ADDITIONAL 22 TELEPHONE INTERVENTIONS EVERY TWO WEEKS TO PATIENTS
         WHO WERE PARTICIPANTS IN THE CLINICAL STUDY PHASE. FAXED PHYSICIAN
         REPORTING IN CRISIS SITUATION ONLY


AFTER COMPLETION OF THE CLINICAL STUDY PHASE PROTOCOL, THE PATIENT DATABASE WILL
BE FORWARDED TO M.D. ANDERSON CANCER CENTER FOR ANALYSIS.


INTERMEDIATE PHASE PROTOCOL

    -    Follow-up to Clinical Study Phase
    -    Telephone interventions every other week to as many as 500 patients at
         as many as 50 cancer treatment centers in a Phase IV post approval
         study
    -    Faxed physician reporting in crisis situation only


    FINAL PHASE PROTOCOL

    -    To Be Determined

                                       3
<PAGE>

                    PROGRAM INTERVENTION DESCRIPTION

See the "Program Schedule" section for an outline of the protocol for delivering
these program components.  Note that the term "provider" is used to refer to a
case manager or another health care provider designated to receive
communications regarding the patient.


QUALITY OF LIFE ENROLLMENT QUESTIONNAIRE

    -    Tool to establish demographic information concerning patients
    -    Tool for establishing personalized baseline pain statistics
    -    Summarizes pain medication history
    -    Tracks pain management
    -    Establishes treatment, motivation, knowledge and satisfaction issues

TELEPHONE CALLS

    -    Call to enroll patients in the program as per data provided by BMS
    -    Call placed by operator to patients according to patient's preferred
         contact times and the program intervention schedule
    -    Cost-efficient interface:  operator-initiated contact to identify
         patient and transfer to automated, voice response system
    -    Option to reconnect with operator during or after voice response
         interaction
    -    High appeal voice response system using a recorded human voice versus
         computer synthesized speech
    -    Patient responds in normal speaking voice versus pushing touch tone
         buttons
    -    Self-reported assessment of pain management factors
    -    Patient receives personalized questions and clinically appropriate
         feedback driven by expert system to promote patients' ability to
         effectively manage their pain.
    -    Creates foundation for expanding patient data file which drives the
         personalized, interactive program services
    -    Allows identification of patient concerns and appropriate referral
    -    Adds vital progress information to the longitudinal patient database

PROVIDER UPDATES

    -    Laser printed, on-demand published report integrating patient's
         follow-up and enrollment data
    -    Faxed to patient's provider after each patient follow-up call
    -    "At-a-glance" format provides efficient documentation of critical
         patient data, ready for insertion into the medical record
    -    Facilitates identification of patient education needs and
         hard-to-manage patients, appropriate allocation of health care
         resources, and timely modification of treatment regimens
    -    Enhances patient-provider communication

ORGANIZATIONAL DATA REPORTS

    -    Comprehensive data sets will be determined by expert consultation.
    -    Standard data reports provided at conclusion of trial period.
         Configuration of standard reports to be determined.

                                       4
<PAGE>

                                 PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT

In conjunction with the Pain Management Group, DSMi-TM- will perform a
comprehensive needs assessment to establish the fundamental goals, objectives
and data sets for the intervention protocol.  The needs assessment portion of
the project development shall include the establishment of an expert panel.  The
panel will consist of Dr. Richard Payne, two oncology nurse specialists, John
La Lota from the Pain Management Group and a DSMi-TM- clinical expert.
Recruitment and contracting of the clinical consultants shall be the
responsibility of and at the discretion of DSMi-TM- and the Pain Management
Group, BMS agrees to review/accept advisory board recommendations.  The panel
will assist in the development of the following:


    a)   Intervention Protocol
    b)   Program Goals
    c)   Data sets
    d)   Outcomes evaluation protocol
    e)   Baseline parameters
    f)   Inclusion/exclusion criteria

During clinical development, consulting experts will review program materials,
call algorithms and reports to include that program development goals are met.

Program development for the Clinical Study Phase will be completed within 60
days of contract signing and will result in DSMi-TM- delivering a fully
operational program, including the following components:

    -    Quality of Life Enrollment Questionnaire
    -    Four Telephone Interventions
    -    Four Provider Update Reports

The Clinical Study Phase program development includes the following tasks:

    -    Design of graphic presentation for on-demand published materials
    -    Design of systems configuration
    -    Systems programming for internal reporting, on-demand publishing,
         interactive voice response, and outcomes analysis
    -    Voice recording and training of the voice response system
    -    Testing of the operable program
    -    Proof reading/editing pre-printed and on-demand published materials

There will be additional program development activity for the Intermediate and
Final Phases, however these cannot be determined until changes to be made to the
program components developed during the Clinical Study Phase have been
identified.

                                       5
<PAGE>

Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for 
confidential treatment. The omitted portions, marked by [****], have been 
separately filed with the Commission.

PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT FEES


The cost is [*****] to deliver the Clinical Study Phase program.  This fee is
payable according to the following schedule:

    -    40% upon contract signing
    -    20% at signing date plus 30 days
    -    40% upon completion of Clinical Study Phase program development

Developmental fees will cover:

    -    Clinical
         -    Expert Consultation
         -    Clinical Content
         -    Intervention Algorithms
         -    Testing and Debugging

    -    Systems
         -    Database Development
         -    On-Demand Publishing
         -    Voice Training (IVR)
         -    Call Center Integration

    -    Graphics/ Communication
         -    Logo Design
         -    Layout
         -    Illustration Development
         -    Voice Recording/Studio

Should the protocols of the intermediate and final phases of this program be
very similar to those of the Clinical Study Phase, the combined development fee
for these two phases will not exceed [*****].  The types of changes that would
cause these additional development fees to exceed [*****] would be items such
as extended call lengths, the use of different calls rather than one call on a
repetitive basis, changes in the length of the provider reports, introduction of
patient reports, and changes to the logic pattern of the calls.


PROGRAM OPERATION FEES

The patient program operation cost is [*****] per call for the Clinical Study
Phase.  The patient program operation fees will be billed monthly.  Should the
contracted call be modified in such a manner as to shorten/lengthen the call or
reduce/increase the cost of reporting/publication DSMi-TM-/BMS shall negotiate
an appropriate fee for all subsequent interventions.

The per patient program operational cost for the Intermediate and Final Phases
will be determined after analysis of the results of the Clinical Study Phases.

                                       6
<PAGE>

Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for 
confidential treatment. The omitted portions, marked by [****], have been 
separately filed with the Commission.

EXCLUSIVITY

DSMi-TM- agrees not to engage or participate in any other project involving the
development or implementation of an interactive program in pain management
through the earlier of December 31, 1996 or the date upon which development of
the Final Phase program begins.  BMS shall have the option to extend this
exclusivity period for the twelve month period commencing on the earlier of the
date upon which development of the Final Phase program begins or December 31,
1996 by agreeing to pay DSMi-TM- an exclusivity fee of [*****] if program
operational fees do not exceed [*****] during the period from January 1, 1997
through December 31, 1997.  Further extensions of the period of exclusivity
shall require that BMS agree to pay to DSMi-TM- an annual exclusivity fee of
[*****] multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Consumer
Price Index for the medical sector for the calendar year immediately preceding
that of the commencement of the extension period and the denominator of which
shall be the Consumer Price Index for the medical sector for 1995 if the program
operational fees for the project fail to reach the [*****] during the preceding
twelve month period.

BMS must notify DSMi-TM- 90 days prior to the end of each exclusivity period if
it intends to exercise its option to extend the Exclusivity Period by agreeing
to the above exclusivity fee.

Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent DSMI-TM- from developing an interactive
program for a disease area which includes a pain management component, but which
is not primarily focused on pain management.

                                       7


<PAGE>

SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Agreement is effective this  23rd day of April, 1996, (the "Effective
Date") between Disease State Management, Inc., 46 Prince Street, Rochester, New
York 14607 ("DSMi" or "Vendor") and Bristol-Myers Squibb Oncology/Immunology, a
division of Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, P.O. Box 4500, Princeton, New Jersey
08543-4500 (hereinafter called "BMS").  Vendor agrees to provide services to BMS
under the terms set forth below.

A.   SERVICES

     Vendor will provide the product(s) or service(s) set forth, and to the
     specifications set forth in the proposal incorporated herein as Attachment
     A.

     The product and all material elements as set forth on Attachment A are
     subject to prior approval by BMS, such approval not to be unreasonably
     withheld.

B.   COMPENSATION

     BMS will pay Vendor according to the terms or payment schedule set forth in
     Attachment A hereto.

     In the event that BMS shall request any changes in the concept,
     specifications or scope of the product(s) or service(s) described on
     Attachment A hereto, Vendor will notify BMS of the cost of such revisions
     and will not proceed without prior approval.

     If the compensation provision on Attachment A hereto is other than a flat
     fee amount per element or for the entire project, Vendor will provide such
     documentation in support of all billings as BMS may reasonably require.

C.   CONFIDENTIALITY

     Vendor shall treat as confidential and secret any and all BMS Confidential
     Information.  "BMS Confidential Information" shall include, but not be
     limited to, information relating to BMS' past, present and future marketing
     and research and development activities that may be disclosed to Vendor by
     BMS and/or BMS' parent, subsidiary or affiliate companies and which are
     identified in writing by BMS as confidential.  BMS Confidential information
     shall not include (i) information known by Vendor prior to disclosure from
     BMS. (ii) information which is or becomes publicly known through no
     wrongful act of Vendor, (iii) information that is independently developed
     by Vendor, without use of information that otherwise constitutes BMS
     Confidential Information, or (iv) information disclosed pursuant to law,
     rule, regulation or pursuant to a court order, provided that BMS is given
     10 days prior notice of such disclosure. Vendors obligations not to
     disclose BMS Confidential Information to third parties shall survive the
     termination of this Agreement for a period of five years.  Vendor shall not
     duplicate any material containing BMS Confidential

<PAGE>

     Information, except in the direct performance of its services under this
     Agreement.  Vendor shall return all copies of materials containing BMS
     Confidential Information upon Vendor's completion of services under this
     Agreement or upon any earlier termination of this Agreement for any reason
     whatsoever.

     BMS shall treat as confidential and secret any and all Vendor Confidential
     Information.  "Vendor Confidential Information" shall include, but not be
     limited to, information relating to Vendor's past, present and future
     systems development activities that may be disclosed to BMS and/or BMS'
     parent, subsidiary or affiliate companies and which are identified in
     writing by Vendor as confidential, except that in no event shall Vendor
     Confidential Information include information relating to Vendor
     deliverables under this agreement.  Vendor Confidential lnformation shall
     not include (i) information known by BMS prior to disclosure from Vendor,
     (ii) information which is or becomes publicly known through no wrongful act
     of BMS, (iii) information that is independently developed by BMS, without
     use of information that otherwise constitutes Vendor Confidential
     Information, or (iv) information disclosed pursuant to law, rule,
     regulation or pursuant to a court order, provided that Vendor is given 10
     days prior notice of such disclosure. BMS' obligations not to disclose
     Vendor Confidential Information shall survive the termination of this
     Agreement for a period of five years.  BMS shall return all copies of
     materials containing Vendor Confidential Information upon Vendor's
     completion of services under this Agreement or upon any earlier termination
     of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever.

D.   INDEMNIFICATION

     Each party shall indemnify and hold the other party harmless from and
     against all liability, damages, penalties, losses, costs or expenses,
     including attorneys' fees, arising from or in any way related to its
     willful or negligent actions or omissions in performing the
     responsibilities as described in this Agreement, or for any willful or
     negligent breach of this Agreement.  BMS shall indemnify and hold Vendor
     harmless from and against all liability, damages, penalties, losses, costs
     or expenses, including attorney's fees, arising from or in any way related
     to any and all medical malpractice claims or litigations involving Vendor
     arising from a patient's use of Megace-Registered Trademark-Oral 
     Suspension.

E.   PROFESSIONAL STANDARDS

     Vendor represents that it has facilities, personnel, experience and
     expertise sufficient in quality and it  will perform all such assignments
     and projects given it by BMS hereunder and agrees that it will perform all
     such assignments and projects in a manner commensurate with professional
     standards generally applicable to its industry.

F.   OWNERSHIP OF MATERIALS

     Any and all telephone scripts or written materials created by Vendor for
     BMS in connection with this Agreement shall be the sole and exclusive
     property of BMS.  BMS

<PAGE>

     may use such work wherever and whenever it chooses.  This Agreement shall
     be deemed a transfer of copyright and any copyrightable subject matter
     created by Vendor in such works.  Vendor shall execute any and all
     documents necessary to demonstrate or perfect such transfer.  Vendor shall
     not at any time in any manner during or after this Agreement, under any
     circumstances, be entitled to or claim any right, title or interest herein
     or any commission, fee or other direct or indirect benefit from BMS or BMS'
     parent, subsidiary or affiliate companies, in respect of such works created
     by Vendor hereunder.  Vendor agrees to execute or cause its agents and/or
     employees to execute any documents necessary or desirable to secure or
     perfect BMS' legal rights and worldwide ownership in such works, including,
     but not limited to documents relating to trademark and copyright
     applications.

G.   RELEASES

     Any materials furnished hereunder which have not been created for BMS and
     are subject to the rights of third parties shall be specifically identified
     to BMS in writing.  Vendor shall obtain (and deliver upon request to BMS)
     releases for all names, photographs, illustrations, testimonials, and any
     and all other materials used in works which Vendor prepares or uses.  All
     such releases shall run to BMS, its agents and employees where appropriate
     and customary.  Vendor's failure to obtain such releases or the obtaining
     of such releases by Vendor shall in no way relieve Vendor of its
     obligations in Paragraph F above except where the releases have been
     obtained directly by BMS.  Except for works that have been secured by
     permission, Vendor warrants and covenants that all works provided by Vendor
     shall be original and shall not infringe any copyright or violate any
     rights of any persons or entities whatsoever.

H.   DURATION OF AGREEMENT

     1.   Term

     This Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date and shall continue in
     full force and effect for twelve (12) months unless terminated by at least
     ninety (90) days written notice by either party to the other, sent by
     registered mail to the address for each party first set forth above, or to
     such other address which a party may designate for its receipt of notices
     hereunder.

     2.   Payment on Termination

     Upon termination of this Agreement BMS is to pay for all authorized work in
     process, and BMS shall assume Vendor's liability under and indemnify Vendor
     with respect to all outstanding contracts made in connection with Vendor
     services under this Agreement. Upon written notice of termination Vendor
     shall take all steps necessary to wind up the work under this Agreement and
     to mitigate BMS' liability therefore.  Should Vendor terminate the
     agreement, during a period of time during which BMS has the exclusive right
     to the program as described in the Exclusivity section of this Agreement,
     it shall not engage or participate in any other project involving the
     development or implementation

<PAGE>

     of an interactive program primarily focused on Weight Enhancement for
     patients with Cancer or AIDS for twelve months from the date of
     termination.  Vendor  also agrees to perform services under this Agreement
     the shorter of six months or until an alternative source for those services
     can be obtained should it terminate this Agreement.

     3.   Transfer Upon Termination

     Vendor shall transfer, assign and make available to BMS or BMS'
     representative all property and materials in Vendor's possession or control
     belonging to and paid for by BMS, and all information regarding BMS'
     project(s) covered by this Agreement, as set forth in Paragraph C herein.
     Vendor also agrees to give all reasonable cooperation toward transferring
     with approval of third parties in interest all contracts and arrangements,
     if any, properly entered into by Vendor in the performance of this
     Agreement, and all rights and claims thereto and therein, upon being duly
     released from the obligation thereof.

I.   INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS

     The parties to this Agreement are independent contractors and nothing
     contained in this Agreement shall be construed to place the parties in the
     relationship of employer and employee, partners, principal and agent, or
     joint venture.  Neither party shall have the power to bind or obligate the
     other party nor shall either party hold itself out as having such
     authority.

J.   THIRD PARTY OBLIGATIONS

     In connection with this Agreement, Vendor shall make no commitments or
     disbursements, incur no obligations nor place any advertising, public
     relations or promotional material for BMS' parent, subsidiary or affiliate
     companies, nor disseminate any material of any kind using the name of BMS
     and/or BMS' parent, subsidiary or affiliate companies or using their
     trademarks, without the prior written approval of BMS.

K.   GOVERNING LAW

     This Agreement is entered into in the State of New Jersey and shall be
     construed and governed under and in accordance with the laws of that State.

L.   MISCELLANEOUS

     1)   The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon BMS and Vendor and
     their respective successors and permitted assigns.  Notwithstanding the
     foregoing, this Agreement is not assignable in whole or in part by Vendor
     without the prior written consent of BMS.  Factoring of accounts receivable
     is not permitted.

<PAGE>

     2)   The failure of either party to take action as a result of a breach of
     this Agreement by the other party shall constitute neither a waiver of the
     particular breach involved nor a waiver of either party's right to enforce
     any or all provisions of this Agreement through any remedy granted by law
     or this Agreement.

     3)   BMS is an Equal Opportunity Employer and does not discriminate against
     any person because of race, color, creed, age, sex, or national origin.
     Vendor represents that it has the same policy of Equal Opportunity
     Employment.

     4)   The policy of BMS is to protect the health, safety and quality of life
     of its employees and the public, and to exercise responsible stewardship of
     natural resources that may be impacted by its activities.  To realize this,
     BMS is committed to maintaining programs and procedures for the
     environmentally responsible management of facilities, materials, production
     processes, products and packaging, transportation and distribution, waste
     and ft minimization, energy, general business operations and contracted
     goods and services.  Vendor agrees with this policy and further
     acknowledges that its performance under this Agreement shall be in strict
     compliance with all applicable governmental laws and regulations and in
     accordance with and in furtherance of this policy.

     5)   This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with
     respect to the subject matter contained herein, supersedes any prior
     written or oral communications and may be modified in writing subject to
     mutual agreement of the parties hereto.

     6)   The headings of each paragraph are for reference only and shall not be
     construed as part of this Agreement.

     7)   Except for the obligation to pay money property due and owing, either
     party shall be excused from any delay or failure in performance hereunder
     caused by reason of any occurrence or contingency beyond its reasonable
     control, including, but not limited to, failure of performance by the other
     party, earthquake, labor disputes, riots, governmental requirements,
     judicial requirements, inability to secure materials on a timely basis,
     failure of computer equipment, failures or delays of sources from which
     information or data is obtained and transportation difficulties.

<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, each by a duly authorized officer, have
entered in to this Agreement this 23 day of April, 1996.



Bristol-Myers Squibb                          Disease State Management, Inc.
Oncology/Immunology                           46 Prince Street
a division of Bristol-Myers                   Rochester, New York 14607
Squibb Company
P.O. Box 4500
Princeton, New Jersey 08543


By: /s/ Brian Markison                        By: /s/ George T. Witter
   ---------------------------                   ---------------------------

Title: Vice President                       Title: Vice President, Sales
      ------------------------                      ------------------------

<PAGE>


Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for 
confidential treatment. The omitted portions, marked by [****], have been 
separately filed with the Commission.

                               WEIGHT ENHANCEMENT
                          PATIENT INTERVENTION PROGRAM




                          -----------------------------


                                       FOR


                              BRISTOL-MYERS SQUIBB
                               ONCOLOGY/IMMUNOLOGY





                                  PRESENTED BY

                       DISEASE STATE MANAGEMENT,-SM- INC.
                                46 PRINCE STREET
                           ROCHESTER, NEW YORK  14607
                                  716-244-1360


<PAGE>

                               WEIGHT ENHANCEMENT
                                PROGRAM OVERVIEW


NEEDS ASSESSMENT

DSMI-SM-, under the direction of Bristol-Myers Squibb, Oncology/Immunology, will
perform a comprehensive needs assessment to establish the fundamental goals,
objectives and data sets for the intervention protocol.  The needs assessment
portion of the project development shall include:

I.   Establishment of an Expert Consultation Panel.  The panel will consist of
     an Oncologist, an Immunologist, a Dietitian, a Nurse, a Social Worker and a
     DSMI-SM- clinical development staff member.  Recruitment of the clinical
     consultants shall be the responsibility of and at the discretion of BMS.
     Contracting of the clinical consultants shall be the responsibility of
     DSMI-SM-.  BMS agrees to review/accept advisory board recommendations.  The
     panel will assist in the development of the following:

          A.   Intervention protocol    E.  Baseline parameters
          B.   Program goals            F.  Inclusion/exclusion criteria
          C.   Data sets                G.  Appropriate DRG/ICD - 9 codes
          D.   Outcomes evaluation protocol


II.  DSMI-SM- will perform a review of preprinted published materials to provide
     a listing of available   educational resources pertaining to Anorexia or
     Cachexia secondary to a diagnosis of Cancer or AIDS.  BMS will direct
     DSMi-SM- towards specific organizations which can provide such materials.


                                                                               2

<PAGE>

                               WEIGHT ENHANCEMENT
                                  PROGRAM GOALS

                PATIENTS ON MEGACE-REGISTERED TRADEMARK- THERAPY

1.   Patient Intervention (Behavioral Goals):

     A.   Improve patient understanding and awareness with respect to:

          1.   Pharmacologic Therapy
          2.   Nutritional Needs & Guidelines
          3.   Critical Symptoms
          4.   Associated Risk Factors
          5.   Exercise Protocols
          6.   Improved Body Weight

     B.   Enhance Patient Motivation and Confidence with respect to:

          1.   Pharmacologic Therapy
          2.   Nutritional Needs & Guidelines
          3.   Critical Symptoms
          4.   Associated Risk Factors
          5.   Exercise Protocols
          6.   Improved Body Weight

     C.   Enhance Compliance with respect to:

          1.   Pharmacologic Therapy
          2.   Nutritional Needs & Guidelines
          3.   Exercise Protocols
          4.   Critical Symptoms

     D.   Facilitate the appropriate use of referral resources with respect to:

          1.   Nutritional Interventions
          2.   Pharmacologic Therapy
          3.   Modification of Associated Risk Factors
          4.   Health Care Team

     E.   Facilitate appropriate and timely communication of critical symptoms
          and patient compliance concerns to health care providers.

     F.   Enhance communication of information between patient and health care
          providers.


                                                                               3

<PAGE>


                               WEIGHT ENHANCEMENT
                                  PROGRAM GOALS

         AT RISK PATIENTS NAIVE TO MEGACE-REGISTERED TRADEMARK- THERAPY

This intervention program will help patients, who are in advanced stages of
Cancer/AIDS who may have failed on other interventions, with reaching the
following behavioral goals and help the health care provider determine if/when
the patient is a candidate for Megace-Registered Trademark- therapy.

I.   Patient Intervention (Behavioral Goals):

     A.   Improve patient understanding and awareness with respect to:

          1.   Pharmacologic Therapy
          2.   Nutritional Needs & Guidelines
          3.   Critical Symptoms
          4.   Associated Risk Factors
          5.   Exercise Protocols
          6    Demonstrated Weight Loss
          7.   Severe Appetite Depression
          8.   Improved Body Weight

     B.   Enhance Patient Motivation and Confidence with respect to:

          1.   Pharmacologic Therapy
          2.   Nutritional Needs & Guidelines
          3.   Critical Symptoms
          4.   Associated Risk Factors
          5.   Exercise Protocols
          6.   Improved Body Weight

     C.   Enhance Compliance with respect to:

          1.   Nutritional Needs & Guidelines
          2.   Exercise Protocols
          3.   Critical Symptoms
          4.   Improved Body Weight

     D.   Facilitate the appropriate use of referral resources with respect to:

          1.   Pharmacologic Therapy
          2.   Nutritional Interventions
          3.   Modification of Associated Risk Factors
          4.   Health Care Team

     E.   Facilitate appropriate and timely communication of critical symptoms
          and patient compliance concerns to health care providers.

     F.   Enhance communication of information between patient and health care
          providers.


                                                                               4

<PAGE>

                               WEIGHT ENHANCEMENT
                                  PROGRAM GOALS

II.  BUSINESS GOALS WHICH MAY BE ENHANCED:


     A.   BRISTOL-MYERS SQUIBB, ONCOLOGY/IMMUNOLOGY
     
          1.   Enhance competitive position
          2.   Encourage drug compliance/secure adherence to therapy
          3.   Strengthen customer commitment to BMS partnership
          4.   Provide powerful customer driven selling tool
          5.   Enhance alliance with major home health care providers
          6.   Enhance economic position
          7.   Enhance leadership position in Oncology
          8.   Strengthen leadership position in HIV
          9.   Identify patients at high risk


B.        INDEPENDENT PRACTICE

          1.   Early identification of high risk patients
          2.   Encourage drug compliance/secure adherence to therapy
          3.   Strengthen patient/provider relationships
          4.   Empower patients to take an active role in self-management
          5.   Encourage adherence to established treatment guidelines


                                                                               5

<PAGE>

                               WEIGHT ENHANCEMENT
                                PROGRAM SCHEDULE

See the "Program Intervention Description" section for details about each of the
interventions. The selected intervention schedule will be delivered to patients
who are currently on Megace-Registered Trademark- therapy or high risk patients
who are not currently on Megace-Registered Trademark- therapy.  Note that the
term "provider" is used to denote a case manager or another health care provider
designated to receive communications regarding the patient.

RATIONALE

The use of physician extenders to provide frequent encouragement, reinforcement
and tracking of targeted symptoms has been shown in models for other disease
entities to improve compliance and the perceived well being of the patient.
Intensive intervention in early stages of a program will facilitate success of
program goals.

I.  STANDARD PROTOCOL: (SEE SCHEMATIC, PAGE 7)

MONTH 1:
     2 Telephone Interventions
     2 Demand Published Patient Reports
     2 Demand Published Physician Reports
     1 Related Pre-Printed Materials
- -  Patient Enrollment via standard BRM
- -  Initial telephone intervention within 7 days of the BRM entry into the
   database
- -  Telephone interventions to patient every other week
- -  Demand Published Patient Report to follow each telephone intervention
- -  Demand Published Physician Report to follow each telephone intervention
- -  Related Pre-Printed Materials to be sent with Patient Report

MONTH  2:
     1 Telephone Intervention
     1 Demand Published Patient Report
     1 Demand Published Physician Report
     1 Related Pre-Printed Materials
- -  Demand Published Patient Report to follow telephone intervention
- -  Demand Published Provider Report to follow telephone intervention
- -  Related Pre-Printed Materials to be sent with Patient Report

MONTH 3:
     1 Telephone Intervention
     1 Demand Published Patient Report
     1 Demand Published Physician Report
- -  Demand Published Patient Report to follow telephone intervention
- -  Demand Published Physician Report to follow telephone intervention


                                                                               6

<PAGE>

STANDARD PROTOCOL SUMMARY:

- -  Interactive Voice Recognition Telephone Interventions =  4
- -  Demand Published Patient Reports = 4
- -  Demand Published Physician Reports = 4
- -  Related Pre-Printed Materials =  2


   Week #           1   2   3    4    5    6    7    8   9   10  11   12  total
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 Telephone Call         *        *                   *                 *     4
 Patient Report         *        *                   *                 *     4
 Physician Report       *        *                   *                 *     4
 Preprinted             *                            *                       2
 Materials


                                                                               7

<PAGE>

II.  OPTIONAL MONTHLY PROTOCOL:

          The Standard Protocol intervention schedule would be greatly enhanced
          by extending the protocol as follows:


          MONTHS 4, 5, AND 6:
               1 Telephone Intervention

          -  Telephone Interventions provided monthly



               Month #     4    5    6    total
           ---------------------------------------
           Telephone Call  *    *    *      3


          MONTHLY INTERVENTION PROTOCOL SUMMARY:
          -    Interactive Voice Recognition Telephone Interventions = 3







          PLEASE FIND ADDENDUM ON PAGE 16 OF THIS PROPOSAL FOR AN ADDITIONAL
          FOLD-IN OPTION TO THIS PROTOCOL.


                                                                               8

<PAGE>

                               WEIGHT ENHANCEMENT
                        PROGRAM INTERVENTION DESCRIPTION

See the "Program Schedule" section for an outline of the protocol for delivering
these program components.  Note that the term "provider" is used to refer to a
physician, case manager or other health care provider designated to receive
communications regarding the patient.



BUSINESS REPLY MAIL (BRM)/PROGRAM DESCRIPTION
     -    Up to two (2) page pre-printed mailer designed for distribution by
          providers to patients and return via postage paid mail response by
          patient to  DSMI-SM-
     -    Brief assessment for identifying patient data (e.g., name, phone
          number, best time to contact) necessary for DSMISM to initiate a
          telephone call to patient
     -    Program description includes a brief program overview


TELEPHONE INTERVENTIONS
     -    Five (5) minute telephone calls placed by operator to patients
          according to patient's preferred contact times and the program
          intervention schedule
     -    Cost-efficient interface:  operator-initiated contact to identify
          patient and transfer to automated, voice response system
     -    Option to reconnect with a live operator during or after voice
          response interaction
     -    High appeal voice response system using a recorded human voice versus
          computer synthesized speech
     -    Patient responds in normal speaking voice versus pushing touch tone
          buttons
     -    Self-report follow-up assessment of relevant medical and behavioral
          factors:  update on disease status, prescribed treatment including
          diet, exercise, and medications, patient motivation, treatment
          barriers, patient knowledge indicators regarding symptom
          identification and disease self-management
     -    Patient receives personalized questions and clinically appropriate
          feedback driven by expert system to promote patients' awareness of
          their condition and adherence to their treatment regimen
     -    Allows identification of patient concerns
     -    Adds vital progress information to the longitudinal patient database

PATIENT REPORTS
     -    One to four page, single sided,  laser printed, on-demand published
          report including text that is personalized based upon enrollment
          responses, and graphics that are personalized to patient's gender
     -    Mailed to patient within a week after each telephone intervention
     -    Personalized and pre-printed materials reinforce patient awareness and
          knowledge regarding their condition and promote treatment adherence


                                                                               9

<PAGE>

PHYSICIAN REPORTS

     -    One page laser printed, on-demand published report integrating
          patient's follow-up and enrollment data
     -    Mailed to patient's provider within a week after each patient
          interactive voice response intervention
     -    "At-a-glance" format provides efficient documentation of critical
          patient data, ready for insertion into the medical record
     -    Facilitates identification of patient education needs and hard-to-
          manage patients, appropriate allocation of health care resources, and
          timely modification of treatment regimens
     -    Enhances patient-provider communication


ORGANIZATIONAL DATA REPORTS

     -    Standard comprehensive data reports and  aggregate information will be
          provided  to BMS.    Configuration of standard reports to be
          determined by DSMI-SM-'s Systems and Engineering staff.  Nonstandard
          reports will be developed by DSMI-SM-'s staff at the request of BMS.
          DSMI-SM-/BMS will establish customary and reasonable developmental and
          production fees for the aforementioned nonstandard reports
     -    To insure confidentiality and security of program database, reports to
          BMS on program data to include aggregate patient information only



                                                                              10

<PAGE>

                               WEIGHT ENHANCEMENT
                               PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT

Program development will proceed in two stages.  During the first stage, to be
completed within 45 days of contract signing, DSMI-SM-/BMS will establish and
convene an expert advisory panel meeting to determine:  intervention goals,
protocol structure, required data sets, educational requirements, high risk
behaviors, available resources and modifiable behaviors. DSMI-SM- will provide a
panel summary report to BMS.  Additionally, no later than signature date plus 45
days, DSMI-SM- will deliver preliminary program components to be used by BMS to
market the program.  These components will include five (5) copies for each of
the following prototypes of the program:  sample marketing brochure, sample
business reply mail/program description, sample personalized patient report
(including partial Greek text), and sample personalized physician report
(including partial Greek text).  In addition, a voice response call-in telephone
demonstration will be designed specifically for BMS.

The second stage of program development will require a maximum of 150 additional
days to deliver a fully operational program, including the following components:

     -    Business reply mail/program description (design/layout and print
          specifications)
     -    Design, development and production of  personalized patient reports
     -    Design, development and production of  personalized physician reports
     -    Design, development and production of  Interactive Voice Response
          interventions
     -    Marketing brochure and sales presentation aid

The program development schedules shall be based upon the selected protocol and
shall not exceed the aforementioned 150 developmental days.

The entire program development includes the following tasks:

PHASE I

     -    Consultation with BMS to finalize program specifications.  Such
          consultation will establish: BMS disease management team's program
          objectives and marketing and business goals.  BMS will provide
          DSMI-SM- with an overview in writing no later than contract signing
          date plus 45 days.

     -    Development of and consultation with expert panel as described.

     -    BMS/DSMI-SM-  will establish a formal developmental reporting and
          review process. DSMI-SM- will provide BMS a comprehensive project
          developmental overview annotating clinical development completion
          dates for individual modules.  Additionally, formal review conference
          dates will be established no later than 45 days after contract
          signing.  The finalization of program parameters, graphics design or
          these formal review/signoff dates is essential in order to meet the
          proposed delivery schedule.

     -    Integration of market research/client/clinical information to finalize
          program content.


                                                                              11
<PAGE>

PHASE II

     -    Finalize design of graphic presentation for pre-print and on-demand
          published materials

     -    Coordination of personalized clinical copy with personalized graphics

     -    Design of systems configuration

     -    Systems programming for internal reporting for on-demand publishing,
          interactive voice response, and outcomes analysis

     -    Voice recording and training of the voice response system

     -    Identification of appropriate educational brochures and materials

PHASE III

     -    Testing of the operable program

     -    Proof reading/editing pre-printed and on-demand published materials

     -    Upon completion of operational testing DSMI-SM-  shall begin
          enrollment of patients at the discretion of BMS.

PHASE IV:  PILOT PROGRAM

DSMi-SM- shall conduct a pilot test for a maximum of 100 patients, currently on
Megace-Registered Trademark- therapy, recruited by BMS, to determine the
efficiency of the intervention process.  The pilot test shall include the
completion of the Standard Protocol (see pages 6 and 7 of this proposal).


Upon completion of the Pilot Program, DSMi-SM- shall begin patient enrollment.
Patients will receive program interventions described under the "Program
Intervention Description" on pages 9 and 10 of this proposal.


                                                                              12

<PAGE>

                               WEIGHT ENHANCEMENT
                         PROGRAM MARKETING AND TRAINING

DSMI-SM- will provide 2 full day training sessions to BMS  staff or
representatives to assist in the marketing and training efforts for the program.
Additional training and marketing support shall be available to BMS.  Such
support may include:

     -    Development of marketing and/or training strategies and procedures
     -    Coordination and/or presentations for meetings and seminars with
          payors/sponsoring organizations
     -    Individual phone and/or in-person consultation with payors/sponsoring
          organizations
     -    Written correspondence with payors/sponsoring organizations
     -    Preparation of written materials and/or phone demonstrations for the
          payors/sponsoring organizations

Fees for this additional expert consultation shall reflect reasonable and
customary charges.

PROGRAM OPERATION

As DSMI-SM-'s program development team nears completion of the program, a
program operation team will be assembled to participate in testing the system.
This facilitates a smooth transition period for the shift from the development
to the operations staff. DSMI-SM- will maintain responsibility for managing its
in-house staff and its subcontractors who are involved in ongoing operations of
the program interventions.  Quality assurance measures are included in the
interactive program interventions and DSMI-SM-'s internal reporting systems.


DATABASE DEVELOPMENT

The program database will be constructed and maintained using a standard
Relational Data Base Management System (DBMS).  The primary record index will be
based upon patient identification.  All information collected at enrollment and
during all subsequent interventions will be stored in the database.  The record
schema(s) will be developed according to the specific question sets and data
required by the proposed program.  Data may be imported or exported off-line
using a variety of industry standard formats, or on-line using DSMI-SM-'s SQL
Server interface. DSMI-SM- will use industry standard procedures for insuring
the confidentiality and security of the program database.


                                                                              13

<PAGE>

Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for 
confidential treatment. The omitted portions, marked by [****], have been 
separately filed with the Commission.

PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT FEES

The product development fees for the intervention protocols are:

     Standard Protocol:            [*****]

     Optional Monthly Protocol:    [*****]



PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT FEES ARE PAYABLE ACCORDING TO THE FOLLOWING SCHEDULE:

A pilot phase of  100 patients  will be conducted over a 6 month study period.
BMS agrees to pay an initial payment of [*****] to commence this pilot phase.

Successful completion of the pilot phase will be judged by outcomes agreeable to
BMS in its sole judgment.  Should BMS decide to move forward with full rollout
of this weight enhancement patient intervention program, the balance of the
development fee, [*****], will be payable to DSMi-TM- within 30 days of the
decision to move forward.  At the same time a decision will be made whether or
not to proceed with the optional monthly protocol.  Should BMS decide not to
move forward after completion of the pilot phase, the initial payment of 
[*****] is not refundable to BMS and BMS relinquishes all ownership rights to
this weight enhancement patient intervention program.

Developmental fees will cover:

     -    Clinical

          -    Expert Consultation:  DSMi-SM shall fund all travel, honorarium
               and associated fees involved in the convening of the Expert
               Advisory Panel Meeting described under "Program Overview" in this
               proposal.  Any additional requirements for expert consultation
               beyond the services of the "Expert Consultation Panel" shall be
               at the sole expense of BMS.
          -    Clinical Content
          -    Intervention Algorithms

     -    Systems

          -    Database Development
          -    On-Demand Publishing
          -    Voice Training (IVR)
          -    Call Center Integration
          -    Testing and Debugging

     -    Graphics/ Communication

          -    Logo Design
          -    Layout (preprinted and on-demand materials)
          -    Illustration Development
          -    Voice Recording/Studio

     -    Primary Marketing Materials

          -    Print Materials
          -    Operational Voice Demonstration
          -    Sales Materials


                                                                              14

<PAGE>

Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for 
confidential treatment. The omitted portions, marked by [****], have been 
separately filed with the Commission.

Printing fees for all pre-printed materials (e.g., marketing brochure, BRM,
program description) will be the responsibility of BMS. DSMI-SM- will furnish
estimates for printing costs upon determination of volumes and final
specifications.

PROGRAM OPERATION FEES

The per patient program fee is [*****] for the  "Standard Protocol"
intervention.
The per patient program fee is [*****] for the  "Optional Monthly Protocol"
intervention.

Program operational fees are payable at the time of patient enrollment.  In the
event of a patient withdrawal from the intervention program, DSMI-SM- will
prorate the remaining expenses.  For telephone time utilized during a
conversation between a patient and another health care resource which is
initiated by the follow-up call operator, there will be a charge of [*****] per
minute.

EXCLUSIVITY

During the Exclusivity Period defined below, BMS will agree to provide DSMI-SM-
with payments representing the selected protocol program operation costs for no
fewer than 3000  patients per year.  For a period beginning with the date this
Agreement is signed and ending 12 months from date DSMI-SM- completes Phase III
of the program (the "Exclusivity Period"), DSMI-SM- agrees not to engage or
participate in any other project involving the development or implementation of
an interactive program primarily focused on weight enhancement for patients with
Anorexia or Cachexia secondary to a diagnosis of Cancer or AIDS.  At the
conclusion of the Exclusivity Period, provided at least 5000 patients have
enrolled in the program, BMS shall have the right, but not the obligation, to
negotiate an exclusive arrangement for an interactive program primarily focused
on weight enhancement for patients with  Anorexia or Cachexia secondary to a
diagnosis of Cancer or AIDS.  In the event such negotiations are unsuccessful,
BMS shall have the right to match any bona fide offer made to DSMI-SM- for an
interactive program primarily focused on weight enhancement for patients with
Anorexia or Cachexia secondary to a diagnosis of Cancer or AIDS.  This right of
first refusal shall endure for a period of twelve  months from the conclusion of
the Exclusivity Period.

CONSULTING

A per diem fee plus direct expenses is required for consultation services
performed by DSMI-SM- or its consultants.  Such fees would be required for
activities performed for parties outside BMS on behalf of the program and/or
activities beyond the program development/marketing and training operations
functions outlined in this proposal.

CUSTOMIZATION

Any customization will constitute a revision to the intervention protocol (i.e.,
additional patient and/or physician reports and/or variations in on-demand or IV
content).  Any logo design used on the demand published reporting is limited to
black and white/grayscale.  DSMI-SM- shall furnish estimates for development and
delivery to BMS prior to undertaking any revision.



<PAGE>

Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for 
confidential treatment. The omitted portions, marked by [****], have been 
separately filed with the Commission.

SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Agreement is effective this 16th day of October, 1995, (the "Effective 
Date") between DSMI Corp., 46 Prince Street, Rochester, New York 14607 
("Vendor") and Bristol-Myers Squibb U. S. Pharmaceuticals, a division of 
Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, P.O. Box 4500, Princeton, New Jersey 08543-4500 
(hereinafter called "BMSUSP"). Vendor agrees to provide services to BMSUSP 
under the terms set forth below.

A.  SERVICES

    Vendor will provide the product(s) or service(s) set forth, and to the 
    specifications set forth in the proposal incorporated herein as
    Attachment A.

    The product and all elements as set forth on Attachment A are subject to 
    prior approval by BMSUSP, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

B.  COMPENSATION

    All fees for program development will be payable according to the 
following schedule:

        50% upon execution of this Services Agreement
        50% upon completion of development work, defined as the point in time 
        when the services contemplated hereunder can be delivered.

    All fees for program operation will be payable according to the following 
schedule:

        Satisfaction survey fees payable at the time of identification of 
        survey participants by BMSUSP.

        Compliance program fees are payable at the time that the initial 
        service included within a particular phase of the program is 
        delivered. Phase I fees will be payable upon the identification of 
        the patient by [*****]. Phase II fees are payable upon 
        identification of a patient as requiring the additional services 
        based upon the results of the Phase I intervention. Phase III fees 
        are payable upon identification of a patient as requiring the 
        additional services based upon the results of the Phase II 
        intervention.

    In the event that BMSUSP shall request any changes in the concept, 
    specifications or scope of the product(s) or service(s) described on 
    Attachment A hereto, Vendor will notify BMSUSP of the cost of such 
    revisions and will not proceed without prior written approval.

    If the compensation provision on Attachment A hereto is other than a flat 
    fee amount per element or for the entire project, Vendor will provide 
    such documentation in support of all billings as BMSUSP may reasonably 
    require.

<PAGE>

C.  CONFIDENTIALITY.


    Vendor shall treat as confidential and secret any and all BMSUSP     
    Confidential Information. "BMSUSP Confidential Information" shall include,
    but not be limited to, information relating to BMSUSP's past, present and 
    future marketing and research and development activities that may be 
    disclosed to Vendor by BMSUSP and/or BMSUSP's parent, subsidiary or 
    affiliate companies and which are identified in writing by BMSUSP as 
    confidential. BMSUSP Confidential information shall not include (i) 
    information known by Vendor prior to disclosure from BMSUSP, (ii) 
    information which is or becomes publicly known through no wrongful act of 
    Vendor, (iii) information that is independently developed by Vendor, 
    without use of information that otherwise constitutes BMSUSP Confidential 
    Information, or (iv) information disclosed pursuant to law, rule, 
    regulation or pursuant to a court order, provided that BMSUSP is given 10 
    days prior notice of such disclosure. Vendor expressly agrees that any 
    information it discovers or develops under this Agreement for the 
    benefit of BMSUSP shall not be used by Vendor or disclosed by Vendor to 
    any third party, nor shall Vendor show this Agreement or disclose the 
    existence, nature or subject matter of this Agreement to any third party 
    without the prior written consent of BMSUSP. Vendors obligations not to
    disclose BMSUSP Confidential Information to third parties and not to 
    otherwise use BMSUSP Confidential Information shall survive the 
    termination of this Agreement for a period of five years. Vendor shall 
    not duplicate any material containing BMSUSP Confidential Information, 
    except in the direct performance of its services under this Agreement. 
    Vendor shall return all copies of materials containing BMSUSP 
    Confidential Information upon Vendor's completion of services under this 
    Agreement or upon any earlier termination of this Agreement for any 
    reason whatsoever.

    BMSUSP shall treat as confidential and secret any and all Vendor 
    Confidential Information. "Vendor Confidential Information" shall 
    include, but not be limited to, information relating to Vendor's past, 
    present and future systems development activities that may be disclosed 
    to BMSUSP and/or BMSUSP's parent, subsidiary or affiliate companies and 
    which are identified in writing by Vendor as confidential, except that in 
    no event shall Vendor Confidential Information include information 
    relation to Vendor deliverables under this agreement. Vendor Confidential 
    Information shall not include (i) information known by BMSUSP prior to 
    disclosure from Vendor, (ii) information which is or becomes publicly 
    known through no wrongful act of BMSUSP, (iii) information that is 
    independently developed by BMSUSP, without use of information that 
    otherwise constitutes Vendor Confidential Information, or (iv) 
    information disclosed pursuant to law, rule, regulation or pursuant to a 
    court order, provided that Vendor is given 10 days prior notice of such 
    disclosure. BMSUSP expressly agrees that any Confidential Information it 
    discovers under this Agreement shall not be disclosed by BMSUSP to any 
    third party without the prior written consent of Vendor. BMSUSP's 
    obligations not to disclose Vendor Confidential Information shall survive 
    the termination of this Agreement for a period of five years.

D.  INDEMNIFICATION

<PAGE>

    Each party shall indemnify and hold the other party harmless from and 
    against all liability, damages, penalties, losses, costs or expenses, 
    including attorneys' fees, arising from or in any way related to its 
    willful or negligent actions or omissions in performing the 
    responsibilities as described in this Agreement, or for any willful or 
    negligent breach of this Agreement.

E.  PROFESSIONAL STANDARDS.

    Vendor represents that it has facilities, personnel, experience and 
    expertise sufficient in quality and it will perform all such assignments 
    and projects given it by BMSUSP hereunder and agrees that it will perform 
    all such assignments and projects in a manner commensurate with 
    professional standards generally applicable to its industry.

F.  OWNERSHIP OF MATERIALS

    Any and all reports, information, data or other works created by Vendor 
    for BMSUSP in connection with this Agreement (with the exception of 
    customization of the Vendor's basic software and systems for BMSUSP as 
    well as the Vendor's basic software and systems themselves) shall be the 
    sole and exclusive property of BMSUSP. BMSUSP may use such work wherever 
    and whenever it chooses. Vendor shall not at any time in any manner 
    during or after this Agreement, under any circumstances, be entitled to 
    or claim any right, title or interest herein or any commission, fee or 
    other direct or indirect benefit from BMSUSP or BMSUSP's parent, 
    subsidiary or affiliate companies, in respect of such reports, data, 
    information or other works created by Vendor hereunder.

    BMSUSP hereby grants Vendor a worldwide perpetual royalty free license to 
    the data and information created by Vendor in connection with this 
    agreement for purposes of making marketing presentations to other 
    potential customers and for the development and sale of additional 
    products based upon this data and information.

G.  RELEASES

    Any materials furnished hereunder which have not been created for BMSUSP 
    and are subject to the rights of third parties shall be specifically 
    identified to BMSUSP in writing. Vendor shall obtain (and deliver upon 
    request to BMSUSP) releases for all names, photographs, illustrations, 
    testimonials, and any and all other materials used in works which Vendor 
    prepares or uses. All such releases shall run to BMSUSP, its agents and 
    employees where appropriate and customary. Vendor's failure to obtain 
    such releases or the obtaining of such releases by Vendor shall in no way 
    relieve Vendor of its obligations in Paragraph F above except where the 
    releases have been obtained directly by BMSUSP. Except for works that 
    have been secured by permission, Vendor warrants and covenants that all 
    works provided by Vendor shall be original and shall not infringe any 
    copyright or violate any rights of any persons or entities whatsoever.

H.  DURATION OF AGREEMENT


<PAGE>

    1.  Term

    This Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date and shall continue 
    in full force and effect until the earlier of (i) completion of the 
    project assigned hereunder, (ii) terminated by at least thirty (30) days 
    written notice by either party to the other, sent by registered mail to 
    the address for each party first set forth above, or to such other 
    address which a party may designate for its receipt of notices hereunder.

    2.  Payment on Termination

    Upon termination of this Agreement BMSUSP is to pay for all authorized 
    work in process, and BMSUSP shall assume Vendor's liability under and 
    indemnify Vendor with respect to all outstanding contracts made on 
    BMSUSP's behalf. Upon written notice of termination Vendor shall take 
    all steps necessary to wind up the work under this Agreement to mitigate 
    BMSUSP's liability therefore.

    3.  Transfer Upon Termination

    Vendor shall transfer, assign and make available to BMSUSP or BMSUSP's 
    representative all property and materials in Vendor's possession or 
    control belonging to and paid for by BMSUSP, and all information 
    regarding BMSUSP's project(s) covered by this Agreement, as set forth in 
    Paragraph C herein. Vendor also agrees to give all reasonable cooperation 
    toward transferring with approval of third parties in interest all 
    contracts and arrangements, if any, properly entered into by Vendor in 
    the performance of this Agreement, and all rights and claims thereto and 
    therein, upon being duly released from the obligation thereof.

I.  INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS

    The parties to this Agreement are independent contractors and nothing 
    contained in this Agreement shall be construed to place the parties in 
    the relationship of employer and employee, partners, principal and agent, 
    or joint ventures. Neither party shall have the power to bind or obligate 
    the other party nor shall either party hold itself out as having such 
    authority.

J.  THIRD PARTY OBLIGATIONS

    In connection with this Agreement, Vendor shall make no commitments or 
    disbursements, incur no obligations or place any advertising, public 
    relations or promotional material for BMSUSP's parent, subsidiary or 
    affiliate companies, nor disseminate any material of any kind using the 
    name of BMSUSP and/or BMSUSP's parent, subsidiary or affiliate companies 
    or using their trademarks, without the prior written approval of BMSUSP.

<PAGE>

K.  GOVERNING LAW

    This Agreement is entered into in the State of New Jersey and shall be 
    constructed and governed under and in accordance with the laws of that 
    State.

L.  MISCELLANEOUS

    1)  The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon BMSUSP and the 
    Vendor and their respective successors and permitted assigns. 
    Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement is not assignable in whole 
    or in part by Vendor without the prior written consent of BMSUSP. 
    Factoring of accounts receivable is not permitted.

    2)  The failure of either party to take action as a result of a breach of 
    this Agreement by the other party shall constitute neither a waiver of 
    the particular breach involved or a waiver of either party's right to 
    enforce any or all provisions of this Agreement through any remedy 
    granted by law or this Agreement.

    3)  BMSUSP is an Equal Opportunity Employer and does not discriminate 
    against any person because of race, color, creed, age, sex, or national 
    origin. Vendor represents that it has the same policy of Equal 
    Opportunity Employment.

    4)  The policy of BMSUSP is to protect the health, safety and quality of 
    life of its employees and the public, and to exercise responsible 
    stewardship of natural resources that may be impacted by its activities. 
    To realize this, BMSUSP is committed to maintaining programs and 
    procedures for the environmentally responsible management of facilities, 
    materials, production processes, products and packaging, transportation 
    and distribution, waste and ft minimization, energy, general business 
    operations and contracted goods and services. Vendor agrees with this 
    policy and further acknowledges that its performance under this Agreement 
    shall be in strict compliance with all applicable governmental laws and 
    regulations and in accordance with and in furtherance of this policy.

    5)  This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with 
    respect to the subject matter contained herein, supersedes any prior 
    written or oral communications and may be modified in writing subject to 
    mutual agreement of the parties hereto.

    6)  The headings of each paragraph are for reference only and shall not 
    be construed as part of this Agreement.

<PAGE>

    7)  Except for the obligation to pay money property due and owing, either 
    party shall be excused from any delay or failure in performance hereunder 
    caused by reason of any occurrence or contingency beyond its reasonable 
    control, including but not limited to, failure of performance by the other 
    party, earthquake, labor disputes, riots, governmental requirements, 
    inability to secure materials on a timely basis, failure of computer 
    equipment, failures or delays of sources from which information or data 
    is obtained and transportation difficulties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, each by a duly authorized officer, 
have entered in to this Agreement this 16th day of October, 1995.




Bristol-Myers Squibb                             DSMI Corp.
U. S. Pharmaceuticals                            46 Prince Street
a division of Bristol-Myers                       Rochester, New York 14607
Squibb Company



By: /s/ ANDREW BEIDLER                           By: /s/ DONALD A. CARLBERG
    ---------------------------                      -----------------------

Title: Mgr., Customer Projects                   Title: President & CEO
       ------------------------                         --------------------

<PAGE>

Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for 
confidential treatment. The omitted portions, marked by [****], have been 
separately filed with the Commission.

                                 ATTACHMENT A

                         TELEPHONE SATISFACTION SURVEY

OBJECTIVE
The objective of this program is to twofold. First, the program is designed to 
contact and survey 1000 patients prior to their enrollment in a compliance 
program. There will be two contracts: an initial survey and a follow-up 
survey at a 12-month period after enrollment.

The second objective is to conduct the telephone contact portion of the 
compliance program.

PROCEDURES
1. INITIAL SURVEY

A postcard will be sent to all patients identified for the program providing 
them with an 800# to call to conduct a survey via telephone.

If the patient has not called the 800# by a specified date, a call-out will 
be conducted. This 5-minute call will be dual live/automated with an operator 
establishing contact and transferring the patient to an automated voice 
response survey.

2. SECOND SURVEY CONTACT

A postcard will be sent to all patients identified for the program providing 
them with an 800# to call to conduct a survey via telephone. Participants 
have the option to have an operator administer the survey.

If the patient has not called the 800# by a specified date, a call-out will 
be conducted. This 5-minute call will be dual live/automated with an operator 
establishing contact and transferring the patient to an automated voice 
response survey. Participants have the option to have an operator administer 
the survey.

<PAGE>

Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for 
confidential treatment. The omitted portions, marked by [****], have been 
separately filed with the Commission.

                               COMPLIANCE PROGRAM

OBJECTIVE
The objective of this program is to improve compliance via a personalized 
mail and telephone program. The target population consists of 1000 managed 
care participants.

PROGRAM PROCEDURES
The program will operate according to the following procedures:

PHASE I:
- -  [*****] will provide DSMi with the names and contact information for 
   approximately 1000 patients
- -  DSMi will initiate the first telephone call to each of the 1,000 individuals
   approximately 30 days after they are identified by [*****]. These calls 
   will be made by an operator who will identify the patient and transfer her 
   to a voice response system. The call will be an average of 4 minutes and 
   consist of approximately 10-15 questions.
- -  Those patients who are identified as "low-risk" (specific criteria to be 
   determined) will receive no additional telephone or mail interventions from 
   DSMi.
- -  Those patient who are identified as "high-risk" (specific criteria to be 
   determined) will be contacted according to a call schedule to be 
   determined by Wellpoint.

PHASE II:
- -  An estimated 35% of the original 1000 patients, or 350 patients, will 
   receive a second telephone call similar in length and format to the call 
   described in Phase I (i.e., dual live/automated, average length of 4 
   minutes, 10-15 questions).

- -  Those patients who are identified as "low-risk" (specific criteria to be 
   determined) will receive no additional telephone or mail interventions from 
   DSMi.
- -  Those patients who are identified as "high-risk" (specific criteria to be 
   determined) will be scheduled to receive a series of postcard mailings as 
   described in Phase III.

PHASE III:
- -  An estimated 75% of the 350 Phase II patients, or approximately 262 
   patients, will receive 5 medication refill reminder postcards by first 
   class mail, one at each of the following intervals: 3-months, 4-months, 
   8-months, 9-months, and 12-months after enrollment in the program.

<PAGE>

Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for 
confidential treatment. The omitted portions, marked by [****], have been 
separately filed with the Commission.

PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT
Using content and algorithms for the telephone scripts provided by BMS, DSMi 
will provide a fully operational program 90 days after signing a formal 
agreement with BMS.

COSTS

SATISFACTION SURVEY
       Program development                                 $[*****]
       Initial contact (1000 pts @ [*****]/pt)              [*****]
       Second contact (1000 pts @ [*****]/pt)               [*****]

       Total                                               $[*****]

COMPLIANCE PROGRAM
       Program development                                 $[*****]
       Program operations*
       -  Phase I only (650 pts @ [*****]/pt)              $[*****]
       -  Phase I & II (87 pts @ [*****]/pt)               $[*****]
       -  Phase I, II, & III (263 pts @ [*****])           $[*****]

       Total                                               $[*****]

       *Figures for distribution of 1000 patients within the 3 categories of 
       compliance are based upon estimates furnished by BMS. Any change in 
       this distribution will result in total program operation costs that 
       are different from estimates indicated above.



<PAGE>


SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Agreement is effective this  __1st___ day of _____July___________, 1996,
(the "Effective Date") between -Disease State Management, Inc., 46 Prince
Street, Rochester, New York 14607 ("Vendor") and American Homepatient. Vendor
agrees to provide services to American Homepatient under the terms set forth
below.

A.  SERVICES

    Vendor will provide the product(s) or service(s) set forth, and to the
    specifications set forth in the proposal incorporated herein as Attachment
    A.

    The product and all elements as set forth on Attachment A are subject to
    prior approval by American Homepatient such approval not to be unreasonably
    withheld.

B.  COMPENSATION

    American Homepatient will pay Vendor according to the terms or payment
    schedule set forth in Attachment A hereto.

    In the event that American Homepatient shall request any changes in the
    concept, specifications or scope of the product(s) or service(s) described
    on Attachment A hereto, Vendor will notify American Homepatient of the cost
    of such revisions and will not proceed without prior written approval.

    If the compensation provision on Attachment A hereto is other than a flat
    fee amount per element or for the entire project, Vendor will provide such
    documentation in support of all billings as American Homepatient may
    reasonably require.

C.  CONFIDENTIALITY

    Vendor shall treat as confidential and secret any and all American
    Homepatient Confidential Information.  "American Homepatient Confidential
    Information" shall include, but not be limited to, information relating to
    American Homepatient past, present and future marketing and research and
    development activities that may be disclosed to Vendor by American
    Homepatient and/or American Homepatient's parent, subsidiary or affiliate
    companies and which are identified in writing by American Homepatient as
    confidential.  American Homepatient Confidential information shall not
    include (i) information known by Vendor prior to disclosure from American
    Homepatient. (ii) information which is or becomes publicly known through no
    wrongful act of Vendor, (iii) information that is independently developed
    by Vendor, without use of information that otherwise constitutes American
    Homepatient Confidential Information, or (iv) information disclosed
    pursuant to law, rule, regulation or pursuant to a court order, provided
    that American Homepatient is given 10 days prior notice of such disclosure.
    Vendor expressly agrees that any information it discovers or develops under
    this Agreement for the benefit of American Homepatient shall not be  used
    by Vendor or disclosed by Vendor to any third party, nor shall Vendor show
    this Agreement or disclose the existence, nature or subject matter of this
    Agreement to any third party without the prior written consent of American
    Homepatient.  Vendors obligations not to disclose American Homepatient
    Confidential Information to third parties and not to otherwise use American
    Homepatient Confidential Information shall survive the termination of this
    Agreement for a period of five years.  Vendor shall not duplicate any
    material containing American Homepatient Confidential Information, except
    in the direct performance of its services under this Agreement.  Vendor
    shall return all copies of materials containing American Homepatient
    Confidential Information upon Vendor's completion of services under this
    Agreement or upon any earlier termination of this Agreement for any reason
    whatsoever.


<PAGE>

    American Homepatient shall treat as confidential and secret any and all
    Vendor Confidential Information.  Vendor Confidential Information" shall
    include, but not be limited to, information relating to Vendor's past,
    present and future systems development activities that may be disclosed to
    Homepatient and/or American Homepatient's parent, subsidiary or affiliate
    companies and which are identified in writing by Vendor as confidential,
    except that in no event shall Vendor Confidential Information include
    information related to Vendor deliverables under this agreement.  Vendor
    Confidential information shall not include (i) information known by
    American Homepatient prior to disclosure from Vendor, (ii) information
    which is or becomes publicly known through no wrongful act of American
    Homepatient, (iii) information that is independently developed by American
    Homepatient without use of information that otherwise constitutes Vendor
    Confidential Information, or (iv) information disclosed pursuant to law,
    rule, regulation or pursuant to a court order, provided that Vendor is
    given 10 days prior notice of such disclosure.  American Homepatient
    expressly agrees that any Confidential Information it discovers under this
    Agreement shall not be disclosed by American Homepatient to any third party
    without the prior written consent of Vendor.  American Homepatient
    obligations not to disclose Vendor Confidential Information shall survive
    the termination of this Agreement for a period of five years.

D.  INDEMNIFICATION

    Each party shall indemnify and hold the other party harmless from and
    against all liability, damages, penalties, losses, costs or expenses,
    including attorneys' fees, arising from or in any way related to its
    willful or negligent actions or omissions in performing the
    responsibilities as described in this Agreement, or for any willful or
    negligent breach of this Agreement.

E.  PROFESSIONAL STANDARDS

    Vendor represents that it has facilities, personnel, experience and
    expertise sufficient in quality and quality to perform all such assignments
    and projects given it by American Homepatient hereunder and agrees that it
    will perform all such assignments and projects in a manner commensurate
    with professional standards generally applicable to its industry.

F.  OWNERSHIP OF MATERIALS

    Any and all reports, information, data or other works created by Vendor for
    American Homepatient in connection with this Agreement (with the exception
    of customization of the Vendor's basic software and systems for American
    Homepatient as well as the Vendor's basic software and systems themselves)
    shall be the sole and exclusive property of American Homepatient.  American
    Homepatient may use such work wherever and whenever it chooses.  This
    Agreement shall be deemed a transfer of copyright and any copyrightable
    subject matter created by Vendor in such works.  Vendor shall execute any
    and all documents necessary to demonstrate or perfect such transfer.
    Vendor shall not at any time in any manner during or after this Agreement,
    under any circumstances, be entitled to or claim any right, title or
    interest herein or any commission, fee or other direct or indirect benefit
    from American Homepatient or American Homepatient's parent, subsidiary or
    affiliate companies, in respect of such reports, data, information or other
    works created by Vendor hereunder.  Vendor agrees to execute or cause its
    agents and/or employees to execute any documents necessary or desirable to
    secure or perfect American Homepatient's legal rights and worldwide
    ownership in such works, including, but not limited to documents relating
    to patent, trademark and copyright applications. American Homepatient
    hereby grants Vendor a worldwide perpetual royalty free license to the data
    and information created by Vendor in connection with this agreement for
    purposes of making marketing presentations to other potential customers and
    for the development and sale of additional products based upon this data
    and information.


<PAGE>

G.  RELEASES

    Any materials furnished hereunder which have not been created for American
    Homepatient and are subject to the rights of third parties shall be
    specifically identified to American Homepatient in writing.  Vendor shall
    obtain (and deliver upon request to American Homepatient) releases for all
    names, photographs, illustrations, testimonials, and any and all other
    materials used in works which Vendor prepares or uses.  All such releases
    shall run to American Homepatient, its agents and employees where
    appropriate and customary.  Vendor's failure to obtain such releases or the
    obtaining of such releases by Vendor shall in no way relieve Vendor of its
    obligations in Paragraph F above except where the releases have been
    obtained directly by American Homepatient.  Except for works that have been
    secured by permission, Vendor warrants and covenants that all works
    provided by Vendor shall be original and shall not infringe any copyright
    or violate any rights of any persons or entities whatsoever.

H.  DURATION OF AGREEMENT

    1.   Term

    This Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date and shall continue in
    full force and effect until the earlier of (i) completion of the project
    assigned hereunder, (ii) terminated by at least thirty (30) days written
    notice by either party to the other, sent by registered mail to the address
    for each party first set forth above, or to such other address which a
    party may designate for its receipt of notices hereunder.

    2.   Payment on Termination

    Upon termination of this Agreement American Homepatient is to pay for all
    authorized work in process, and American Homepatient shall assume Vendor's
    liability under and indemnify Vendor with respect to all outstanding
    contracts made on American Homepatient's behalf.   Upon written notice of
    termination Vendor shall take all steps necessary to wind up the work under
    this Agreement and to mitigate American Homepatient's liability therefore.

    3.   Transfer Upon Termination

    Vendor shall transfer, assign and make available to American Homepatient or
    American Homepatient's representative all property and materials in
    Vendor's possession or control belonging to and paid for by American
    Homepatient and all information regarding American Homepatient project(s)
    covered by this Agreement, as set forth in Paragraph C herein.  Vendor also
    agrees to give all reasonable cooperation toward transferring with approval
    of third parties in interest all contracts and arrangements, if any,
    properly entered into by Vendor in the performance of this Agreement, and
    all rights and claims thereto and therein, upon being duly released from
    the obligation thereof.

I.  INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS

    The parties to this Agreement are independent contractors and nothing
    contained in this Agreement shall be construed to place the parties in the
    relationship of employer and employee, partners, principal and agent, or
    joint ventures.  Neither party shall have the power to bind or obligate the
    other party nor shall either party hold itself out as having such
    authority.

J.  THIRD PARTY OBLIGATIONS

    In connection with this Agreement, Vendor shall make no commitments or
    disbursements, incur no obligations nor place any advertising, public
    relations or promotional material for American


<PAGE>

    Homepatient's parent, subsidiary or affiliate companies, nor disseminate
    any material of any kind using the name of American Homepatient and/or
    American Homepatient's parent, subsidiary or affiliate companies or using
    their trademarks, without the prior written approval of American
    Homepatient.

K.  GOVERNING LAW

    This Agreement is entered into in the State of New Jersey and shall be
    constructed and governed under and in accordance with the laws of that
    State.

L.  MISCELLANEOUS

    1)   The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon American Homepatient
    and Vendor and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
    Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement is not assignable in whole or
    in part by Vendor without the prior written consent of American
    Homepatient.  Factoring of accounts receivable is not permitted.

    2)   The failure of either party to take action as a result of a breach of
    this Agreement by the other party shall constitute neither a waiver of the
    particular breach involved nor a waiver of either party's right to enforce
    any or all provisions of this Agreement through any remedy granted by law
    or this Agreement.

    3)   American Homepatient and DSMI are Equal Opportunity Employers and do
    not discriminate against any person because of race, color, creed, age,
    sex, or national origin.  Vendor represents that it has the same policy of
    Equal Opportunity Employment.

    4)   The policy of American Homepatient and DSMI is to protect the health,
    safety and quality of life of its employees and the public, and to exercise
    responsible stewardship of natural resources that may be impacted by its
    activities.  To realize this, American Homepatient and DSMI are committed
    to maintaining programs and procedures for the environmentally responsible
    management of facilities, materials, production processes, products and
    packaging, transportation and distribution, waste and ft minimization,
    energy, general business operations and contracted goods and services.
    Vendor agrees with this policy and further acknowledges that its
    performance under this Agreement shall be in strict compliance with all
    applicable governmental laws and regulations and in accordance with and in
    furtherance of this policy.

    5)   This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with
    respect to the subject matter contained herein, supersedes any prior
    written or oral communications and may be modified in writing subject to
    mutual agreement of the parties hereto.

    6)   The headings of each paragraph are for reference only and shall not be
    construed as part of this Agreement.


<PAGE>

    7)   Except for the obligation to pay money property due and owing, either
    party shall be excused from any delay or failure in performance hereunder
    caused by reason of any occurrence or contingency beyond its reasonable
    control, including. but not limited to, failure of performance by the other
    party, earthquake, labor disputes, riots, governmental requirements,
    inability to secure materials on a timely basis, failure of computer
    equipment, failures or delays of sources from which information or data is
    obtained and transportation difficulties.



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, each by a duly authorized officer, have
entered in to this Agreement this 24 day of June, 1996



AMERICAN HOMEPATIENT                   DISEASE STATE MANAGEMENT-SM-, INC.

By:  /s/ Sen Serafino                   By:  /s/ Donald A. Carlberg
   --------------------------------        -----------------------------------

Title:  Vice President                 Title:  President & CEO
      -----------------------------           --------------------------------


<PAGE>

Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for 
confidential treatment. The omitted portions, marked by [****], have been 
separately filed with the Commission.

                                     ATTACHMENT A


                                        ASTHMA
                                  DISEASE MANAGEMENT
                                       PROPOSAL


                      ------------------------------------------
                      ------------------------------------------


                                         FOR


                                American Homepatient



                                     PRESENTED BY


                           Disease State Management,-SM- Inc.
                                   46 Prince Street
                              Rochester, New York  14607
                                     716-244-1360



            Disease State Management and DSMI are registered service marks
                          of Disease State Management, Inc.

Asthma places a tremendous burden on patients and health care providers and
demands a significant portion of our nations health care dollars. Disease State
Management, Inc.-SM- is committed to improving health outcomes through the
application of state of the art technologies.  Our proprietary interactive voice
recognition systems, enhanced database modeling techniques and on-demand
publishing combine to provide the powerful educational intervention necessary to
enhance patient adherence to treatment recommendations, empower  patients to
self-manage their disease and provide immediate referrals when specific "high
risk" triggers are met.

DSMI's-SM- staff of systems engineers, clinical experts and physician
consultants perform a comprehensive review  of the targeted disease state to
insure that "best practices" and nationally recognized guidelines form the
program's foundation.  Recognized leaders in outcomes management provide
guidance throughout the project development process.

Once the baseline parameters have been established, our staff begins the process
of building the intervention protocols.  DSMI's-SM-  asthma intervention program
consists of six interactive voice response based telephone interventions. Each
contact generates on-demand published educational materials targeting individual
concerns.  Additionally, physicians and other health care providers receive an
at-a-glance formatted report for inclusion in the patient's medical records.
These reports highlight specific areas of concern for the patient and
demonstrate areas where an individual's adherence to the prescribed therapy is
lacking.

As an extra feature, DSMI's-SM- clinical staff establishes specific "at risk"
triggers that are continually monitored.  patients meeting specific criteria
demonstrating an increased risk of hospitalization, emergency services or other
costly intervention will have their providers notified immediately for follow
up.  This critical notification and tracking of key indicators has been
demonstrated to reduce the global cost of managing chronically ill patients.

Each intervention is uniquely structured and targets specific behaviors such as:
diet, exercise, smoking cessation, self-management, key triggers and compliance
with pharmacological therapy. By providing unique, individually tailored
intervention strategies, DSMI-SM- not only highlights areas where noncompliance
and poor self management are impacting the plan's expenditures but also provides
an active intervention to modify "at risk" behavior before an emergency room
visit or hospitalization occurs.

In addition to providing ongoing support for patients, DSMI's-SM- fully
integrated systems approach allows for immediate on-line data collection and
evaluation.  Interactive Voice Recognition systems allow administration of
HEDIS, Health Quality, patient satisfaction, and Quality of Life surveys without
operator induced bias.  The process streamlines data collection and provides a
cost effective method to query patients.


<PAGE>

                                   TRENDS IN ASTHMA

Chronic lung diseases such as asthma, bronchitis and emphysema pose serious 
challenges to both patients and health care providers.  Despite an increased 
understanding of these disorders, improved pharmacological therapies and a 
greater awareness among potential sufferers, the incidence rates continue to 
soar.  In fact, between 1982 and 1993 the number of people reporting chronic 
bronchitis increased seventy-nine percent, while those having emphysema and 
asthma increased twenty-five and forty-eight percent respectively.(1) 
Currently, over twelve million people suffer from asthma in the United 
States, making it not only one of the nation's most common diseases but one 
of the most costly as well.

                      INCREASE IN INCIDENCE RATES:  1982 - 1992

[GRAPH]


                  DEATH RATE FOR ASTHMA:  1982 - 1992 (PER MILLION)


[GRAPH]

While the reason for the rapid growth in the number of chronic suffers remains
uncertain, one thing is certain:  these diseases pose a serious threat to
patients' well being. Despite tremendous advances in both diagnostic and
pharmacological therapies in recent years asthma continues to exact a tremendous
financial toll in terms of both direct and indirect costs.



- -----------------------------------
(1) American Lung Association, Adapted form information published by the
Division of Epidemiology, National Heart, Lung and Blood Institute


<PAGE>

                    IMPACT OF INCREASED PATIENT EDUCATION EFFORTS

The economic impact of asthma is staggering. In asthma patients diagnosed as
moderate to severe the annual cost of treatment often exceeds $ 100,000.  In
fact, John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company in Boston has identified 1,300
patients whose care resulted in $28 million dollars in expenditures.  Among the
most common reasons for exacerbation of symptoms are:  an inability of the
patients to self-manage their disease, poor pharmacological compliance, low
adherence to provider recommendations, a lack of patient knowledge concerning
their disease and failure of the provider to adhere to established treatment
guidelines; all areas that DSMI's-SM- asthma intervention program will impact.

    -    Study of severe asthmatics found 1,300 patients generated $ 28 million
         in claims
    -    Highest individual level of asthma-specific costs was $ 126,343
    -    Highest expense for all care were for a 2 year old female - $ 584,211
    -    235 members had claims exceeding  $ 100,000 annually for treatment

Targeted educational intervention programs for asthma patients have proven
effective.  A recent study, conducted at the National Jewish Center for
Immunology and Respiratory Medicine and the John Hancock Managed Care Group,
demonstrated significant improvements in patient outcomes for severe asthmatics
following a comprehensive initiative to educate patients.

                      PATIENTS ADMITTED WITHIN THE PAST 6 MONTHS

[GRAPH]

ADMISSIONS WITHIN THE PAST 6 MONTHS WERE LOWER IN PATIENTS RECEIVING TARGETED
SUPPORT.

Additionally, personalized asthma self management, which tailors program
materials to the individual, has demonstrated positive results in moderate to
severe asthmatics.(2),(3) In a recent investigation incorporating
targeted support, the extension of face-to-face treatment via follow-up
telephone calls to the patient's home was rated more convenient and more
acceptable to patients than traditional group sessions (J.K. Wigal, personal
communication, July 12, 1994).  Finally, in a cost-benefit analysis of a
self-management program for 47 adult asthmatics effectively reduced
hospitalization cost from $18,488 to $1,538 and lost income from $11,593 to
$4,589.(4)


                              FINANCIAL IMPACT OF ASTHMA


- ----------------------------

(2) Kotses H., Lewis P.,  Environmental control of asthma self-management.  
Journal of Asthma.  1990; 27:373

(3) Kotses H., Stout C., Wigal J.K., Individualized asthma self-management:  
A beginning.  Journal of Asthma.  1991; 288:287-289.

(4) Taitel M.S., A self-management program for adult asthma.  Part II:  
Cost-benefit analysis.  Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology.  
1995;95(3):672-6.

<PAGE>

The following analysis reflects admission costs data for patients having severe
asthma.  It reflects incident and admission rates for severe asthma as indicated
by the American Lung Association.
 
<TABLE>

<S>                                            <C>                <C>                <C>
# of Covered Lives                                     500,000            500,000           500,000
Asthma Incidence Rate                                     0.05               0.05              0.05
# Asthma Patients                                       25,000             25,000            25,000
# Patients with Severe asthma                             1250               1250              1250
Cost per Day as Inpatient                            $1,000.00          $1,000.00         $1,000.00
Average Length of Stay ( days )                              4                  4                 4
# Hospitalizations/year                                      3                  2                 1
Annual Hospitalization Cost/Patient                 $12,000.00          $8,000.00         $4,000.00

Total Hospitalization Cost to Plan              $15,000,000.00     $10,000,000.00     $5,000,000.00

IMPACT OF DISEASE MANAGEMENT PROGRAM
# Patients Enrolled in DM Program                         1250               1250              1250
Estimated Operational Costs/Patient                     $70.00             $70.00            $70.00
Total Operational Costs                             $87,500.00         $87,500.00        $87,500.00

PROJECTED REDUCTION IN ADMISSIONS
5% Reduction                                             5.00%              5.00%             5.00%
Annual Savings                                     $750,000.00        $500,000.00       $250,000.00
7.5 % Reduction in Admissions                            7.50%              7.50%             7.50%
Annual Savings                                   $1,125,000.00        $750,000.00       $375,000.00
10 % Reduction in Admissions                            10.00%             10.00%            10.00%
Annual Savings                                   $1,500,000.00      $1,000,000.00       $500,000.00

% Success Rate Required to Break Even                    0.58%              0.88%             1.75%
# Pts. Avoiding Admission to Break Even                      7                 11                22

</TABLE>
 

<PAGE>

                                   PROGRAM OVERVIEW

See the "Program Intervention Description" section for details about each of the
interventions. The selected intervention schedule will be delivered to patients
who are enrolled in the program.  Note that the term "provider" is used to
denote a case manager or another health care provider designated to receive
communications regarding the patient.

I.  COMPONENTS

- -   Business reply mailer
- -   Patient diary
- -   Program description/overview
- -   Custom designed educational materials
- -   Demand published patient reports
- -   Demand published provider reports
- -   Crisis flags
- -   Voice demonstration line
- -   Logo integration


II. INTERVENTION PROTOCOL:

MONTH 1:

- -   Patient enrollment via business reply mailer
- -   Initial telephone intervention  within seven days of business reply mailer
    receipt
- -   Patients receive demand published report following IVR intervention
- -   Appropriate preprinted educational materials sent to patients

MONTHS 2 - 4

- -   Patients receive interactive voice response based telephone interventions
    monthly
- -   Patients receive demand published report following each IVR intervention
- -   Appropriate preprinted educational materials sent to patients
- -   Physician receives demand published, patient specific report for inclusion
    in patient record following IVR intervention at month 2 and 4
- -   Additionally physician receives immediate notification via phone/fax for
    any patient reporting status indicating a critical "at risk" trigger has
    been met

MONTHS 6 AND 8

- -   Patients receive interactive voice response based telephone interventions
- -   Patients receive demand published report following each IVR intervention
- -   Appropriate preprinted educational materials sent to patients
- -   Physician receives demand published, patient specific report for inclusion
    in patient record following IVR intervention at month 8
- -   Additionally physician receives immediate notification via phone/fax for
    any patient reporting status indicating a critical "at risk" trigger has
    been met


<PAGE>

Month                        1         2         3         4         6        8

IVR Intervention             *         *         *         *         *        *
Patient Report               *         *         *         *         *        *
Physician Report                       *                   *                  *
Preprinted Materials         *         *         *         *         *        *
"At risk" Reporting
(as needed)                  *         *         *         *         *        *


<PAGE>

                           PROGRAM INTERVENTION DESCRIPTION

See the "Program Schedule" section for an outline of the protocol for delivering
these program components.  Note that the term "provider" is used to refer to a
physician, case manager or other health care provider designated to receive
communications regarding the patient.


BUSINESS REPLY MAIL (BRM)/PROGRAM DESCRIPTION
    -    Two (2) page pre-printed mailer designed for distribution by providers
         to patients and return via postage paid mail
    -    Provides brief assessment for identifying patient data (e.g., name,
         phone number, best time to contact) necessary for DSMI-SM- to initiate
         a telephone call to patient
    -    Program description includes a brief program overview


INTERACTIVE VOICE RECOGNITION BASED TELEPHONE INTERVENTIONS
    -    Six (5) minute interactive voice recognition base telephone
         interventions initiated by live operators to patients at preferred
         contact times
    -    Cost-efficient interface: operator-initiated contact to identify
         patient and transfer to automated, voice response system
    -    High appeal voice response system using a recorded human voice versus
         computer synthesized speech
    -    Patient responds in normal speaking voice versus pushing touch tone
         buttons
    -    Self-report follow-up assessment of relevant medical and behavioral
         factors:  update on disease status, prescribed treatment including
         diet, exercise, and medications, patient motivation, treatment
         barriers, patient knowledge indicators regarding symptom
         identification and disease self-management
    -    Patient receives personalized questions and clinically appropriate
         feedback driven by expert system to promote patients' awareness of
         their condition and adherence to their treatment regimen
    -    Allows identification of patient concerns
    -    Adds vital progress information to the longitudinal patient database

PATIENT REPORTS
    -    Laser printed, on-demand published report including personalized text
         and graphics
    -    Mailed to patient within a week after each telephone intervention
    -    Personalized and pre-printed materials reinforce patient awareness and
         knowledge regarding their condition and promote treatment adherence

PHYSICIAN REPORTS

    -    One page laser printed, on-demand published report integrating
         patient's follow-up and enrollment data
    -    Mailed to patient's provider within a week after each patient
         interactive voice response intervention
    -    "At-a-glance" format provides efficient documentation of critical
         patient data, ready for insertion into the medical record


<PAGE>
Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for 
confidential treatment. The omitted portions, marked by [****], have been 
separately filed with the Commission.



    -    Facilitates identification of patient education needs and
         hard-to-manage patients, appropriate allocation of health care
         resources, and timely modification of treatment regimens
    -    Enhances patient-provider communication

"AT RISK" REPORTING:

- -   Physicians/providers will be notified via fax when patients report
    symptoms, noncompliance or other critical factors indicating an increased
    risk for an acute event, hospitalization or emergency procedure

OPERATIONAL REPORTING:

DSMI-SM- will provide operational and outcome reports quarterly.

PROGRAM FEES:

American Homepatient agrees to pay DSMI-SM- a one time joint marketing fee of
$[*****] payable upon contract signing. Payments exceeding 30 days past due will
accrue a service charge of 1.5% per month of the outstanding balance.
Additionally, American Homepatient agrees to implement the Asthma intervention
described herein in a minimum of three accounts, each account having a minimum
of 100,000 covered lives, within 18 months of the effective date of this
contract.  Provided that American Homepatient has successfully implemented the
program in a minimum of three accounts, American Homepatient shall pay DSMI-SM-
an additional marketing fee of $[*****].  This fee shall be payable in
installments as described:

    Payment 1:  $[*****] due eighteen months from the effective date of this
    contract.
    Payment 2:  $[*****] due twenty-one months from the effective date of this
    contract.
    Payment 3:  $[*****] due twenty-four months from the effective date of this
    contract.

Operational Fees for the program shall be scaled as follows:

- -   Fees for the first 1000 patients enrolled shall be $[*****] per patient
- -   Fees for the next 2000 patients enrolled shall be $[*****] per patient
- -   Fees for all patients exceeding 3000 shall be $[*****] per patient

These operational fees include full funding for the Asthma Intervention Program
Protocol which includes 6 interactive voice recognition based telephone
interventions, associated demand published patient reports, associated demand
published physician reports, "at risk" reporting as necessary, data collection
and assessment, and outcomes reporting.

The program may include additional  preprinted materials. Such items are a
business reply mailer, patient diary, program description/overview, or custom
designed educational support materials.  Since the anticipated number of
enrollees is unknown, printing fees for these pre-printed components will be the
responsibility of American Homepatient. DSMI-SM- will furnish estimates for
printing costs upon determination of volumes and final specifications.
Additionally, DSMI-SM- agrees to provide these additional preprinted materials
at costs.

Program operational fees shall be billed monthly based upon the total number of
patient interventions completed.  Payment is due within 30 days of receipt.
Payments exceeding 30 days past due will accrue a service charge of 1.5% per
month of the outstanding balance.


<PAGE>

CUSTOMIZATION

Any customization will constitute a revision to the intervention protocol (i.e.,
additional patient and/or physician reports and/or variations in on-demand or IV
content).  Any logo design used on the demand published reporting is limited to
black and white/grayscale.  DSMI-SM- shall furnish estimates for development and
delivery to American Homepatient prior to undertaking any revision.


<PAGE>

SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Agreement is effective this 21 day of June, 1996, (the "Effective Date")
between Disease State Management, Inc., 46 Prince Street, Rochester, New York
14607 ("Vendor") and EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES.  Vendor agrees
to provide services to EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES under the
terms set forth below.

A.  SERVICES

    Vendor will provide the product(s) or service(s) set forth, and to the
    specifications set forth in the proposal incorporated herein as Attachment
    A.

    The product and all elements as set forth on Attachment A are subject to
    prior approval by EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES, such approval
    not to be unreasonably withheld.

B.  COMPENSATION
    
    EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES will pay Vendor according to the
    terms or payment schedule set forth in Attachment A hereto.

    In the event that EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES shall request
    any changes in the concept, specifications or scope of the product(s) or
    service(s) described on Attachment A hereto, Vendor will notify EQUIFAX
    HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES of the cost of such revisions and will
    not proceed without prior written approval.

    If the compensation provision on Attachment A hereto is other than a flat
    fee amount per element or for the entire project, Vendor will provide such
    documentation in support of all billings as EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES may reasonably require.
    
C.  CONFIDENTIALITY

    1.   EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES and Vendor acknowledge that
    certain confidential and proprietary information may be disclosed by one of
    them to the other in the course of this Agreement.  For purposes of this
    Agreement, the term "Confidential Information" includes the following:  (a) 
    All information regarding the patient, EQUIFAX'S Customer, any patient
    medical data and/or status, or provider information; and (b)  any other
    information identified as confidential in writing by the disclosing party
    prior to disclosure.  Notwithstanding the confidentiality requirements of
    this Agreement, the foregoing shall not prevent EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES from retaining information, including any and all
    information and data pertaining to any patient which comes to EQUIFAX
    HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES or to which EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES is given access during this Agreement.
    
    2.   Should EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES receive confidential
    information of Vendor for use in performing their Services, EQUIFAX
    HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES agrees to take all reasonable steps to
    safeguard the confidentiality of said information and to prevent
    unauthorized disclosure thereof by EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE
    SERVICE'S employees, agents and representatives.  EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES shall maintain strict security procedures to
    protect the confidentiality of any information received, stored, or
    delivered on 


       Disease State Management -SM- and DSMI -SM- are servicemarks of 
       Disease State Management, Inc.

<PAGE>


    patients in the EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES or any
    affiliated or associated company's database.

    3.   The data released hereunder to Vendor regarding patients, patient
    medical data, EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES Customers, and
    provider information, is considered sensitive and confidential information. 
    Vendor warrants that is shall use any information provided by EQUIFAX
    HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES strictly for the performance of this
    Agreement. Vendor acknowledges and agrees to take all steps necessary to
    safeguard the confidentiality of all information and reports, whether oral
    or written, maintain such information as strictly confidential and to
    prevent unauthorized disclosure thereof by Vendor's employees, agents,
    representatives and other third parties.  Vendor warrants that all such
    information and reports will not be disclosed to any person, organization
    or entity other than EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES.  
    
    4.  Each party shall hold the other party, its affiliated companies, the
    officers, agents, employees, and independent contractors of the other
    party, harmless and shall indemnify and defend such party for any claim of
    expense or damage, whatsoever, resulting from the publishing or release by
    such party, of information contrary to the above conditions.
    
    5.  The obligations of the Paragraph shall not apply to any Confidential
    Information which the recipient can demonstrate is or becomes available to
    the public through no breach of this Agreement. 
    
    6.  Neither party to this Agreement shall, except as may be required by law
    or federal regulation, or except with express written permission of the
    other party, disclose the terms and conditions of this Agreement to any
    third party or publicly advertise its contents. 
    
    7.  The parties agree that Vendor's breach of any of its material
    obligation under the applicable Confidentiality provisions of this
    Agreement, may cause EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES irreparable
    injury for which it would have not adequate remedy at law, and that EQUIFAX
    HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES shall be entitled to specific
    performance or preliminary or other injunctive relief in addition to any
    and all remedies it may otherwise be entitled to at law or in equity.
    
    8.  This Paragraph shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

    Vendor shall not duplicate any material containing EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES Confidential Information, except in the direct
    performance of its services under this Agreement.  Vendor shall return all
    copies of materials containing EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
    Confidential Information upon Vendor's completion of services under this
    Agreement or upon any earlier termination of this Agreement for any reason
    whatsoever.

    
D.  INDEMNIFICATION

    D1.  Each party shall indemnify and hold the other party harmless from and
    against all liability, damages, penalties, losses, costs or expenses,
    including reasonable attorneys' fees, arising from or in any way related to
    its willful or negligent actions or omissions in performing the
    responsibilities as described in this Agreement.

<PAGE>
    
    
    
    D2.  "Limitation of Liability"
    Neither EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES nor vendor shall in any
    way be liable for any special, indirect, exemplary, incidental or
    consequential damages, whether based on contract, tort, or any other legal
    theory, even if EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES or vendor has
    been previously advised of the possibility of such damages.  This paragraph
    shall survive the termination of this agreement.

E.  PROFESSIONAL STANDARDS

    Vendor represents that it has facilities, personnel, experience and
    expertise sufficient in quality and quality to perform all such assignments
    and projects given it by EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
    hereunder and agrees that it will perform all such assignments and projects
    in a manner commensurate with professional standards generally applicable
    to its industry.


F.  OWNERSHIP OF MATERIALS

    The parties acknowledge that any modifications to the printed materials
    produced by its asthma program for EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE
    SERVICES are being created at the insistence of EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES and shall be deemed "work made for hire" under the
    United States copyright law.
    
    EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES shall have the right to use the
    whole work, any part of parts thereof, or none of the work, as it sees fit. 
    EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES may alter the work, add to it,
    or combine it with any other works, at it sole discretion.  Notwithstanding
    the foregoing, all original material submitted by Vendor as part of the
    work or as part of the process creating the work, including but not limited
    to listings, printouts, documentation, notes, reports, shall be the
    property of EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES whether or not
    EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES uses such material.  No rights
    are reserved by Vendor.
    
    All surveys, reports, data, documentation and all other information
    prepared by Vendor in connection with the performance of its services
    hereunder will become and remain EQUIFAX'S sole property.  Title to all
    material and documentation, including data furnished by EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES to Vendor or delivered by EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES into the Vendor's possession shall remain with
    EQUIFAX.  Vendor shall immediately return all such material or
    documentation within seven (7) days of any request by EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES or upon the termination or conclusion of this
    Agreement, whichever shall occur first.
    
    EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES hereby grants Vendor a worldwide
    perpetual royalty free license to the data and information created by
    Vendor in connection with this agreement for purposes of making marketing
    presentations to other potential customers and for the development and
    sales of additional products based upon this data.  Vendor's use of this
    data is limited to instances where data will not be identified by patient
    or by client of EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES.
    
    Vendor agrees it will not disclose to any third party, without the prior
    written consent of EQUIFAX, any proprietary or confidential information
    acquired from EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES under this
    Agreement, including trade secrets, business plans and confidential or
    other information which may be proprietary to EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES.


<PAGE>
    

    Vendor warrants and represents that is has or will have the right, through
    written agreements with its employees, to secure for EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES the rights called for in this Section.  Further, in
    the event Vendor uses any subcontractor, even though subcontracting is not
    permitted by this Agreement, or other third party to perform any of the
    services contracted for under this Agreement, Vendor agrees to enter into
    such written agreements with such third party, and to take such other steps
    as are or may be required to secure for EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE
    SERVICES the rights called for in this Section.

G.  DURATION OF AGREEMENT

    1.   Term
    
    This Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date and shall continue in
    full force and effect until the earlier of (i) completion of the project
    assigned hereunder, (ii) terminated by at least thirty (30) days written
    notice by either party to the other, sent by registered mail to the address
    for each party first set forth above, or to such other address which a
    party may designate for its receipt of notices hereunder.  This Agreement
    may be terminated by EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES immediately
    in the event EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES is unable to obtain
    waivers from its customers regarding Vendor's services.

    2.   Payment on Termination

    Upon termination of this Agreement EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE
    SERVICES is to pay for all authorized work in process.

    3.   Transfer Upon Termination

    Vendor shall transfer, assign and make available to EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES or EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICE'S
    representative all property and materials in Vendor's possession or control
    and any copies thereof belonging to and paid for by EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES, and all information regarding EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICE'S project(s) covered by this Agreement, as set forth
    in Paragraph C herein.

    4.   Neither EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES nor Vendor shall be
    liable to the other for damages of any kind, including but not limited to
    lost profits or Incidental, punitive or consequential damages, relative to
    termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 6.2, even if
    advised of the possibility of such damages.

H.  INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS
    
    Vendor shall at all times be an independent contractor and shall so
    represent itself to all third parties.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be
    deemed to constitute either party the agent or legal representative of the
    other nor to constitute the parties as partners, agents or joint ventures
    of one another.


<PAGE>


I.  THIRD PARTY OBLIGATIONS

    In connection with this Agreement, Vendor shall make no commitments or
    disbursements, incur no obligations nor place any advertising, public
    relations or promotional material for itself EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICE'S its parent, subsidiaries or affiliate companies,
    nor disseminate any material of any kind using the name of EQUIFAX
    HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES and/or EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE
    SERVICE'S such parent, subsidiary or affiliate companies or using their
    trademarks, without the prior written approval of EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES.


J.  GOVERNING LAW 

    This Agreement is entered into in the State of Texas and shall be
    constructed and governed under and in accordance with the laws of that
    State.

K.  MISCELLANEOUS

    1)   The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE
    ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES and Vendor and their respective successors and
    permitted assigns.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement is not
    assignable in whole or in part by Vendor without the prior written consent
    of EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES.  Factoring of accounts
    receivable is not permitted.

    2)   The failure of either party to take action as a result of a breach of
    this Agreement by the other party shall constitute neither a waiver of the
    particular breach involved nor a waiver of either party's right to enforce
    any or all provisions of this Agreement through any remedy granted by law
    or this Agreement.

    3)   EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES is an Equal Opportunity
    Employer and does not discriminate against any person because of race,
    color, creed, age, sex, or national origin.  Vendor represents that it has
    the same policy of Equal Opportunity Employment.
       
    4)   This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with
    respect to the subject matter contained herein, supersedes any prior
    written or oral communications and may be modified in writing subject to
    mutual agreement of the parties hereto.

    5)   The headings of each paragraph are for reference only and shall not be
    construed as part of this Agreement.

    6)   Except for the obligation to pay money property due and owing, either
    party shall be excused from any delay or failure in performance hereunder
    caused by reason of any occurrence or contingency beyond its reasonable
    control, including. but not limited to, failure of performance by the other
    party, earthquake, labor disputes, riots, governmental requirements,
    inability to secure materials on a timely basis, failure of computer
    equipment, failures or delays of sources from which information or data is
    obtained and transportation difficulties.


<PAGE>


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, each by a duly authorized officer, have
entered in to this Agreement this 21 day of June, 1996



EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE                     Disease State Management, Inc.
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES, INC.          46 Prince Street
5001 Spring Valley Road                Rochester, New York 14607
Suite 1000E                       
Dallas, TX  75244



By:  /s/ M.E. Kenney                    By: /s/ Donald A. Carlberg
   ---------------------------             ---------------------------
Title: Vice President & C.O.O.             Title: President & C.E.O.
       -----------------------             ---------------------------   



<PAGE>

Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for 
confidential treatment. The omitted portions, marked by [****], have been 
separately filed with the Commission.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                     ATTACHMENT A


                                        ASTHMA
                                  DISEASE MANAGEMENT
                                       PROPOSAL



                     ____________________________________________

                                         FOR


                          EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATION
                                       SERVICES


                                     PRESENTED BY

                           Disease State Management,-SM- Inc.
                                   46 Prince Street
                              Rochester, New York  14607
                                     716-244-1360







              Disease State Management and DSMI are registered service 
                       marks of Disease State Management, Inc.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Asthma places a tremendous burden on patients and health care providers and
demands a significant portion of our nations health care dollars. Disease State
Management, Inc.-SM- is committed to improving health outcomes through the
application of state of the art technologies.  Our proprietary interactive voice
recognition systems, enhanced database modeling techniques and on-demand
publishing combine to provide the powerful educational intervention necessary to
enhance patient adherence to treatment recommendations, empower  patients to
self-manage their disease and provide immediate referrals when specific "high
risk" triggers are met.

DSMI's-SM- staff of systems engineers, clinical experts and physician
consultants perform a comprehensive review  of the targeted disease state to
insure that "best practices" and nationally recognized guidelines form the
program's foundation.  Recognized leaders in outcomes management provide
guidance throughout the project development process.

Once the baseline parameters have been established, our staff begins the process
of building the intervention protocols.  DSMI's-SM-  asthma intervention program
consists of six interactive voice response based telephone interventions. Each
contact generates on-demand published educational materials targeting individual
concerns.  Additionally, physicians and other health care providers receive an
at-a-glance formatted report for inclusion in the patient's medical records.
These reports highlight specific areas of concern for the patient and
demonstrate areas where an individual's adherence to the prescribed therapy is
lacking. 

As an extra feature, DSMI's-SM- clinical staff establishes specific "at risk"
triggers that are continually monitored.  Patients meeting specific criteria
demonstrating an increased risk of hospitalization, emergency services or other
costly intervention will have their providers notified immediately for follow
up.  This critical notification and tracking of key indicators has been
demonstrated to reduce the global cost of managing chronically ill patients. 

Each intervention is uniquely structured and targets specific behaviors such as:
diet, exercise, smoking cessation, self-management, key triggers and
compliance with pharmacological therapy. By providing unique, individually
tailored intervention strategies, DSMI-SM-  not only highlights areas where
noncompliance and poor self management are impacting the plan's expenditures but
also provides an active intervention to modify "at risk" behavior before an
emergency room visit or hospitalization occurs. 

In addition to providing ongoing support for patients, DSMI's-SM- fully
integrated systems approach allows for immediate on-line data collection and
evaluation.  Interactive Voice Recognition systems allow administration of
HEDIS, Health Quality, patient satisfaction, and Quality of Life surveys without
operator induced bias.  The process streamlines data collection and provides a
cost effective method to query patients.

<PAGE>


                              TRENDS IN ASTHMA

Chronic lung diseases such as asthma, bronchitis and emphysema pose serious
challenges to both patients and health care providers.  Despite an increased
understanding of these disorders, improved pharmacological therapies and a
greater awareness among potential sufferers, the incidence rates continue to
soar.  In fact, between 1982 and 1993 the number of people reporting chronic
bronchitis increased seventy-nine percent, while those having emphysema and
asthma increased twenty-five and forty-eight percent respectively.(1)  
Currently, over twelve million people suffer from asthma in the United States,
making it not only one of the nation's most common diseases but one of the most
costly as well. 


                      INCREASE IN INCIDENCE RATES:  1982 - 1992


                                       [GRAPH]


                  DEATH RATE FOR ASTHMA:  1982 - 1992 (PER MILLION)


                                       [GRAPH]

   
While the reason for the rapid growth in the number of chronic suffers remains
uncertain, one thing is certain:  these diseases pose a serious threat to
patients' well being. Despite tremendous advances in both diagnostic and
pharmacological therapies in recent years asthma continues to exact a tremendous
financial toll in terms of both direct and indirect costs. 


___________________________

(1)  American Lung Association, Adapted form information published by the
Division of Epidemiology, National Heart, Lung and Blood Institute


<PAGE>


               IMPACT OF INCREASED PATIENT EDUCATION EFFORTS

The economic impact of asthma is staggering. In asthma patients diagnosed as
moderate to severe the annual cost of treatment often exceeds $ 100,000.  In
fact, John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company in Boston has identified 1,300
patients whose care resulted in $28 million dollars in expenditures.  Among the
most common reasons for exacerbation of symptoms are:  an inability of the
patients to self-manage their disease, poor pharmacological compliance, low
adherence to provider recommendations, a lack of patient knowledge concerning
their disease and failure of the provider to adhere to established treatment
guidelines; all areas that DSMI's-SM- asthma intervention program will impact.

    *    Study of severe asthmatics found 1,300 patients generated $ 28 million
         in claims
    *    Highest individual level of asthma-specific costs was $ 126,343
    *    Highest expense for all care were for a 2 year old female - $ 584,211
    *    235 members had claims exceeding  $ 100,000 annually for treatment

Targeted educational intervention programs for asthma patients have proven
effective.  A recent study, conducted at the National Jewish Center for
Immunology and Respiratory Medicine and the John Hancock Managed Care Group,
demonstrated significant improvements in patient outcomes for severe asthmatics
following a comprehensive initiative to educate patients.


                      PATIENTS ADMITTED WITHIN THE PAST 6 MONTHS

                                       [GRAPH]



ADMISSIONS WITHIN THE PAST 6 MONTHS WERE LOWER IN PATIENTS RECEIVING TARGETED
SUPPORT.

Additionally, personalized asthma self management, which tailors program
materials to the individual, has demonstrated positive results in moderate to
severe asthmatics (2)(3).  In a recent investigation incorporating targeted
support, the extension of face-to-face treatment via follow-up telephone calls
to the patient's home was rated more convenient and more acceptable to patients
than traditional group sessions (J.K. Wigal, personal communication, July 12,
1994).  Finally, in a cost-benefit analysis of a self-management program for 47
adult asthmatics effectively reduced hospitalization cost from $18,488 to $1,538
and lost income from $11,593 to $4,589.(4)

_________________________
(2) Kotses H., Lewis P.,  Environmental control of asthma self-management. 
Journal of Asthma.  1990; 27:373
(3) Kotses H., Stout C., Wigal J.K., Individualized asthma self-management:  A
beginning.  Journal of Asthma.  1991; 288:287-289.
(4)  Taitel M.S., A self-management program for adult asthma.  Part II:  Cost-
benefit analysis.  Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology. 
1995;95(3):672-6.


<PAGE>


                              FINANCIAL IMPACT OF ASTHMA

The following analysis reflects admission costs data for patients having severe
asthma.  It reflects incident and admission rates for severe asthma as indicated
by the American Lung Association.  

<TABLE>


<S>                                          <C>              <C>              <C> 
    # of Covered Lives                              500,000         500,000         500,000
                                             ------------------------------------------------  
    Asthma Incidence Rate                              0.05            0.05            0.05
                                             ------------------------------------------------  
    # Asthma Patients                                25,000          25,000          25,000
                                             ------------------------------------------------  
    # Patients with Severe asthma                      1250            1250            1250
                                             ------------------------------------------------  
    Cost per Day as Inpatient                     $1,000.00       $1,000.00       $1,000.00
                                             ------------------------------------------------  
    Average Length of Stay ( days )                       4               4               4
                                             ------------------------------------------------  
    # Hospitalizations/year                               3               2               1
                                             ------------------------------------------------  
    Annual Hospitalization Cost/Patient          $12,000.00       $8,000.00       $4,000.00
                                             ------------------------------------------------  

                                             ------------------------------------------------  
    Total Hospitalization Cost to Plan       $15,000,000.00  $10,000,000.00   $5,000,000.00
                                             ------------------------------------------------  

                                             ------------------------------------------------  
IMPACT OF DISEASE MANAGEMENT PROGRAM                                                       
                                             ------------------------------------------------  
    # Patients Enrolled in DM Program                  1250            1250            1250
                                             ------------------------------------------------  
    Estimated Operational Costs/Patient              $70.00          $70.00          $70.00
                                             ------------------------------------------------  
    Total Operational Costs                      $87,500.00      $87,500.00      $87,500.00
                                             ------------------------------------------------  

                                             ------------------------------------------------  

                                             ------------------------------------------------  
PROJECTED REDUCTION IN ADMISSIONS                                                          
                                             ------------------------------------------------  
    5% Reduction                                       5.00%           5.00%           5.00%
                                             ------------------------------------------------  
    Annual Savings                              $750,000.00     $500,000.00     $250,000.00
                                             ------------------------------------------------  
    7.5 % Reduction in Admissions                      7.50%           7.50%           7.50%
                                             ------------------------------------------------  
    Annual Savings                            $1,125,000.00     $750,000.00     $375,000.00
                                             ------------------------------------------------  
    10 % Reduction in Admissions                      10.00%          10.00%          10.00%
                                             ------------------------------------------------  
    Annual Savings                            $1,500,000.00   $1,000,000.00     $500,000.00
                                             ------------------------------------------------  

                                             ------------------------------------------------  

                                             ------------------------------------------------  
    % Success Rate Required to Break Even              0.58%           0.88%           1.75%
                                             ------------------------------------------------  
    # Pts. Avoiding Admission to Break Even               7              11              22
                                             ------------------------------------------------  

</TABLE>


<PAGE>


                                   PROGRAM OVERVIEW

See the "Program Intervention Description" section for details about each of the
interventions. The selected intervention schedule will be delivered to patients
who are enrolled in the program.  Note that the term "provider" is used to
denote a case manager or another health care provider designated to receive
communications regarding the patient.

I.  COMPONENTS

*   Business reply mailer 
*   Patient diary
*   Program description/overview
*   Custom designed educational materials
*   Demand published patient reports
*   Demand published provider reports
*   Crisis flags
*   Voice demonstration line
*   Logo integration


II.  INTERVENTION PROTOCOL: 

MONTH 1:

*   Patient enrollment via business reply mailer 
*   Initial telephone intervention  within seven days of business reply mailer
    receipt
*   Patients receive demand published report following IVR intervention
*   Appropriate preprinted educational materials sent to patients 

MONTHS 2 - 4

*   Patients receive interactive voice response based telephone interventions
    monthly
*   Patients receive demand published report following each IVR intervention
*   Appropriate preprinted educational materials sent to patients
*   Physician receives demand published, patient specific report for inclusion
    in patient record following IVR intervention at month 2 and 4
*   Additionally physician receives immediate notification via phone/fax for
    any patient reporting status indicating a critical "at risk" trigger has
    been met
    
MONTHS 6 AND 8

*   Patients receive interactive voice response based telephone interventions
*   Patients receive demand published report following each IVR intervention
*   Appropriate preprinted educational materials sent to patients
*   Physician receives demand published, patient specific report for inclusion
    in patient record following IVR intervention at month 8
*   Additionally physician receives immediate notification via phone/fax for
    any patient reporting status indicating a critical "at risk" trigger has
    been met

<PAGE>


    Month                    1    2    3    4    6    8
                             --------------------------
    IVR Intervention         *    *    *    *    *    *
                              --------------------------
    Patient Report           *    *    *    *    *    *
                              --------------------------
    Physician Report              *         *         * 
                              -------------------------- 
    Preprinted Materials     *    *    *    *    *    *
                              --------------------------
    "At risk" Reporting
    (as needed)              *    *    *    *    *    *
                              --------------------------


<PAGE>


PROGRAM INTERVENTION DESCRIPTION
         
See the "Program Schedule" section for an outline of the protocol for 
delivering these program components.  Note that the term "provider" is used 
to refer to a physician, case manager or other health care provider 
designated to receive communications regarding the patient.

BUSINESS REPLY MAIL (BRM)/PROGRAM DESCRIPTION
  *   Two (2) page pre-printed mailer designed for distribution by providers to
      patients and return via postage paid mail
  *   Provides brief assessment for identifying patient data (e.g., name, 
      phone number, best time to contact) necessary for DSMI-SM- to initiate a
      telephone call to patient
  *   Program description includes a brief program overview


INTERACTIVE VOICE RECOGNITION BASED TELEPHONE INTERVENTIONS
  *   Six (5) minute interactive voice recognition base telephone interventions
      initiated by live operators to patients at preferred contact times
  *   Cost-efficient interface: operator-initiated contact to identify patient
      and transfer to automated, voice response system
  *   High appeal voice response system using a recorded human voice versus
      computer synthesized speech
  *   Patient responds in normal speaking voice versus pushing touch tone 
      buttons
  *   Self-report follow-up assessment of relevant medical and behavioral
      factors:  update on disease status, prescribed treatment including diet,
      exercise, and medications, patient motivation, treatment barriers, patient
      knowledge indicators regarding symptom identification and disease self-
      management
  *   Patient receives personalized questions and clinically appropriate 
      feedback driven by expert system to promote patients' awareness of their 
      condition and adherence to their treatment regimen
  *   Allows identification of patient concerns
  *   Adds vital progress information to the longitudinal patient database
  
PATIENT REPORTS
    *    Laser printed, on-demand published report including personalized text
         and graphics
    *    Mailed to patient within a week after each telephone intervention
    *    Personalized and pre-printed materials reinforce patient awareness and
         knowledge regarding their condition and promote treatment adherence

PHYSICIAN REPORTS
         
    *    One page laser printed, on-demand published report integrating
         patient's follow-up and enrollment data
    *    Mailed to patient's provider within a week after each patient
         interactive voice response intervention
    *    "At-a-glance" format provides efficient documentation of critical
         patient data, ready for insertion into the medical record

<PAGE>

Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for 
confidential treatment. The omitted portions, marked by [****], have been 
separately filed with the Commission.

    *    Facilitates identification of patient education needs and hard-to-
         manage patients, appropriate allocation of health care resources, 
         and timely modification of treatment regimens
    *    Enhances patient-provider communication


"AT RISK" REPORTING:

*   Physicians/providers will be notified via fax when patients report
    symptoms, noncompliance or other critical factors indicating an increased
    risk for an acute event, hospitalization or emergency procedure

OPERATIONAL REPORTING:

DSMI-SM- will provide operational and outcome reports quarterly.

PROGRAM FEES:

[*****] In lieu of such payment Equifax Healthcare Administration Services
agrees:

Program operational fees shall be are based upon a minimum enrollment of 2000
patients within 36 months of the effective date of this agreement.  The
operational fee for the first 2000 enrollees shall be $[*****] per enrollee. 
Fees for all subsequent enrollees shall be $[*****] per enrollee.  In the event
that Equifax Healthcare Administration services fails to achieve a minimum of
2000 enrollees within 36 months of the effective date of this document, equifax
healthcare administration services agrees to a one time liscensing fee equal to
( 2000 minus the number of enrollees achieved times $[*****].  Such payment is
due 36 months from the effective date of this contract.

Program operational fees shall be billed upon patient enrollment and are payable
within 30 days of receipt. Payments exceeding 30 days past due will accrue a
service charge of 1% per month of the outstanding balance. In the event of a
patient withdrawal from the intervention program, DSMI-SM- will prorate the
remaining expenses. 

Printing fees for all pre-printed materials (e.g., marketing brochure, BRM,
program description) will be the responsibility of Equifax Healthcare
Administration services.  DSMI-SM- will furnish estimates for printing costs
upon determination of volumes and final specifications.

CUSTOMIZATION

Any customization will constitute a revision to the intervention protocol (i.e.,
additional patient and/or physician reports and/or variations in on-demand or IV
content).  Any logo design used on the demand published reporting is limited to
black and white/grayscale.  DSMI-SM- shall furnish estimates for development and
delivery to Equifax Healthcare Administration Services prior to undertaking any
revision.



<PAGE>

            Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant
            to a request for confidential treatment. The omitted
            portions, marked by [****], have been separately filed
            the Commission.


                                                                EXHIBIT 10.11

                              SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Agreement is effective this 28 day of July, 1996, (the "Effective Date")
between Disease State Management, Inc., 46 Prince Street, Rochester, New York
14607 ("Vendor") and Equifax. Vendor agrees to provide services to Equifax 
under the terms set forth below.

A.  SERVICES

    Vendor will provide the product(s) or service(s) set forth, and to the 
    specifications set forth in the proposal incorporated herein as 
    Attachment A.

    The product and all elements as set forth on Attachment A are subject to 
    prior approval by Equifax, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

B.  COMPENSATION

    1. Equifax shall pay Vendor a program operational fee of [****] in the 
    program described in Exhibit A. The program operational fee shall be [****]
    per enrollee once [****] individuals have been enrolled in the program.

    2. "At Risk" reports shall be generated and transmitted via fax directly 
    to health care providers for patients exhibiting specific high risk 
    behaviors. Such contacts shall be billed at a flat rate of [****] per 
    notification.

    3. All amounts due under this Agreement shall be invoiced to Equifax by 
    Vendor and payable to Vendor within thirty days of the date of the 
    invoice. Payments exceeding thirty days past due shall be subject to a 
    service charge of [****] per month until paid.

    In the event that Equifax shall request any changes in the concept, 
    specifications or scope of the product(s) or service(s) described on 
    Attachment A hereto, Vendor will notify Equifax the cost of such revisions
    and will not proceed without prior written approval.

    If the compensation provision on Attachment A hereto is other than [****]
    Vendor will provide such documentation in support of all billings as 
    Equifax may reasonably require.

C.  CONFIDENTIALITY

    1. Equifax and Vendor acknowledge that certain confidential and 
    proprietary information may be disclosed by one of them to the other in the
    course of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the term 
    "Confidential Information" includes the following: (a) All information 
    regarding the patient, Equifax's Customer, any patient medical
    data and/or status, or provider information; and (b) any other information
    identified as confidential in writing by the disclosing party prior to 
    disclosure. Notwithstanding the confidentiality requirements of this 
    Agreement, the foregoing shall not prevent Equifax from retaining 
    information, including any and all information and data pertaining to any
    patient which comes to Equifax or to which Equifax is given access during 
    this Agreement.





Disease State Management-SM- and DSMI-SM- are servicemarks of Disease State 
Management, Inc.

<PAGE>

    2. Should Equifax receive confidential information of Vendor for use in 
    performing their Services, Equifax agrees to take all reasonable steps to
    safeguard the confidentiality of said information and to prevent 
    unauthorized disclosure thereof by Equifax employees, agents and 
    representatives. Equifax shall maintain strict security procedures to 
    protect the confidentiality of any information received, stored, or 
    delivered on patients in the Equifax or any affiliated or associated 
    company's database.

    3. The data released hereunder to Vendor regarding patients, patient 
    medical data, Equifax Customers, and provider information, is considered
    sensitive and confidential information. Vendor warrants that is shall use
    any information provided by Equifax strictly for the performance of this  
    Agreement. Vendor acknowledges and agrees to take all steps necessary to 
    safeguard the confidentiality of all information and reports, whether oral
    or written, maintain such information as strictly confidential and to 
    prevent unauthorized disclosure thereof by Vendor's employees, agents, 
    representatives and other third parties. Vendor warrants that all such 
    information and reports will not be disclosed to any person, organization 
    or entity other than Equifax.
    
    4. Each party shall hold the other party, its affiliated companies, the 
    officers, agents, employees, and independent contractors of the other party,
    harmless and shall indemnify and defend such party for any claim of 
    expense or damage, whatsoever, resulting from the publishing or release by
    such party, of information contrary to the above conditions.

    5. The obligations of the Paragraph shall not apply to any Confidential 
    Information which the recipient can demonstrate is or becomes available to
    the public through no breach of this Agreement.

    6. Neither party to this Agreement shall, except as may be required by 
    law or federal regulation, or except with express written permission of 
    the other party, disclose the terms and conditions of this Agreement to 
    any third party or publicly advertise its contents.

    7. The parties agree that Vendor's breach of any of its material 
    obligation under the applicable Confidentiality provisions of this 
    Agreement, may cause Equifax irreparable injury for which it would have
    not adequate remedy at law, and that Equifax shall be entitled to specific
    performance or preliminary or other injunctive relief in addition to any 
    and all remedies it may otherwise be entitled to at law in equity.

    8. This paragraph shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

    Vendor shall not duplicate any material containing Equifax Confidential
    Information, except in the direct performance of its services under this 
    Agreement. Vendor shall return all copies of materials containing Equifax 
    Confidential Information upon Vendor's completion of services under this 
    Agreement or upon any earlier termination of this Agreement for any 
    reason whatsoever.

D.  INDEMNIFICATION

    Each party shall indemnify and hold the other party harmless from and 
    against all liability, damages, penalties, losses, costs or expenses,    
    including reasonable attorneys' fees, arising from or in any way related
    to its willful or negligent actions or omissions in performing the 
    responsibilities as described in this Agreement.




Disease State Management-SM- and DSMI-SM- are servicemarks of Disease State 
Management, Inc.


<PAGE>

E.  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

    Neither Equifax nor vendor shall in any way be liable for any special, 
    indirect, exemplary, incidental or consequential damages, whether based on
    contract, tort, or any other legal theory, even if Equifax or vendor has 
    been previously advised of the possibility of such damages.  This 
    paragraph shall survive the termination of this agreement.

F.  PROFESSIONAL STANDARDS

    Vendor represents that it has facilities, personnel, experience and 
    expertise sufficient in quality and quality to perform all such assignments 
    and projects given it by Equifax hereunder and agrees that it will 
    perform all such assignments and projects in a manner commensurate with 
    professional standards generally applicable to its industry.

G.  OWNERSHIP OF MATERIALS

    The parties acknowledge that any modifications to the printed materials 
    produced by its asthma program for Equifax are being created at the 
    insistence of Equifax and shall be deemed "work made for hire" under the 
    United States copyright law.

    Equifax shall have the right to use the whole work, any part of the parts
    thereof, or none of the work, as it sees fit. Equifax may alter the work,
    add to it, or combine it with any other works, at its sole discretion. 
    Notwithstanding the foregoing, all original material submitted by Vendor 
    as part of the work or as part of the process creating the work, including 
    but not limited to listings, printouts, documentation, notes, reports, 
    shall be the property of Equifax whether or not Equifax uses such material. 
    No rights are reserved by Vendor.

    All surveys, reports, data, documentation and all other information 
    prepared by Vendor in connection with the performance of its services 
    hereunder will become and remain Equifax's sole property. Title to all
    material and documentation, including data furnished by Equifax to Vendor 
    or delivered by Equifax into the Vendor's possession shall remain with 
    Equifax. Vendor shall immediately return all such material or 
    documentation within seven (7) days of any request by Equifax or upon the
    termination or conclusion of this Agreement, whichever shall occur first.

    Equifax hereby grants Vendor a worldwide perpetual royalty free license to
    the data and information created by Vendor in connection with this 
    agreement for purposes of making marketing presentations to other potential
    customers and for the development and sales of additional products based
    upon this data. Vendor's use of this data is limited to instances where 
    data will not be identified by patient or by client of Equifax.

    Vendor agrees it will not disclose to any third party, without the prior 
    written consent of Equifax, any proprietary or confidential information 
    acquired from Equifax under this Agreement, including trade secrets, 
    business plans and confidential or other information which may be 
    proprietary to Equifax.

    Vendor warrants and represents that is has or will have the right, through
    written agreements with its employees, to secure for Equifax the rights
    called for in this Section. Further, in the event Vendor uses any 
    subcontractor, even though subcontracting is not permitted by this 
    Agreement, or other third party to perform any of the services contracted
    for under this Agreement, Vendor agrees to enter into such written 
    agreements with such third party, and to take such other steps as are or 
    may be required to secure for Equifax the rights called for in this Section.




Disease State Management-SM- and DSMI-SM- are servicemarks of Disease State 
Management, Inc.




<PAGE>

H.  DURATION OF AGREEMENT

     1.  Term

     This Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date and shall continue  
     in full force and effect until the earlier of (i) completion of the 
     project assigned hereunder, (ii) terminated by at least thirty (30) days 
     written notice by either party to the other, sent by registered mail to 
     the address for each party first set forth above, or to such other address 
     which a party may designate for its receipt of notices hereunder.  This 
     Agreement may be terminated by Equifax immediately in the event Equifax is 
     unable to obtain waivers from its customers regarding Vendor's services.

     2.  Transfer Upon Termination

     Vendor shall transfer, assign and make available to Equifax or Equifax 
     representative all property and materials in Vendor's possession or control
     and any copies thereof belonging to and paid for by Equifax, and all 
     information regarding Equifax project(s) covered by this Agreement, as set 
     forth in Paragraph C herein.

     3.  Neither Equifax nor Vendor shall be liable to the other for damages of 
     any kind, including but not limited to lost profits or Incidental, punitive
     or consequential damages, relative to termination of this Agreement in 
     accordance with Section 6.2, even if advised of the possibility of such 
     damages.

I.   INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS

     Vendor shall at all times be an independent contractor and shall so 
     represent itself to all third parties. Nothing in this Agreement shall be 
     deemed to constitute either party the agent or legal representative of the 
     other nor to constitute the parties as partners, agents or joint ventures 
     of one another.

J.   THIRD PARTY OBLIGATIONS

     In connection with this Agreement, Vendor shall make no commitments or 
     disbursements, incur no obligations nor place any advertising, public 
     relations or promotional material for itself Equifax its parent, 
     subsidiaries or affiliate companies, nor disseminate any material of any 
     kind using the name of Equifax and/or Equifax such parent, subsidiary or 
     affiliate companies or using their trademarks, without the prior written 
     approval of Equifax.

K.   GOVERNING LAW

     This Agreement is entered into in the State of Texas and shall be 
     constructed and governed under and in accordance with the laws of that 
     State.





Disease State Management-SM- and DSMI-SM- are servicemarks of Disease State 
Management, Inc.

<PAGE>

L.   MISCELLANEOUS

     1)     The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon Equifax and 
     Vendor and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement is not assignable in whole 
     or in part by Vendor without the prior written consent of Equifax.  
     Factoring of accounts receivable is not permitted.

     2)     The failure of either party to take action as a result of a breach 
     of this Agreement by the other party shall constitute neither a waiver of 
     the particular breach involved nor a waiver of either party's right to 
     enforce any or all provisions of this Agreement through any remedy granted 
     by law or this Agreement. 

     3)     Equifax is an Equal Opportunity Employer and does not discriminate 
     against any person because of race, color, creed, age, sex, or national 
     origin. Vendor represents that it has the same policy of Equal Opportunity 
     Employment.

     4)     This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties 
     with respect to the subject matter contained herein, supersedes any prior 
     written or oral communications and may be modified in writing subject to 
     mutual agreement of the parties hereto.

     5)     The headings of each paragraph are for reference only and shall 
     not be construed as part of this Agreement.

     6)     Except for the obligation to pay money property due and owing, 
     either party shall be excused from any delay or failure in performance 
     hereunder caused by reason of any occurrence or contingency beyond its 
     reasonable control, including, but not limited to, failure of performance 
     by the other party, earthquake, labor disputes, riots, governmental 
     requirements, inability to secure materials on a timely basis, failure of 
     computer equipment, failures or delays of sources from which information 
     or data is obtained and transportation difficulties.





Disease State Management-SM- and DSMI-SM- are servicemarks of Disease State 
Management, Inc.

<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, each by a duly authorized officer, 
have entered in to this Agreement this 28 day of July, 1996


Equifax                                   Disease State Management, Inc.
5001 Spring Valley Road                   46 Prince Street
Suite 1000E                               Rochester, NY  14607
Dallas, TX 75244


By: /s/ Charles E. Page                   By: /s/ Donald A. Carlberg
   ----------------------------              ----------------------------
Title:    President                       Title:    President & CEO
      -------------------------                 -------------------------


<PAGE>

                                     EXHIBIT A

                                     DIABETES
                                DISEASE MANAGEMENT
                                     PROPOSAL

                      ---------------------------------------

                                       FOR

                     EQUIFAX HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES

                                  PRESENTED BY

                  Disease State Management,-SM- Inc.
                               46 Prince Street
                             Rochester, New York 14607
                                 716-244-1360

Disease State Management and DSMI are registered service marks of Disease 
State Management, Inc.

<PAGE>

Diabetes places a tremendous burden on patients and health care providers and 
demands a significant portion of our nation's health care dollars.  Disease 
State Management, Inc.-SM- is committed to improving health outcomes through
the application of state of the art technologies.  Our proprietary interactive 
voice recognition systems, enhanced database modeling techniques and 
on-demand publishing combine to provide the powerful educational intervention 
necessary to enhance patient adherence to treatment recommendations, empower 
patients to self-manage their disease and provide immediate referrals when 
specific "high risk" triggers are met.

DSMI's-SM- staff of systems engineers, clinical experts and physician 
consultants have performed a comprehensive review of diabetes to insure that 
"best practices" and nationally recognized guidelines form the program's 
foundation.  Recognized leaders in outcomes management will provide guidance 
throughout the project development process.

DSMI's-SM- standard diabetes intervention program consists of six interactive
voice response based telephone interventions.  Each contact generates an 
on-demand patient call summary and educational materials targeting individual 
concerns.  Additionally, physicians and other health care providers receive 
an at-a-glance formatted report for inclusion in the patient's medical 
records. These reports highlight specific areas of concern for the patient 
and demonstrate areas where an individual's adherence to the prescribed 
therapy is lacking.  In additional to an on-demand published report, the 
patient will receive pre-printed educational materials targeting specific 
aspects of diabetes.

As an extra feature, DSMI's-SM- clinical staff establishes specific "at risk"
triggers that are monitored at each call.  Patients meeting specific criteria 
demonstrating an increased risk of hospitalization, emergency services or 
other costly intervention will have their providers notified immediately for
follow-up.  This critical notification and tracking of key indicators has 
been demonstrated to reduce the global cost of managing chronically ill 
patients.

Each intervention is uniquely structured and targets specific behaviors such 
as: compliance with both diet and medication, diabetes self management and 
knowledge base, communications with healthcare providers and quality of life. 
By providing unique, individually tailored intervention strategies, DSMI-SM-
not only highlights areas where noncompliance and poor self management are 
impacting the plan's expenditures but also provides an active intervention to 
modify "at risk" behavior before an emergency room visit or hospitalization 
occurs.

<PAGE>

                               PROGRAM OVERVIEW

See the "Program Intervention Description" section for details about each of 
the interventions.  The selected intervention schedule will be delivered to 
patients who are enrolled in the program.  Note that the term "provider" is 
used to denote a case manager or another health care provider designated to 
receive communications regarding the patient.

I.  COMPONENTS

 -   Business reply mailer
 -   Program description/overview
 -   Educational materials
 -   Demand published patient reports
 -   Demand published provider reports
 -   Crisis flags
 -   Voice demonstration line
 -   Logo integration


II.  INTERVENTION PROTOCOL:

 MONTH 1:

 -   Patient enrollmenet via business reply mailer
 -   Initial telephone intervention within seven to ten days of business 
     reply mailer receipt
 -   Patients receive demand published report following IVR intervention
 -   Appropriate educational materials sent to patients
 -   Physician receives demand published, patient specific report for 
     inclusion in patient record following IVR intervention
 -   Additionally physician receives immediate notification via phone/fax for 
     any patient reporting status indicating a critical "at risk" trigger has
     been met

 MONTHS 2 - 4

 -   Patients receive interactive voice response based telephone 
     interventions monthly
 -   Patients receive demand published report following each IVR intervention
 -   Appropriate educational materials sent to patients
 -   Physician receives demand published, patient specific report for 
     inclusion in patient record following IVR intervention at month 2 and 4
 -   Additionally physician receives immediate notification via phone/fax for 
     any patient reporting status indicating a critical "at risk" trigger has
     been met

 MONTHS 6 AND 8

 -   Patients receive interactive voice response based telephone interventions
 -   Patients receive demand published report following each IVR intervention
 -   Appropriate educational materials sent to patients
 -   Physician receives demand published, patient specific report for 
     inclusion in patient record following IVR intervention at month 8
 -   Additionally physician receives immediate notification via phone/fax for 
     any patient reporting status indicating a critical "at risk" trigger has
     been met


<PAGE>


                                   [TO COME]


                                                                              4
<PAGE>


                       PROGRAM INTERVENTION DESCRIPTION


See the "Program Schedule" section for an outline of the protocol for 
delivering these program components.  Note that the term "provider" is used 
to refer to a physician, case manager or other health care provider 
designated to receive communications regarding the patient.


BUSINESS REPLY MAIL (BRM)/PROGRAM DESCRIPTION

   -  Two page, pre-printed mailer designed for distribution by providers to 
      patients and return postage paid mail

   -  Provides brief assessment for identifying patient date (e.g., name, 
      phone number, best time to contact, MD fax number and MCO ID#) necessary
      for DSMI-SM- to initiate a telephone call to patient

   -  Program description includes a brief program overview


INTERACTIVE VOICE RECOGNITION BASED TELEPHONE INTERVENTIONS

   -  Six interactive voice recognition base telephone interventions 
      initiated by live operators to patients at preferred contact times

   -  Cost-efficient interface: operator-initiated contact to identify 
      patient and transfer to automated, voice response system

   -  High appeal voice response system using a recorded human voice versus 
      computer synthesized speech

   -  Patient responds in normal speaking voice versus pushing touch tone 
      buttons

   -  Self-report follow-up assessment of relevant medical and behavioral 
      factors:  update on disease status, prescribed treatment including 
      diet, exercise, and medications, patient motivation, treatment barriers,
      patient knowledge indicators regarding symptom identification and disease
      self-management

   -  Patient receives personalized questions and clinically appropriate 
      feedback driven by expert system to promote patients' awareness of their
      condition and adherence to their treatment regimen

   -  Allows identification of patient concerns

   -  Adds vital progress information to the longitudinal patient database


PATIENT REPORTS

   -  Laser printed, on-demand published report including personalized text 
      and graphics

   -  Mailed to patient within a week after each telephone intervention


EDUCATIONAL PIECES

   -  Educational materials to reinforce patient awareness and knowledge 
      regarding their condition and promote treatment adherence

                                                                              5
<PAGE>


PHYSICIAN REPORTS

   -  One page laser printed, on-demand published report integrating 
      patient's follow-up and enrollment data

   -  Mailed to patient's provider within a week after each patient 
      interactive voice reponse intervention at months 2, 4 and 8

   -  "At-a-glance" format provides efficient documentation of critical 
      patient data, ready for insertion into the medical record

   -  Facilitates identification of patient education needs and 
      hard-to-manage patients, appropriate allocation of health care resources,
      and timely modification of treatment regimens

   -  Enhances patient-provider communication


"AT RISK" REPORTING:

   -  Physicians/providers will be notified via fax when patients report 
      symptoms, noncompliance or other critical factors indicating an incrased
      risk for an acute event, hospitalization or emergency procedure


OPERATIONAL REPORTING:

DSMI-SM- will provide standard aggregate reports quarterly.


PRE-PRINTED MATERIAL FEES:

Printing fees for all pre-printed materials (i.e., marketing brochure, BRM, 
program description, educational materials) will be the responsibility of the 
client.  DSMI-SM- will furnish estimates for printing costs upon 
determination of volumes and final specifications.


CUSTOMIZATION:

Any customization will constitute a revision to the intervention protocol
(i.e., additional patient and/or physician reports and/or variations in 
on-demand or IV content).  Any logo design used on the demand published 
reporting is limited to black and white/grayscale.  DSMI-SM- shall furnish 
estimates for development and delivery to the client prior to undertaking any 
revision.

                                                                            6

<PAGE>


     Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for 
confidential treatment.  The omitted portions, marked by [****], have been 
separately filed with the Commission.


                                                  EXHIBIT 10.12

SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Agreement is effective this 13th day of September, 1996, (the 
"Effective Date") between Patient Infosystems, 46 Prince Street, Rochester, 
New York 14607 ("Vendor") and Health Resources,Inc. under the terms set forth 
below.

A.  SERVICES

    Vendor will provide the product(s) or service(s) set forth in the 
    proposal incorporated herein as Exhibit A.

    The product and all elements as set forth in Exhibit A are subject to 
    prior approval by Health Resources, Inc., such approval not to be 
    unreasonably withheld.

B.  COMPENSATION

    1. Health Resources, Inc. shall pay Vendor an operational fee of [****]
    in the program described in Exhibit A.

    2. Health Resources, Inc. shall pay Vendor for pre-printed materials 
    (e.g. marketing brochure, business reply mailer, program description) 
    required for the program. Vendor will furnish estimates for printing costs 
    upon determination of volumes and specifications.

    3. All amounts due under this agreement shall be invoiced monthly to 
    Health Resources, Inc. by Vendor and payable within thirty days of the date 
    of the invoice. Payments exceeding thirty days past due shall be subject to 
    a service charge of [****] per month until paid.

    4. In the event that Health Resources, Inc. shall request any changes in 
    the specifications or scope of the services described in Exhibit A 
    hereto, Vendor will notify Health Resources, Inc. of the cost of such 
    revisions and will not proceed without prior written approval.

C.  CONFIDENTIALITY

    1. Health Resources, Inc. and Vendor acknowledge that certain 
    confidential and proprietary information may be disclosed by one of them 
    to the other in the course of this Agreement. For purposes of this 
    Agreement, the term "Confidential Information" includes the following: (a) 
    All information regarding the patient, Health Resources, Inc's. Customer, 
    any patient medical data and/or status, or provider information; and (b) 
    any other information identified as confidential in writing by the 
    disclosing party prior to disclosure. Notwithstanding the confidentiality 
    requirements of this Agreement, the foregoing shall not prevent Health 
    Resources, Inc. from retaining information, including any and all 
    information and data pertaining to any patient which comes to Health 
    Resources, Inc. or to which Health Resources, Inc. is given access during 
    this Agreement.

    2. Should Health Resources, Inc. receive confidential information of 
    Vendor for use in performing their Services, Health Resources, Inc. 
    agrees to take all reasonable steps to safeguard the confidentiality of 
    said information and to prevent unauthorized disclosure thereof by Health 
    Resources, Inc.'s employees, agents and representatives. Health 
    Resources, Inc. shall maintain strict security procedures to protect the 
    confidentiality of any information received, stored, or delivered on 
    patients in the Health Resources, Inc. or any affiliated or associated 
    company's database.

                                      -1-

<PAGE>

    3. The data released hereunder to Vendor regarding patients, patient 
    medical data, Health Resources, Inc. Customers, and provider information, 
    is considered sensitive and confidential information. Vendor warrants that 
    it shall use any information provided by Health Resources, Inc. strictly 
    for the performance of this Agreement. Vendor acknowledges and agrees to 
    take all necessary steps to safeguard the confidentiality of all 
    information and reports, whether oral or written, maintain such information 
    as strictly confidential and to prevent unauthorized disclosure thereof by 
    Vendor's employees, agents, representatives and other third parties. Vendor 
    warrants that all such information and reports will not be disclosed to 
    any person, organization or entity other than Health Resources, Inc.

    4. Each party shall hold the other party, its affiliated companies, the 
    officers, agents, employees, and independent contractors of the other 
    party, harmless and shall indemnify and defend such party for any claim 
    of expense or damage, whatsoever, resulting from the publishing or 
    release by such party, of information contrary to the above conditions.

    5. The obligations of the Paragraph shall not apply to any Confidential 
    Information which the recipient can demonstrate is or becomes available 
    to the public through no breach of this Agreement.

    6. Neither party to this Agreement shall, except as may be required by 
    law or federal regulation, or except with express written permission of 
    the other party, disclose the terms and conditions of this Agreement to 
    any third party or publicly advertise its contents.

    7. The parties agree that Vendor's breach of any of its material 
    obligation under the applicable Confidentiality provisions of this 
    Agreement, may cause Health Resources, Inc. irreparable injury for which 
    it would not have adequate remedy at law, and that Health Resources, Inc. 
    shall be entitled to specific performance or preliminary or other 
    injunctive relief in addition to any and all remedies it may otherwise be 
    entitled to at law or in equity.

    8. This Paragraph shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

    Vendor shall not duplicate any material containing Health Resources, Inc. 
    Confidential  Information, except in the direct performance of its 
    services under this Agreement. Vendor shall return all copies of 
    materials containing Health Resources, Inc. Confidential Information upon 
    Vendor's completion of services under this Agreement or upon any 
    earlier termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever.

D.  INDEMNIFICATION

    D1. Each party shall indemnify and hold the other party harmless from and 
    against all liability, damages, penalties, losses, costs or expenses, 
    including reasonable attorneys' fees, arising from or in any way related to 
    its willful or negligent actions or omissions in performing the 
    responsibilities as described in this Agreement.

    D2. "Limitation of Liability"
    Neither Health Resources, Inc. nor vendor shall in any way be liable for 
    any special, indirect, exemplary,incidental or consequential damages, 
    whether based on contract, tort, or any other legal theory, even if Health 
    Resources, Inc. or vendor has been previously advised of the possibility 
    of such damages. This paragraph shall survive the termination of this 
    agreement.

                                      -2-

<PAGE>

E.  PROFESSIONAL STANDARDS

    Vendor represents that it has facilities, personnel, experience and 
    expertise sufficient in quality and quality to perform all such 
    assignments and projects given it by Health Resources, Inc. hereunder and 
    agrees that it will perform all such assignments and projects in a manner 
    commensurate with professional standards generally applicable to its 
    industry.

F.  OWNERSHIP OF MATERIALS

    The parties acknowledge that any modifications to the printed materials 
    produced by its asthma program for Health Resources, Inc. are being 
    created at the insistence of Health Resources, Inc. and shall be deemed 
    "work made for hire" under the United States copyright law.

    Health Resources, Inc. shall have the right to use the whole work, any part 
    of parts thereof, or none of the work, as it sees fit.  Health Resources, 
    Inc. may alter the work, add to it, or combine it with any other works, at 
    it sole discretion.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, all original material 
    submitted by Vendor as part of the work or as part of the process creating 
    the work, including but not limited to listings, printouts, documentation, 
    notes, reports, shall be the property of Health Resources, Inc. whether or 
    not Health Resources, Inc. uses such material.  No rights are reserved by 
    Vendor.

    All surveys and reports prepared by Vendor in connection with the 
    performance of its services hereunder will become and remain Health 
    Resources, Inc.'s sole property.

    Vendor agrees it will not disclose to any third party, without the prior 
    written consent of Health Resources, Inc., any proprietary or confidential 
    information acquired from Health Resources, Inc. under this Agreement, 
    including trade secrets, business plans and confidential or other 
    information which may be proprietary to Health Resources, Inc..

    Vendor warrants and represents that it has or will have the right, through 
    written agreements with its employees, to secure for Health Resources, 
    Inc. the rights called for in this Section. Further, in the event Vendor 
    uses any subcontractor, even though subcontracting is not permitted by this 
    Agreement, or other third party to perform any of the services contracted 
    for under this Agreement, Vendor agrees to enter into such written 
    agreements with such third party, and to take such other steps as are or 
    may be required to secure for Health Resources, Inc. the rights called for 
    in this Section.

G.  DURATION OF AGREEMENT

    1.  Term

    This Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date and shall continue 
    in full force and effect until the earlier of (i) completion of the project 
    assigned hereunder, (ii) terminated by at least one hundred eighty (180) 
    days written notice by either party to the other, sent by registered mail 
    to the address for each party first set forth above, or to such other 
    address which a party may designate for its receipt of notices hereunder. 
    This Agreement may be terminated by Health Resources, Inc. immediately in 
    the event Health Resources, Inc. is unable to obtain waivers from its 
    customers regarding Vendor's services.


                                      -3-

<PAGE>


   2. Payment on Termination

   Upon termination of this Agreement Health Resources, Inc. is to pay for all 
   authorized work in process.

   3. Transfer Upon Termination

   Vendor shall transfer, assign and make available to Health Resources, Inc. 
   or Health Resources, Inc.'s representative all property and materials in 
   Vendor's possession or control and any copies thereof belonging to and paid 
   for by Health Resources, Inc., and all information regarding Health 
   Resources, Inc.'s project(s) covered by this Agreement, as set forth in 
   Paragraph C herein.

   4. Neither Health Resources, Inc. nor Vendor shall be liable to the other for
   damages of any kind, including but not limited to lost profits or incidental,
   punitive or consequential damages, relative to termination of this Agreement 
   in accordance with Section 6.2, even if advised of the possibility of such 
   damages.

H. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS

   Vendor shall at all times be an independent contractor and shall so represent
   itself to all third parties. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to 
   constitute either party the agent or legal representative of the other nor to
   constitute the parties as partners, agents or joint ventures of one another.

I. THIRD PARTY OBLIGATIONS

   In connection with this Agreement, Vendor shall make no commitments or 
   disbursements, incur no obligations nor place any advertising, public 
   relations or promotional material for itself, Health Resources, Inc.'s, 
   subsidiaries or affiliate companies, nor disseminate any material of any kind
   using the name of Health Resources, Inc. and/or Health Resources, Inc.'s such
   parent, subsidiary or affiliate companies or using their trademarks, without 
   the prior written approval of Health Resources, Inc.

J. GOVERNING LAW

   This Agreement is entered into in the State of New York and shall be 
   constructed and governed under and in accordance with the laws of that State.

K. MISCELLANEOUS

   1) The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon Health Resources, Inc.
   and Vendor and their respective successors and permitted assigns. 
   Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement is not assignable in whole or 
   in part by Vendor without the prior written consent of Health Resources, Inc.

   2) The failure of either party to take action as a result of a breach of this
   Agreement by the other party shall constitute neither a waiver of the 
   particular breach involved nor a waiver of either party's right to enforce 
   any or all provisions of this Agreement through any remedy granted by law or 
   this Agreement.

                                     -4-


<PAGE>

   3) This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with 
   respect to the subject matter contained herein, supersedes any prior written
   or oral communications and may be modified in writing subject to mutual 
   agreement of the parties hereto.

   4) The headings of each paragraph are for reference only and shall not be 
   construed as part of this Agreement.

   5) Except for the obligation to pay money property due and owing, either 
   party shall be excused from any delay or failure in performance hereunder 
   caused by reason of any occurrence or contingency beyond its reasonable 
   control, including, but not limited to, failure of performance by the other 
   party, earthquake, labor disputes, riots, governmental requirements, 
   inability to secure materials on a timely basis, failure of computer 
   equipment, failures or delays of sources from which information or data is 
   obtained and transportation difficulties.







                                    -5-

<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, each by a duly authorized officer, 
have entered in to this Agreement this 13th day of September, 1996.


Health Resources, Inc.                          Patient Infosystems, Inc.
20 Erford Road                                  46 Prince Street
Lemoyne, PA 17043                               Rochester, New York 14607


By: /s/ David L. Dalton                         By: /s/ Donald A. Carlberg
   --------------------------                       -------------------------
Title: President & CEO                          Title: President & CEO
       ----------------------                          ----------------------


                                     -6-

<PAGE>

                                   TRENDS IN ASTHMA

Chronic lung diseases such as asthma, bronchitis and emphysema pose serious
challenges to both patients and health care providers.  Despite an increased
understanding of these disorders, improved pharmacological therapies and a
greater awareness among potential sufferers, the incidence rates continue to
soar.  In fact, between 1982 and 1993 the number of people reporting chronic
bronchitis increased seventy-nine percent, while those having emphysema and
asthma increased twenty-five and forty-eight percent respectively.(1)
Currently, over twelve million people suffer from asthma in the United States,
making it not only one of the nation's most common diseases but one of the most
costly as well.


                      INCREASE IN INCIDENCE RATES:  1982 - 1992

                                       [GRAPH]

                  DEATH RATE FOR ASTHMA:  1982 - 1992 (PER MILLION)

                                       [GRAPH]

While the reason for the rapid growth in the number of chronic suffers remains
uncertain, one thing is certain:  these diseases pose a serious threat to
patients' well being.  Despite tremendous advances in both diagnostic and
pharmacological therapies in recent years asthma continues to exact a tremendous
financial toll in terms of both direct and indirect costs.

- ---------------
(1)  American Lung Association.  Adapted from information published by the
Division of Epidemiology, National Heart, Lung and Blood Institute

<PAGE>

                    IMPACT OF INCREASED PATIENT EDUCATION EFFORTS

The economic impact of asthma is staggering.  In asthma patients diagnosed as
moderate to severe the annual cost of treatment often exceeds $100,000.  In
fact, John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company in Boston has identified 1,300
patients whose care resulted in $28 million dollars in expenditures.  Among the
most common reasons for exacerbation of symptoms are an inability of the
patients to self-manage their disease, poor pharmacological compliance, low
adherence to provider recommendations, a lack of patient knowledge concerning
their disease and failure of the provider to adhere to established treatment
guidelines; all areas that DSMI's-SM- asthma intervention program will impact.

    -    Study of severe asthmatics found 1,300 patients generated $28 million
         in claims

    -    Highest individual level of asthma-specific costs was $126,343

    -    Highest expense for all care were for a 2 year old female - $584,211

    -    235 members had claims exceeding $100,000 annually for treatment

Targeted educational intervention programs for asthma patients have proven
effective.  A recent study, conducted at the National Jewish Center for
Immunology and Respiratory Medicine and the John Hancock Managed Care Group,
demonstrated significant improvements in patient outcomes for severe asthmatics
following a comprehensive initiative to educate patients.

                      PATIENTS ADMITTED WITHIN THE PAST 6 MONTHS

                                       [GRAPH]

ADMISSIONS WITHIN THE PAST 6 MONTHS WERE LOWER IN PATIENTS RECEIVING TARGETED 
SUPPORT.

Additionally, personalized asthma self management, which tailors program
materials to the individual, has demonstrated positive results in moderate to
severe asthmatics(2)(3).  In a recent investigation incorporating targeted
support, the extension of face-to-face treatment via follow-up telephone calls
to the patient's home was rated more convenient and more acceptable to patients
than traditional group sessions (J.K. Wigal, personal communication, July 12,
1994).  Finally, in a cost-benefit analysis of a self-management program for 47
adult asthmatics effectively reduced hospitalization cost form $18,488 to $1,538
and lost income from $11,593 to $4,589.(4)

- ---------------
(2)  Kotses H., Lewis P., Environmental control of asthma self-management.
Journal of Asthma.  1990; 27:373.
(3)  Kotses H., Stout C., Wigal J.K., Individualized asthma self-management:  A
beginning.  Journal of Asthma.  1991; 288:287-289.
(4)  Taitel M.S., A self-management program for adult asthma.  Part II:  Cost-
benefit analysis.  Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology.  1995;
95(3):672-6.

<PAGE>

                              FINANCIAL IMPACT OF ASTHMA

The following analysis reflects admission costs data for patients having severe
asthma.  It reflects incident and admission rates for severe asthma as indicated
by the American Lung Association.

# of Covered Lives                      500,000        500,000        500,000
Asthma Incidence Rate                      0.05           0.05           0.05
# Asthma Patients                        25,000         25,000         25,000
# Patients with Severe asthma              1250           1250           1250
Cost per Day as Inpatient             $1,000.00      $1,000.00      $1,000.00
Average Length of Stay (days)                 4              4              4
# Hospitalizations/year                       3              2              1
Annual Hospitalization
  Cost/Patient                       $12,000.00      $8,000.00      $4,000.00

Total Hospitalization Cost to
  Plan                           $15,000,000.00 $10,000,000.00  $5,000,000.00

IMPACT OF DISEASE MANAGEMENT
  PROGRAM
# of Patients Enrolled in DM
  Program                                  1250           1250           1250
Estimated Operational
  Costs/Patient                          $70.00         $70.00         $70.00
Total Operational Costs              $87,500.00     $87,500.00     $87,500.00

PROJECTED REDUCTION IN ADMISSIONS
5% Reduction                              5.00%          5.00%          5.00%
Annual Savings                      $750,000.00    $500,000.00    $250,000.00
7.5% Reduction in Admissions              7.50%          7.50%          7.50%
Annual Savings                    $1,125,000.00    $750,000.00    $375,000.00
10% Reduction in Admissions              10.00%         10.00%         10.00%
Annual Savings                    $1,500,000.00  $1,000,000.00    $500,000.00

% Success Rate Required to
  Break Even                              0.58%          0.88%          1.75%
# Pts. Avoiding Admission to
  Break Even                                  7             11             22


<PAGE>

                                      EXHIBIT A

                                       ASTHMA
                                 DISEASE MANAGEMENT 
                                      PROPOSAL


                 -------------------------------------------------


                                     PRESENTED BY

                 
                              Patient Infosystems, Inc.
                                    46 Prince Street
                               Rochester, New York 14607
                                     716-244-1360

<PAGE>

RATIONALE:
Asthma places a tremendous burden on patients and health care providers and
demands a significant portion of our nation's health care dollars.  Patient
Infosystems, Inc. is committed to improving health outcomes through the
application of state of the art technologies to the care and treatment of
asthma.  Our proprietary interactive voice recognition systems, enhanced
database modeling techniques, and on-demand publishing combine to provide the
powerful educational intervention necessary to enhance patent adherence to
treatment recommendations, empower patients to self-manage their disease and
provide immediate referrals when specific critical triggers are met.

PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT:
Patient Infosystems, Inc.'s staff, clinical experts and physician consultants
performed a comprehensive review of asthma to insure that the National Heart,
Lung, and Blood Institute's guidelines form the program's foundation.
Recognized leaders in outcomes management provided guidance throughout the
project development process.

PROGRAM INTERVENTION STRATEGIES:
Patient Infosystems, Inc.'s core asthma patient intervention program consists of
six interactive voice response based telephone interventions.  Each contact
generates an on-demand personalized patient report targeting the patient's
status in relation to the specifics of their asthma condition.  The patient will
also receive patient educational materials designed to reinforce their awareness
and knowledge regarding their condition and promote their treatment adherence.
Additionally, the patient's physician/health care provider will receive an
at-a-glance formatted report for review and inclusion in the patient's medical
records.  These reports highlight specific areas of concern of the patient and
demonstrate areas of a patient's adherence to the prescribed therapy.

Each intervention is uniquely structured to target specific behaviors such as
recognition of symptoms and triggers, encourage compliance with trigger
avoidance, medications and self-management and provide for Quality of Life
measurements.  By providing unique, individually tailored intervention
strategies, Patient Infosystems, Inc. highlights areas where noncompliance and
poor self-management impact the plan's expenditures.  The program also provides
an active intervention to modify "at risk" behavior before an emergency room
visit or hospitalization occurs.  These intervention strategies also provide the
patient with encouraging feedback and positive reinforcement with respect to
their personal health management.

CRITICAL EVENTS:
As an extra feature, Patient Infosystems, Inc.'s clinical staff establishes
specific critical event triggers that are monitored at each intervention.
Patients meeting specified criteria demonstrating an increased risk of
hospitalization, emergency services or other costly intervention will have their
physician/health care provider notified the day of the intervention by means of
a faxed report.  This critical event notification and tracking of key indicators
has demonstrated a reduction in the global cost of managing chronically ill
patients.

DATA MEASUREMENTS:
In addition to providing ongoing support for patients, Patient Infosystems,
Inc.'s fully integrated systems approach allows for immediate on-line data
collection and evaluation.  Programs may be customized to include administration
of HEDIS, Health Quality, patient satisfaction, NCQA and Quality of Life surveys
without operator induced bias.  The process streamlines data collection and
provides a cost effective method to query patients.

                                                                          2

<PAGE>

                                   PROGRAM OVERVIEW

The following intervention schedule will be delivered to patients who are
enrolled in the program.  See the "Program Intervention Description" section 
for details about each of the interventions. See the "Program Schedule Summary"
for the delivery schedule of each intervention.  Note that the term 
"physician/health care provider" is used to denote a physician, case manager
or other health care provider designated to receive communications regarding
the patient.

I.   PROGRAM COMPONENTS

- -   Enrollment form
- -   Patient diary
- -   Program description/overview brochure
- -   Six (6) Interactive Voice Response (IVR) telephone contacts
- -   Six (6) on-demand published personalized patient reports
- -   Patient educational materials - one per call
- -   Six (6) on-demand published physician/health care provider reports
- -   Critical trigger notification
- -   Voice demonstration line
- -   Logo integration

II.  PROGRAM INTERVENTION SCHEDULE:

CALL #1:

- -   Patient enrollment via enrollment form
- -   Initial telephone intervention within ten days of enrollment
- -   Patient receives on-demand published report following IVR intervention
- -   Appropriate patient educational materials and diary sent to patient
- -   Physician/health care provider receives on-demand published, patient
    specific report for review and inclusion in patient record following IVR
    intervention
- -   Additionally physician/health care provider receives same day notification
    via fax for any patient reporting status indicating a critical trigger has
    been met

CALLS #2, 3, 4, 5, 6:

- -   Patient receives an IVR based telephone intervention per program schedule
    summary
- -   Patient receives on-demand published report following each IVR intervention
- -   Appropriate patient educational materials sent to patient
- -   Physician/health care provider receives on-demand published, patient
    specific report for review and inclusion in patient record following each
    IVR intervention
- -   Additionally physician/health care provider receives same day notification
    via fax for any patient reporting status indicating a critical trigger has
    been met

<PAGE>

III. INTERVENTION SCHEDULE SUMMARY:

The program consists of a schedule including 6 telephone interventions, 6
patient reports, 6 physician/health care provider reports, 6 patient educational
materials and critical trigger reporting when a patient reports a crisis.  The
schedule is carried out over an 8 month period.

- ---------------------------------------------------
CALL #                  1    2    3    4    5    6
- ---------------------------------------------------
MONTH #                 1    2    3    4    6    8
- ---------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------
IVR Intervention        -    -    -    -    -    -
- ---------------------------------------------------
 Patient Report         -    -    -    -    -    -
- ---------------------------------------------------
Physician/Health        -    -    -    -    -    -
  Care Provider
    Report
- ---------------------------------------------------
   Patient              -    -    -    -    -    -
 Educational
  Materials
- ---------------------------------------------------
Critical Trigger        -    -    -    -    -    -
   Reporting
(faxed as needed)
- ---------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                           PROGRAM INTERVENTION DESCRIPTION

See the "Program Schedule Summary" section for an outline of the schedule for
delivering these program components.  Note that the term "physician/health care
provider" is used to refer to a physician case manager or other health care
provider designated to receive communications regarding the patient.

ENROLLMENT FORM/PROGRAM DESCRIPTION

    -    One (1) page mailer to be distributed by providers to patients and
         returned via postage paid mail
    -    Provides brief assessment for gathering patient data (e.g., name,
         phone number, best time to contact, physician/health care provider fax
         number, and identification number).  Necessary for Patient
         Infosystems, Inc. to initiate a telephone call to patient
    -    Program description includes a brief program overview for patient

INTERACTIVE VOICE RECOGNITION TELEPHONE INTERVENTIONS

    -    Six interactive voice recognition based telephone interventions
         initiated by live operators to patients at preferred contact times
    -    Patient receives personalized questions and clinically appropriate
         feedback driven by expert system to promote awareness of condition and
         adherence to treatment regimen
    -    Follow-up assessment of relevant medical and behavioral factors:
         update on disease status, prescribed treatment including diet,
         exercise, and medications, patient motivation, treatment barriers,
         patient knowledge indicators regarding symptom identification and
         disease self-management
    -    Allows identification of patient concerns
    -    Operator-initiated contact to identify patient and transfer to
         automated, voice response system
    -    High appeal voice response system using a recorded human voice versus
         computer synthesized speech
    -    Patient responds in normal speaking voice versus pushing touch tone
         buttons
    -    Adds vital progress information to the longitudinal patient database

PERSONALIZED PATIENT REPORTS

    -    Laser printed, on-demand published report including personalized
         self-reported response data
    -    Mailed to patient within a week after each telephone intervention
    -    Black and white/greyscale logo to be used on report as program
         identifier

PATIENT EDUCATIONAL MATERIALS

    -    Educational materials designed to reinforce patient awareness and
         knowledge regarding their condition and promote treatment adherence

<PAGE>

PHYSICIAN/HEALTH CARE PROVIDER REPORTS

    -    One page laser printed, on-demand published report integrating
         patient's self-reported response data
    -    Mailed to patient's physician/health care provider within a week after
         each patient intervention
    -    "At-a-glance" format provides efficient documentation of critical
         patient data, ready for review and inclusion into the patient's
         medical record
    -    Highlighted notification that the patient is not following specific
         treatment guidelines
    -    Black and white/grayscale logo to be used on report as program
         identifier
    -    Facilitates identification of patient education needs and
         hard-to-manage patients and appropriate allocation of health care
         resources
    -    Enhances patient-physician/health care provider communication

CRITICAL TRIGGER REPORTING

    -    Physicians/health care providers will be notified via fax when patient
         reports symptoms, noncompliance or other critical factors indicating
         an increased risk for an acute event, hospitalization or emergency
         procedure
    -    Notification will occur the day of the intervention
    -    Notification will be a faxed critical physician/health care provider
         report
    -    Black and white/grayscale logo to be used on report as program
         identifier

CLIENT REPORTING

    -    Patient Infosystems, Inc. will provide standard aggregate outcomes and
         demographic reports quarterly

CUSTOMIZATION

Customization and modifications to the core program features and schedules are
available.  Cost estimates for alterations will be furnished upon identification
of revised program specifications.

<PAGE>

   Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for 
confidential treatment.  The omitted portions, marked by [****], have been 
separately filed with the Commission.


                                                          EXHIBIT 10.13

SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Agreement is effective this 13th day of September, 1996, (the "Effective 
Date") between Patient Infosystems, 46 Prince Street, Rochester, New York 
14607 ("Vendor") and Health Resources, Inc.  Vendor agrees to provide 
services to Health Resources, Inc. under the terms set forth below.

A. SERVICES

   Vendor will provide the product(s) or service(s) set forth, and to the 
   specifications set forth in the proposal incorporated herein as Exhibit A.

   The product and all elements as set forth in Exhibit A are subject to 
   prior approval by Health Resources, Inc., such approval not to be 
   unreasonably withheld.

B. COMPENSATION

   1. Health Resources, Inc. shall pay Vendor an operational fee of [****] in
   the program described in Exhibit A.

   2. Health Resources, Inc. shall pay Vendor for pre-printed materials (e.g.
   marketing brochure, business reply mailer, program description) required 
   for the program. Vendor will furnish estimates for printing costs upon 
   determination of volumes and specifications.

   3. All amounts due under this agreement shall be invoiced monthly to Health
   Resources, Inc. by Vendor and payable within thirty days of the date of 
   the invoice. Payments exceeding thirty days past due shall be subject to a 
   service charge of [****] per month until paid.

   4. In the event that Health Resources, Inc. shall request any changes in
   the specifications or scope of the services described in Exhibit A hereto,
   Vendor will notify Health Resources, Inc. of the cost of such revisions
   and will not proceed without prior written approval.

C. CONFIDENTIALITY

   1. Health Resources, Inc. and Vendor acknowledge that certain confidential 
   and proprietary information may be disclosed by one of them to the other 
   in the course of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the term
   "Confidential Information" includes the following: (a) All information
   regarding the patient, Health Resources, Inc.'s Customer, any patient
   medical data and/or status, or provider information; and (b) any other
   information identified as confidential in writing by the disclosing party 
   prior to disclosure. Notwithstanding the confidentiality requirements of 
   this Agreement, the foregoing shall not prevent Health Resources, Inc. from
   retaining information, including any and all information and data 
   pertaining to any patient which comes to Health Resources, Inc. or to which
   Health Resources, Inc. is given access during this Agreement.

   2. Should Health Resources, Inc. receive confidential information of 
   Vendor for use in performing their Services, Health Resources, Inc. agrees 
   to take all reasonable steps to safeguard the confidentiality of said 
   information and to prevent unauthorized disclosure thereof by Health 
   Resources, Inc.'s employees, agents and representatives. Health Resources, 
   Inc. shall maintain strict security procedures to protect the 
   confidentiality of any information received, stored, or delivered on 
   patients in the Health Resources, Inc. or any affiliated or associated
   company's database.

                                   -1-
<PAGE>

   3. The data released hereunder to Vendor regarding patients, patient 
   medical data, Health Resources, Inc. Customers, and provider information,
   is considered sensitive and confidential information. Vendor warrants that
   it shall use any information provided by Health Resources, Inc. strictly
   for the performance of this Agreement. Vendor acknowledges and agrees to
   take all necessary steps to safeguard the confidentiality of all 
   information and reports, whether oral or written, maintain such information
   as strictly confidential and to prevent unauthorized disclosure thereof by
   Vendor's employees, agents, representatives and other third parties.
   Vendor warrants that all such information and reports will not be disclosed
   to any person, organization or entity other than Health Resources, Inc.

   4. Each party shall hold the other party, its affiliated companies, the
   officers, agents, employees, and independent contractors of the other 
   party, harmless and shall indemnify and defend such party for any claim
   of expense or damage, whatsoever, resulting from the publishing or
   release by such party, of information contrary to the above conditions.

   5. The obligations of the Paragraph shall not apply to any Confidential
   Information which the recipient can demonstrate is or becomes available
   to the public though no breach of this Agreement.

   6. Neither party to this Agreement shall, except as may be required by law
   or federal regulation, or except with express written permission of the 
   other party, disclose the terms and conditions of this Agreement to
   any third party or publicly advertise its contents.

   7. The parties agree that Vendor's breach of any of its material obligation
   under the applicable Confidentiality provisions of this Agreement, may 
   cause Health Resources, Inc. irreparable injury for which it would have not
   adequate remedy at law, and that Health Resources, Inc. shall be entitled
   to specific performance or preliminary or other injunctive relief in 
   addition to any and all remedies it may otherwise be entitled to at law
   or in equity.

   8. This Paragraph shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

   Vendor shall not duplicate any material containing Health Resources, Inc.
   Confidential Information, except in the direct performance of its
   services under this Agreement. Vendor shall return all copies of materials
   containing Health Resources, Inc. Confidential Information upon Vendor's
   completion of services under this Agreement or upon any earlier termination
   of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever.

D. INDEMNIFICATION

   D1. Each party shall indemnify and hold the other party harmless from and
   against all liability, damages, penalties, losses, costs or expenses,
   including reasonable attorneys' fees, arising from or in any way related
   to its willful or negligent actions or omissions in performing the
   responsibilities as described in this Agreement.

   D2. "Limitation of Liability"
   Neither Health Resources, Inc. nor vendor shall in any way be liable for 
   any special, indirect, exemplary, incidental or consequential damages,
   whether based on contract, tort, or any other legal theory, even if
   Health Resources, Inc. or vendor has been previously advised of
   the possibility of such damages. This paragraph shall survive the
   termination of this agreement.

                                    -2-
<PAGE>

E. PROFESSIONAL STANDARDS

   Vendor represents that it has facilities, personnel, experience and 
   expertise sufficient in quality and quality to perform all such 
   assignments and projects given it by Health Resources, Inc. hereunder
   and agrees that it will perform all such assignments and projects in
   a manner commensurate with professional standards generally applicable
   to its industry.

F. OWNERSHIP OF MATERIALS

   The parties acknowledge that any modifications to the printed materials
   produced by its asthma program for Health Resources, Inc. are being
   created at the insistence of Health Resources, Inc. and shall be deemed
   "work made for hire" under the United States copyright law.

   Health Resources, Inc. shall have the right to use the whole work, any
   part of parts thereof, or none of the work, as it sees fit. Health
   Resources, Inc. may alter the work, add to it, or combine it with any other
   works, at its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all original
   material submitted by Vendor as part of the work or as part of the process
   creating the work, including but not limited to listings, printouts,
   documentation, notes, reports, shall be the property of Health Resources,
   Inc. whether or not Health Resources, Inc. uses such material. No rights
   are reserved by Vendor.

   All surveys and reports prepared by Vendor in connection with the 
   performance of its services hereunder will become and remain Health 
   Resources, Inc.'s sole property.

   Vendor agrees it will not disclose to any third party, without the prior
   written consent of Health Resources, Inc., any proprietary or confidential
   information acquired from Health Resources, Inc. under this Agreement,
   including trade secrets, business plans and confidential or other
   information which may be proprietary to Health Resources, Inc.

   Vendor warrants and represents that it has or will have the right, through
   written agreements with its employees, to secure for Health Resources, Inc.
   the rights called for in this Section. Further, in the event Vendor uses 
   any subcontractor, even though subcontracting is not permitted by this 
   Agreement, or other third party to perform any of the services contracted
   for under this Agreement, Vendor agrees to enter into such written 
   agreements with such third party, and to take such other steps as are or
   may be required to secure for Health Resources, Inc. the rights called for
   in this Section.

G. DURATION OF AGREEMENT

   1. Term

   This Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date and shall continue in
   full force and effect until the earlier of (i) completion of the project
   assigned hereunder, (ii) terminated by at least one hundred eighty (180)
   days written notice by either party to the other, sent by registered
   mail to the address for each party first set forth above, or to such
   other address which a party may designate for its receipt of notices
   hereunder. This Agreement may be terminated by Health Resources, Inc.
   immediately in the event Health Resources, Inc. is unable to obtain
   waivers from its customers regarding Vendor's services.

                                   -3-

<PAGE>


   2. Payment on Termination

   Upon termination of this Agreement Health Resources, Inc. is to pay for all
   authorized work in process.

   3. Transfer Upon Termination

   Vendor shall transfer, assign and make available to Health Resources, Inc.
   or Health Resources, Inc.'s representative all property and materials in 
   Vendor's possession or control and any copies thereof belonging to and paid
   for by Health Resources, Inc., and all information regarding Health 
   Resources, Inc.'s project(s) covered by this Agreement, as set forth in 
   Paragraph C herein.

   4. Neither Health Resources, Inc. nor Vendor shall be liable to the other for
   damages of any kind, including but not limited to lost profits or incidental,
   punitive or consequential damages, relative to termination of this Agreement
   in accordance with Section 6.2, even if advised of the possibility of such 
   damages.

H. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS

Vendor shall at all times be an independent contractor and shall so represent 
itself to all third parties. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to 
constitute either party the agent or legal representative of the other nor to 
constitute the parties as partners, agents or joint ventures of one another.

I. THIRD PARTY OBLIGATIONS

In connection with this Agreement, Vendor shall make no commitments or 
disbursements, incur no obligations nor place any advertising, public 
relations or promotional material for itself, Health Resources, Inc.'s, 
subsidiaries or affiliate companies, nor disseminate any material of any kind 
using the name of Health Resources, Inc. and/or Health Resources, Inc.'s such 
parent, subsidiary of affiliate companies or using their trademarks, without 
the prior written approval of Health Resources, Inc.

J. GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement is entered into the State of New York and shall be constructed 
and governed under and in accordance with the laws of that State.

K. MISCELLANEOUS

   1) The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon Health Resources, Inc.
   and Vendor and their respective successors and permitted assigns. 
   Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement is not assignable in whole or 
   in part by Vendor without the prior consent of Health Resources, Inc.

   2) The failure of either party to take action as a result of a breach of this
   Agreement by the other party shall constitute neither a waiver of the 
   particular breach involved nor a waiver of either party's right to enforce 
   any or all provisions of this Agreement through any remedy granted by law or
   this Agreement.

                                     -4-


<PAGE>

   3) This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with 
   respect to the subject matter contained herein, supersedes any prior written
   or oral communications and may be modified in writing subject to mutual 
   agreement of the parties hereto.

   4) The headings of each paragraph are for reference only and shall not be 
   construed as part of this Agreement.

   5) Except for the obligation to pay money property due and owing, either 
   party shall be excused from any delay or failure in performance hereunder 
   caused by reason of any occurrence or contingency beyond its reasonable 
   control, including, but not limited to, failure of performance by the other
   party, earthquake, labor disputes, riots, governmental requirements, 
   inability to secure materials on a timely basis, failure of computer 
   equipment, failures or delays of sources from which information or data is
   obtained and transportation difficulties.























                                     -5-


<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, each by a duly authorized officer, 
have entered in to this Agreement this 13th day of September, 1996.


Health Resources, Inc.                          Patient Infosystems, Inc.
20 Erford Road                                  46 Prince Street
Lemoyne, PA 17043                               Rochester, New York 14607


By: /s/ David L. Dalton                         By: /s/ Donald A. Carlberg
   --------------------------                       -------------------------
Title: President & CEO                          Title: President & CEO
       ----------------------                          ----------------------















                                     -6-






<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A

                                     DIABETES
                               DISEASE MANAGEMENT
                                     PROPOSAL




             -----------------------------------------------------------


                                    PRESENTED BY


                             Patient Infosystems, Inc.
                                  46 Prince Street
                             Rochester, New York 14607
                                    716-244-1360







<PAGE>

RATIONALE:
Diabetes places a tremendous burden on patients and health care providers and 
demands a significant portion of our nations health care dollars.  Patient 
Infosystems, Inc. is committed to improving health outcomes through the 
application of state of the art technologies to the care and treatment of 
diabetes.  Our proprietary interactive voice recognition systems, enhanced 
database modeling techniques and on-demand publishing combine to provide the 
powerful educational intervention necessary to enhance patient adherence to 
treatment recommendations, empower patients to self-manage their disease and 
provide immediate referrals when specific critical triggers are met.


PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT:
Patient Infosystems, Inc.'s staff, clinical experts and physician consultants 
performed a comprehensive review of diabetes to insure that the American 
Diabetes Association's guidelines form the program's foundation.  Recognized 
leaders in outcomes management provided guidance throughout the project 
development process.

PATIENT INTERVENTION STRATEGIES:
Patient Infosystems, Inc.'s core diabetes patient intervention program 
consists of six interactive voice response based telephone interventions.  
Each contact generates an on-demand personalized patient report targeting the 
patient's status in relation to the specifics of their diabetes condition.  
The patient will also receive patient educational materials designed to 
reinforce their awareness and knowledge regarding their condition and promote 
their treatment adherence.  Additionally, the patient's physician/health care 
provider will receive an at-a-glance formatted report for review and 
inclusion in the patient's medical records.  These reports highlight specific 
areas of concern of the patient and demonstrate areas of a patient's 
adherence to the prescribed therapy.

Each intervention is uniquely structured to target specific behaviors such 
as: compliance with diet and medication, exercise, diabetes self-management 
and knowledge base, awareness of critical symptoms and the self treatment of 
such, Quality of Life measurements and improved communication with health 
care providers.  By providing unique, individually tailored intervention 
strategies, Patient Infosystems, Inc. highlights areas where noncompliance 
and poor self management are impacting the plan's expenditures and also 
provides an active intervention to modify "at risk" behavior before an 
emergency room visit or hospitalization occurs.  These intervention 
strategies also provide the patient with encouraging feedback and positive 
reinforcement with respect to their personal health management.


CRITICAL EVENTS:
As an extra feature, Patient Infosystems, Inc.'s clinical staff establishes
specific critical event triggers that are monitored at each intervention.  
Patients meeting specified criteria demonstrating an increased risk of 
hospitalization, emergency services or other costly intervention will have 
their physician/health care provider notified the day of the intervention by 
means of a faxed report.  This critical event notification and tracking of 
key indicators has demonstrated a reduction in the global cost of managing 
chronically ill patients.


DATA MEASUREMENTS:
In addition to providing ongoing support for patients, Patient Infosystems, 
Inc.'s fully integrated systems approach allows for immediate on-line data 
collection and evaluation.  Programs may be customized to include 
administration of HEDIS, Health Quality, patient satisfaction, NCQA and 
Quality of Life surveys without operation induced bias.  The process 
streamlines data collection and provides a cost effective method to query 
patients.


                                                                              2

<PAGE>


                               PROGRAM OVERVIEW

The following intervention schedule will be delivered to patients who are 
enrolled in the program.  See the "Program Intervention Description" section 
for details about each of the interventions.  See the "Program Schedule 
Summary" for the delivery schedule of each intervention.  Note that the term 
"physician/health care provider" is used to denote a physician, case manager 
or other health care provider designated to receive communications regarding 
the patient.



I.  COMPONENTS

 -   Enrollment form
 -   Patient diary
 -   Program description/overview brochure
 -   Six (6) Interactive Voice Response (IVR) telephone contacts
 -   Six (6) on-demand published personalized patient reports
 -   Patient educational materials - one per call
 -   Six (6) on-demand published physician/health care provider reports
 -   Critical trigger notification
 -   Voice demonstration line
 -   Logo integration



II. PROGRAM INTERVENTION SCHEDULE:



CALL #1:

 -   Patient enrollment via enrollment form
 -   Initial telephone intervention within ten days of enrollment
 -   Patient receives on-demand published report following IVR intervention
 -   Appropriate patient educational materials and diary sent to patient
 -   Physician/health care provider receives on-demand published, patient 
     specific report for review and inclusion in patient record following IVR
     intervention
 -   Additionally physician/health care provider receives same day 
     notification via fax for any patient reporting status indicating a critical
     trigger has been met

CALL #2, 3, 4, 5, 6:

 -   Patient receives an IVR based telephone intervention per program schedule
     summary
 -   Patient receives on-demand published report following each IVR 
     intervention
 -   Appropriate patient educational materials sent to patient
 -   Physician/health care provider receives on-demand published, patient 
     specific report for review and inclusion in patient record following each
     IVR intervention
 -   Additionally physician/health care provider receives same day notification
     via fax for any patient reporting status indicating a critical trigger has 
     been met


                                                                              3

<PAGE>

III.   INTERVENTION SCHEDULE SUMMARY:

The program consists of a schedule including 6 telephone interventions, 6 
patient reports, 6 physician/health care provider reports, 6 patient 
educational materials and critical trigger reporting when a patient reports a 
crisis.  The schedule is carried out over an 8 month period.


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      CALL #             1        2        3        4        5        6
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     MONTH #             1        2        3        4        6        8
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 IVR Intervention        *        *        *        *        *        *

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Patient Report          *        *        *        *        *        *

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Physician/Health         *        *        *        *        *        *
 Care Provider
     Report

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Patient             *        *        *        *        *        *
   Educational
    Materials

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Critical Trigger        *        *        *        *        *        *
     Reporting
 (faxed as needed)

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                                              4

<PAGE>

                          PROGRAM INTERVENTION DESCRIPTION

See the "Program Schedule Summary" section for an outline of the schedule for 
delivering these program components.  Note that the term "physician/health 
care provider" is used to refer to a physician, case manager or other health 
care provider designated to receive communications regarding the patient.

ENROLLMENT FORM/PROGRAM DESCRIPTION

   -  Two (2) page mailer to be distributed by providers to patients and 
      return via postage paid mail
   -  Provides brief assessment for identifying patient data (e.g., name, 
      phone number, best time to contact, physician/health care provider fax
      number, and identification number) necessary for Patient Infosystems, Inc.
      to initiate a telephone call to patient
   -  Program description includes a brief program overview for patient


INTERACTIVE VOICE RECOGNITION BASED TELEPHONE INTERVENTIONS

   -  Six interactive voice recognition based telephone interventions 
      initiated by live operators to patients at perferred contact times

   -  Patient receives personalized questions and clinically appropriate 
      feedback driven by expert system to promote awareness of condition and
      adherence to treatment regimen

   -  Follow-up assessment of relevant medical and behavioral factors:  
      update on disease status, prescribed treatment including diet, exercise,
      and medications, patient motivation, treatment barriers, patient knowledge
      indicators regarding symptom identification and disease self-management

   -  Allows identification of patient concerns

   -  Operator-initiated contact to identify patient and transfer to 
      automated, voice response system

   -  High appeal voice response system using a recorded human voice versus 
      computer synthesized speech

   -  Patient responds in normal speaking voice versus pushing touch tone 
      buttons

   -  Adds vital progress information to the longitudinal patient database


PESONALIZED PATIENT REPORTS

   -  Laser printed, on-demand published report including personalized 
      self-reported response data

   -  Mailed to patient within a week after each telephone intervention

   -  Black and white/grayscale logo to be used on report as program 
      identifier


PATIENT EDUCATIONAL MATERIALS

   -  Educational materials designated to reinforce patient awareness and 
      knowledge regarding their condition and promote treatment adherence


                                                                              5

<PAGE>

PHYSICIAN/HEALTH CARE PROVIDER REPORTS

   -  One page laser printed, on-demand published report integrating 
      patient's self-reported response data

   -  Mailed to patient's physician/health care provider within a week after 
      each patient intervention

   -  "At-a-glance" format provides efficient documentation of critical 
      patient data, ready for review and inclusion into the patient's medical
      record

   -  Highlight notification that the patient is not following specific 
      treatment guidelines

   -  Black and white/grayscale logo to be used on report as program 
      identifier

   -  Facilitates identification of patient education needs and 
      hard-to-manage patients and appropriate allocation of health care
      resources

   -  Enhances patient-physician/health care provider communication


CRITICAL TRIGGER REPORTING

   -  Physicians/health care providers will be notified via fax when patient 
      reports symptoms, noncompliance or other critical factors indicating an 
      increased risk for an acute event, hospitalization or emergency procedure

   -  Notification will occur the day of the intervention

   -  Notification will be a faxed critical physician/health care provider 
      report

   -  Black and white/grayscale logo to be used on report as program 
      identifier


CLIENT REPORTING

   -  Patient Infosystems, Inc. will provide standard aggregate outcomes and 
      demographic reports quarterly



CUSTOMIZATION

Customization and modifications to the core program features and schedules 
are available.  Cost estimates for alterations will be furnished upon 
identification of revised program specifications.


                                                                              6


<PAGE>

            Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant
            to a request for confidential treatment. The omitted
            portions, marked by [****], have been separately filed
            the Commission.


                               SERVICES AGREEMENT


This Agreement is effective this 24th day of September, 1996, (the "Effective
Date") between Patient Infosystems, Inc., 46 Prince Street, Rochester, New York
14607 ("Vendor") and Harris Methodist Health Plan, 611 Ryan Plaza Drive, Suite
900, Arlington, TX 76011-4009 ("Harris").  Vendor agrees to provide services to
Harris under the terms set forth below.

A.  SERVICES

    Vendor shall enroll up to [****] patients, to be designated by Harris no
    later than November  1, 1996, in its asthma disease management program as
    described in Exhibit A to this Agreement.  Vendor shall provide Harris with
    enrollment packages for use in enrolling patients, with each package to
    include an introductory letter from Harris, a program enrollment form and
    an SF 36 Health Survey form, as well as SF-36 Health Survey forms for use
    at the completion of the program.  Harris shall provide Vendor with a
    completed program enrollment form and a completed SF-36 Health Survey for
    each patient at enrollment as well as a completed SF 36 Health Survey at
    the conclusion of the program.  Vendor shall provide the asthma disease
    management program services as described in Exhibit A, and scoring of the
    SF 36 Health Surveys completed before and after the delivery of the program
    services.
    
B.  COMPENSATION
    
    1.   Harris  shall pay Vendor  program operational fees as follows:
    
    [****] at the time of patient enrollment in the program
    
    2.  All amounts due under this Agreement shall be invoiced monthly to
    Harris  by Vendor and payable to Vendor within thirty days of the date of
    the invoice.  Payments exceeding thirty days past due shall be subject to a
    service charge of [****] per month until paid.  
    
    3.  In the event that Harris  shall request any changes in the
    specifications or scope of the services described in Exhibit A hereto,
    Vendor will notify Harris  of the cost of such revisions and will not
    proceed without prior written approval.
    
C.  CONFIDENTIALITY

    1. Harris  and Vendor acknowledge that certain confidential and proprietary
    information may be disclosed by one of them to the other in the course of
    this Agreement.  For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Confidential
    Information" includes the following:  (a)  All information regarding the
    patient, Harris's customers, any patient medical data and/or status, or
    provider information; and (b)  any other information identified as
    confidential in writing by the disclosing party prior to disclosure. 
    Notwithstanding the confidentiality requirements of this Agreement, the
    foregoing shall not prevent Vendor from retaining information, including
    any and all information and data pertaining to any patient which comes to
    Vendor or to which Vendor is given access during this Agreement.
    
    2.  Should Vendor receive confidential information from Harris  for use in
    performing its services, Vendor agrees to take all reasonable steps to
    safeguard the confidentiality of said information and to prevent
    unauthorized disclosure thereof by Vendor's employees, agents and
    representatives.  Vendor shall maintain strict security procedures to
    protect the confidentiality of any information received, stored, or
    delivered on patients in the Harris  or any affiliated or associated
    company's database.
<PAGE>
    
    3. The data released hereunder to Vendor regarding patients, patient
    medical data, Harris's  customers, and provider information is considered
    sensitive and confidential information.  Vendor acknowledges and agrees to
    take all steps necessary to safeguard the confidentiality of all
    information provided by Harris , whether oral or written, to maintain such
    information as strictly confidential and to prevent unauthorized disclosure
    thereof by Vendor's employees, agents, representatives and other third
    parties.  Vendor warrants that all such information will not be disclosed
    to any person, organization or entity other than Harris.   
    
    4.  The obligations of this Paragraph C shall not apply to any Confidential
    Information which the recipient can demonstrate is or becomes available to
    the public through no breach of this Agreement. 
    
    5.  Neither party to this Agreement shall, except as may be required by law
    or federal regulation, or except with express written permission of the
    other party, disclose the terms and conditions of this Agreement to any
    third party or publicly advertise its contents. 
    
    6.  The parties agree that a breach of any of the material obligations
    under the applicable confidentiality provisions of this Agreement may cause
    irreparable injury for which the injured party would have not adequate
    remedy at law, and that the injured party shall be entitled to specific
    performance or preliminary or other injunctive relief in addition to any
    and all remedies it may otherwise be entitled to at law or in equity.
    
    7.   This Paragraph C shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
    
D.  INDEMNIFICATION

    Each party shall indemnify and hold the other party harmless from and
    against all liability, damages, penalties, losses, costs or expenses,
    including reasonable attorneys' fees, arising from or in any way related to
    its willful or negligent actions or omissions in performing the
    responsibilities as described in this Agreement.
    
E.  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

    Neither Harris nor Vendor shall in any way be liable for any special,
    indirect, exemplary, incidental or consequential damages, whether based on
    contract, tort, or any other legal theory, even if Harris or Vendor has
    been previously advised of the possibility of such damages.  This Paragraph
    E shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

F.  PROFESSIONAL STANDARDS

    Vendor represents that it has facilities, personnel, experience and
    expertise sufficient in quantity and quality to perform all such
    assignments and projects given it by Harris hereunder and agrees that it
    will perform all such assignments and projects in a manner commensurate
    with professional standards generally applicable to its industry.

G.  OWNERSHIP OF MATERIALS

    All surveys, reports and documentation prepared by Vendor in connection
    with the performance of its services hereunder will become and remain
    Harris's sole property.  Title to all material and documentation, including
    data furnished by Harris to Vendor or delivered by Harris into the
    Vendor's possession, shall remain with Harris.  Vendor shall immediately
    return all such material or documentation within seven (7) days of any
    request by Harris or upon the termination or conclusion of this
    Agreement, whichever shall occur first.
<PAGE>
    
    All date collected by Vendor in the course of performing its services under
    this Agreement shall remain Vendor's sole property.  Vendor's use of the
    data is limited to instances where data will not be identified by patient
    or by client of Harris.
    
    Vendor agrees it will not disclose to any third party, without the prior
    written consent of Harris, any proprietary or confidential information
    acquired from Harris under this Agreement, including trade secrets,
    business plans and confidential or other information which may be
    proprietary to Harris.
    
    Vendor warrants and represents that it has or will have the right, through
    written agreements with its employees, to secure for Harris the rights
    called for in this Paragraph G.  Further, in the event Vendor uses any
    subcontractor, or other third party to perform any of the services
    contracted for under this Agreement, Vendor agrees to enter into such
    written agreements with such third party, and to take such other steps as
    are or may be required to secure for Harris the rights called for in this
    Paragraph G.


H.  DURATION OF AGREEMENT

    1.   Term
    
    This Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date and shall continue in
    full force and effect for a period of twelve months from the effective
    date.
    
    2.   Termination
         
    If Harris defaults in the payment of any amounts due to Vendor under this
    Agreement, Vendor may give Harris notice of such default and if Harris 
    does not cure any payment default within five (5) days after the giving of
    such notice, then Vendor may terminate this Agreement on not less than
    thirty (30) days notice to Harris.
    
I.  INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS
    
    Vendor shall at all times be an independent contractor and shall so
    represent itself to all third parties.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be
    deemed to constitute either party as the agent or legal representative of
    the other nor to constitute the parties as partners, or joint ventures of
    one another.
    
J.  THIRD PARTY OBLIGATIONS
    
    In connection with this Agreement, Vendor shall make no commitments or
    disbursements, incur no obligations nor place any advertising, public
    relations or promotional material for itself, Harris, its parent,
    subsidiaries or affiliate companies, nor disseminate any material of any
    kind using the name of Harris  and/or Harris's parent, subsidiary or
    affiliate companies or using their trademarks, without the prior written
    approval of Harris.
    
K.  GOVERNING LAW 
    
    This Agreement is entered into in the State of Texas and shall be
    constructed and governed under and in accordance with the laws of that
    State.
<PAGE>

L.  MISCELLANEOUS
    
    1.   The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon Harris and Vendor
    and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  Notwithstanding the
    foregoing, this Agreement is not assignable in whole or in part by either
    party without the prior written consent of the other party.
    
    2.   The failure of either party to take action as a result of a breach of
    this Agreement by the other party shall constitute neither a waiver of the
    particular breach involved nor a waiver of either party's right to enforce
    any or all provisions of this Agreement through any remedy granted by law
    or this Agreement.
    
    3.   This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with
    respect to the subject matter contained herein, supersedes any prior
    written or oral communications and may be modified in writing subject to
    mutual agreement of the parties hereto.
         
    4.   The headings of each paragraph are for reference only and shall not be
    construed as part of this Agreement.
    
    5.   Except for the obligation to pay money properly due and owing, either
    party shall be excused from any delay or failure in performance hereunder
    caused by reason of any occurrence or contingency beyond its reasonable
    control, including, but not limited to, failure of performance by the other
    party, earthquake, labor disputes, riots, governmental requirements,
    inability to secure materials on a timely basis, failure of computer
    equipment, failures or delays of sources from which information or data is
    obtained and transportation difficulties.
    

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, each by a duly authorized officer, have
entered in to this Agreement this 24th day of September, 1996



Harris Methodist Health Plan                 Patient Infosystems, Inc.
611 Ryan Plaza Drive, Suite 900              46 Prince Street
Arlington, TX 66011-4008                     Rochester, NY 14607


By: /s/ Edward Harris, M.D.                  By: /s/ Donald A. Carlberg
   --------------------------                ------------------------
Title: Director of Wellness and Prevention   Title: President & CEO
       -----------------------------------   ------------------------

<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT A




                                    ASTHMA
                              DISEASE MANAGEMENT
                                   PROPOSAL



                        ------------------------------



                                 PRESENTED BY
                          Patient Infosystems, Inc.
                              46 Prince Street
                          Rochester, New York  14607
                                 716-244-1380




<PAGE>

RATIONALE: 
Asthma places a tremendous burden on patients and health care providers and 
demands a significant portion of our nation's health care dollars.  Patient 
Infosystems, Inc. is committed to improving health outcomes through the 
application of state of the art technologies to the care and treatment of 
asthma.  Our proprietary interactive voice recognition systems, enhanced 
database modeling techniques, and on-demand publishing combine to provide the 
powerful educational intervention necessary to enhance patient adherence to 
treatment recommendations, empower patients to self-manage their disease and 
provide immediate referrals when specific critical triggers are met.

PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT: 
Patient Infosystems, Inc.'s staff, clinical experts and physician consultants 
performed a comprehensive review of asthma to insure that the National Heart, 
Lung, and Blood Institute's guidelines form the program's foundation.  
Recognized leaders in outcomes management provided guidance throughout the 
project development process.

PROGRAM INTERVENTION STRATEGIES: 
Patient Infosystems, Inc.'s core asthma patient intervention program consists 
of six interactive voice response based telephone interventions.  Each 
contact generates an on-demand personalized patient report targeting the 
patient's status in relation to the specifics of their asthma condition.  The 
patient will also receive patient educational materials designed to reinforce 
their awareness and knowledge regarding their condition and promote their 
treatment adherence.  Additionally, the patient's physician/health care 
provider will receive an at-a-glance formatted report for review and 
inclusion in the patient's medical records.  These reports highlight specific 
areas of concern of the patient and demonstrate areas of a patient's 
adherence to the prescribed therapy.

Each intervention is uniquely structured to target specific behaviors such as
recognition of symptoms and triggers, encourage compliance with trigger 
avoidance, medications and self-management and provide for Quality of Life 
measurements.  By providing unique, individually tailored intervention 
strategies, Patient Infosystems, Inc. highlights areas where noncompliance 
and poor self management impact the plan's expenditures.  The program also 
provides an active intervention to modify "at risk" behavior before an 
emergency room visit or hospitalization occurs.  These intervention 
strategies also provide the patient with encouraging feedback and positive 
reinforcement with respect to their personal health management.


CRITICAL EVENTS:
As an extra feature, Patient Infosystems, Inc.'s clinical staff establishes 
specific critical event triggers that are monitored at each intervention.  
Patients meeting specified criteria demonstrating an increased risk of 
hospitalization, emergency services or other costly intervention will have 
their physician/health care provider notified the day of the intervention by 
means of a faxed report.  This critical event notification and tracking of 
key indicators has demonstrated a reduction in the global cost of managing 
chronically ill patients.


DATA MEASUREMENTS:
In addition to providing ongoing support for patients, Patient Infosystems, 
Inc.'s fully integrated systems approach allows for immediate on-line data 
collection and evaluation.  Programs may be customized to include 
administration of HEDIS, Health Quality, patient satisfaction, NCQA and 
Quality of Life surveys without operator induced bias.  The process 
streamlines data collection and provides a cost effective method to query 
patients.


                                                                              2

<PAGE>

                               PROGRAM OVERVIEW

The following intervention schedule will be delivered to patients who are 
enrolled in the program.  See the "Program Intervention Description" section 
for details about each of the interventions.  See the "Program Schedule 
Summary" for the delivery schedule of each intervention.  Note that the term 
"physician/health care provider" is used to denote a physician, case manager 
or other health care provider designated to receive communications regarding 
the patient.


I.  PROGRAM COMPONENTS

 -   Enrollment form
 -   Patient diary
 -   Program description/overview brochure
 -   Six (6) Interactive Voice Response (IVR) telephone contacts
 -   Six (6) on-demand published personalized patient reports
 -   Patient educational materials - one per call
 -   Six (6) on-demand published physician/health care provider reports
 -   Critical trigger notification
 -   Voice demonstration line
 -   Logo integration



II.  PROGRAM INTERVENTION SCHEDULE:


CALL #1:

 -   Patient enrollment via enrollment form
 -   Initial telephone intervention within ten days of enrollment
 -   Patient receives on-demand published report following IVR intervention
 -   Appropriate patient educational materials and diary sent to patient
 -   Physician/health care provider receives on-demand published, patient 
     specific report for review and inclusion in patient record following IVR
     intervention 
 -   Additionally physician/health care provider receives same day 
     notification via fax for any patient reporting status indicating a 
     critical trigger has been met.


CALLS #2, 3, 4, 5, 6:

 -   Patient receives an IVR based telephone intervention per program 
     schedule summary
 -   Patient receives on-demand published report following each IVR 
     intervention
 -   Appropriate patient educational materials sent to patient
 -   Physician/health care provider receives on-demand published, patient 
     specific report for review and inclusion in patient record following each
     IVR intervention
 -   Additionally physician/health care provider receives same day 
     notification via fax for any patient reporting status indicating a critical
     trigger has been met


                                                                              3

<PAGE>

III.  INTERVENTION SCHEDULE SUMMARY:


The program consists of a schedule including 6 telephone interventions, 6 
patient reports, 6 physician/health care provider reports, 6 patient 
educational materials and critical trigger reporting when a patient reports a 
crisis.  The schedule is carried out over an 8 month period.


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      CALL #             1        2        3        4        5        6
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     MONTH #             1        2        3        4        6        8
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 IVR Intervention        *        *        *        *        *        *

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Patient Report          *        *        *        *        *        *

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Physician/Health         *        *        *        *        *        *
 Care Provider
     Report

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Patient             *        *        *        *        *        *
   Educational
    Materials

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Critical Trigger        *        *        *        *        *        *
     Reporting
 (faxed as needed)

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                                              4

<PAGE>

                         PROGRAM INTERVENTION DESCRIPTION

See the "Program Schedule Summary" section for an outline of the schedule for 
delivering these program components.  Note that the term "physician/health 
care provider" is used to refer to a physician, case manager or other health 
care provider designated to receive communications regarding the patient.


ENROLLMENT FORM/PROGRAM DESCRIPTION

   -  One (1) page mailer to be distributed by providers to patients and 
      returned via postage paid mail
   -  Provides brief assessment for gathering patient data (e.g., name, phone 
      number, best time to contact, physician/health care provider fax number,
      and identification number).  Necessary for Patient Infosystems, Inc. to
      inititate a telephone call to patient
   -  Program description includes a brief program overview for patient


INTERACTIVE VOICE RECOGNITION TELEPHONE INTERVENTIONS

   -  Six interactive voice recognition based telephone interventions 
      initiated by live operators to patients at preferred contact times

   -  Patient receives personalized questions and clinically appropriate 
      feedback driven by expert system to promote awareness of condition and
      adherence to treatment regimen

   -  Follow-up assessment of relevant medical and behavioral factors:  
      update on disease status, prescribed treatment including diet, exercise,
      and medications, patient motivation, treatment barriers, patient knowledge
      indicators regarding symptom identification and disease self-management

   -  Allows identification of patient concerns

   -  Operator-initiated contact to identify patient and transfer to 
      automated, voice response system

   -  High appeal voice response system using a recorded human voice versus 
      computer synthesized speech

   -  Patient responds in normal speaking voice versus pushing touch tone 
      buttons

   -  Adds vital progress information to the longitudinal patient database


PERSONALIZED PATIENT REPORTS

   -  Laser printed, on-demand published report including personalized 
      self-reported response data

   -  Mailed to patient within a week after each telephone intervention

   -  Black and white/grayscale logo to be used on report as program 
      identifier


PATIENT EDUCATIONAL MATERIALS

   -  Educational materials designed to reinforce patient awareness and 
      knowledge regarding their condition and promote treatment adherence


                                                                              5

<PAGE>

PHYSICIAN/HEALTH CARE PROVIDER REPORTS

   -  One page laser printed, on-demand published report integrating 
      patient's self-reported response data

   -  Mailed to patient's physician/health care provider within a week after 
      each patient intervention

   -  "At-a-glance" format provides efficient documentation of critical 
      patient data, ready for review and inclusion into the patient's medical
      record

   -  Highlighted notification that the patient is not following specific 
      treatment guidelines

   -  Black and white/grayscale logo to be used on report as program 
      identifier

   -  Facilitates identification of patient education needs and 
      hard-to-manage patients and appropriate allocation of health care
      resources

   -  Enhances patient-physician/health care provider communication


CRITICAL TRIGGER REPORTING

   -  Physician/health care providers will be notified via fax when patient 
      reports symptoms, noncompliance or other critical factors indicating an
      increased risk for an acute event, hospitalization or emergency procedure
   -  Notification will occur the day of the intervention
   -  Notification will be faxed critical physician/health care provider 
      report
   -  Black and white/grayscale logo to be used on report as program 
      identifier


CLIENT REPORTING

   -  Patient Infosystems, Inc. will provide standard aggregate outcomes and 
      demographic reports quarterly


CUSTOMIZATION

Customization and modifications to the core program features and schedules 
are available.  Cost estimates for alterations will be furnished upon 
identification of revised program specifications.


                                                                              6



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission